University  of  Southern  California 


Inauguration  Ceremonies 

and  Pan  American 
Educational  Conference 


at  the 


April  1922 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 
AT  LOS  ANGELES 


5  -  a  o  -  J  2. 


INAUGURATION   CEREMONIES 

AND 

Pan-American  Educational  Conference 

at  THE 
University  of  Southern  California 


INAUGURATION  CEREMONIES 

of 

RUFUS  BERNHARD  von  KLEINSMID 

A.M.,  Sc.D.,  J.D.,  D.M.C.P.,  Ph.  et  Litt.D. 
as  President  of  the 

University  of  Southern  California 

and 

Exercises  of  the  Pan-American  Educational  Conference 


April  Twenty-seven  to  Twenty-nine 
Nineteen  Twenty-two 


University  of   Southern    California 
los  angeles 


' 


\>z 


DEDICATED 

TO    THE 

Spirit  of  Internationalism 
Through   Education 


187076 


FACULTY  COMMITTEE  ON 
INAUGURAL 

Emory  Stephen  Bogardus,  Chairman 

Warren  Bradley  Bovard 

Ralph  Tyler  Flewelling 

Harold  James  Stonier 

Roy  Edwin  Schulz 
Rockwell  Dennis  Hunt 


Contents 


Conference  on  Pan-American  Education 17 

Governor  William  D.  Stephens,  LL.D.,  presiding 

Hispanic-American  Culture  and  Ideals 24 

Jose  M.  Galvez,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chile 

Potentialities  of  Pan-American  Women's  Conference 39 

Mrs.  Josiah  Evans  Cowles,  A.M.,  Past  President  International 
Federation  of  Women's  Clubs 

Exchange  of  Professors  and  Students 43 

O.  W.  E.  Cook,  Ph.D.,  Executive  Secretary  Mexican-American 
Scholarship  Foundation,  Mexico  City,  Mexico 
Ellwood  Patterson  Cubberley,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Leland  Stanford 
Junior  University 

Conference  on  Pan-American  Relations 55 

Honorable  A.  J.  Wallace,  LL.D.,  presiding 

The  Relation  of  the  University  to  Public  Service 61 

Gumaro  Villalobos,  Ingeniero  y  Diputado,  Consul  General  of  Mexico, 

New  York 

Urgent  Problems  of  Education  in  the  Americas 65 

President  David  Spence  Hill,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 
University  of  New  Mexico 

Preventive  Medicine  in  Pan-America 74 

Theodore  C.  Lyster,  M.D. 

Pan-Americanism,  America's  Great  Opportunity 83 

The  Honorable  John  Barrett,  LL.D.,  Counselor  and  Advisor  in 
International  Affairs 


Inauguration 103 

George  Finley  Bovard,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  President  Emeritus,  presiding 

Invocation 105 

Bishop  William  Bertrand  Stevens,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  Episcopal  Diocese 
of  Los  Angeles 

Presentation  of  the   President-Elect 107 

Bishop  Adna  Wright  Leonard,  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 

Inaugural    Address 1 12 

Rufus  Bernhard  von  KleinSmid,   Sc.D.,  J.D.,   D.M.C.P.,   doctor  en 
filosofia  y  lettras,  Fifth  President  of  the  University 

Benediction 129 

Bishop  Charles  Edward  Locke,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  of  Manila,  P.  I. 


Presentation  of  Delegates 131 

President  von  KleinSmid,  presiding 

City  of  Los  Angeles 133 

Mayor  George  E.  Cryer 

State  of  California 135 

Honorable  E.  P.  Clarke,  President  State  Board  of  Education 

Latin-American    States.. 138 

Marcos  Huidobro,  Ph.D.,  Consul  General  of  Chile,  San  Francisco 
Augustin  T.  Whilar,  Ph.D.,  Universidad  Mayor  de  San  Marcos  de  Lima 

Alumni  143 

Tully  C.  Knoles,  D.D.,  College  of  the  Pacific 

Secondary  Schools 146 

Principal  Albert  E.  Wilson,  Ph.D.,  Manual  Arts  High  School, 
Los  Angeles 

Southern  California  Colleges 148 

President  James  Blaisdell,  D.D.,  Pomona  College 

Universities 151 

Dean  Henry  Rand  Hatfield,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

Foreign   Universities 154 

J.  W.  Scott,  Ph.D.,  University  College,  Cardiff,  Wales 

Trustees' Dinner  to  Delegates  and  Specially  Invited  Guests..  159 

Rockwell  D.   Hunt,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Toastmaster 

Conference  on  Pan-American  Commerce  and  Industry 185 

William  M.  Bowen,  LL.B.,   presiding 

Latins  and  Anglo-Saxons  in  the  New  World 190 

Captain  Paul  Perigord,  M.A.,  California  Institute  of  Technology 

Commercial   Development 204 

Honorable  John  Barrett,  I.L.D.,  Former  Director  General, 
Pan-American  Union 

Business  Training  for  Pan-American  Countries 212 

Henry  D.  Anaya,  J.D.,  Former  Consul  of  Mexico 


PREFACE 

IN  the  presence  of  an  assemblage  of  dignitaries  rep- 
resenting educational  institutions  and  National  Gov- 
ernments, Rufus  Bernhard  von  KleinSmid  was  formally 
inducted  into  office,  April  twenty-seventh,  nineteen  hun- 
dred twenty-two,  as  fifth  President  of  the  University  of 
Southern  California. 

Widely  separated  fields  of  educational  activity  were 
represented  by  the  delegates  to  the  Pan-American  Edu- 
cational Conference,  held  in  connection  with  the  inaug- 
ural ceremonies. 

Since  this  was  the  first  meeting  of  official  represent- 
atives from  various  American  Republics  considering  ex- 
clusively problems  of  education,  it  was  determined  that 
the  valuable  addresses  delivered  during  the  conference 
be  preserved  in  a  lasting  form,  and  that  they  be  given  a 
wider  audience  through  general  distribution. 


GENERAL  PROGRAM 

THURSDAY,  APRIL  27 
9:00  A.M.  Registration  of  Delegates 
10:00  A.M.  Conference  on  Pan-American  Education 

Governor  William  D.  Stephens,  LL.D.,  Presiding 
Hispanic-American  Culture  and  Ideals 

Jose    M.    Galvez,    Ph.D.,    Director    of    English    and    German,    Instituto 
Pedagogico,  Universidad  de  Chile 

Potentialities  of  Pan-American  Women's  Conference 

Mrs.    Josiah    Evans    Cowles,    A.M.,    Past    President    General    Federation 

(International)    of  Women's  Clubs 

Exchange  of  Professors  and  Students 

O.  W.  E.  Cook,  Ph.D.,  Executive  Secretary  Mexican-American  Scholarship 
Foundation,  Mexico  City,  Mexico 

Elwood  Patterson   Cubberiv,   A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Leland   Stanford  Junior   Uni- 
versity. 

Discussion 

12:30-2  P.M.  Luncheon  for  Delegates,  Guests  and 

Faculties  in  University  Parlors 
2:00  P.M.  Conference  on  Pan-American  Relations 

The  Honorable  A.  J.  Wallace,  Presiding 

The  Relation  of  the  University  to  Public  Service 

Gumaro   Villalobos,    Ingeniero   y    Diputado,    Consul    General   of    Mexico, 

New  York 

Urgent  Problems  of  Education  in  the  Americas 

President  David  Spence  Hill,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

Preventive  Medicine  in  Pan-America  Theodore  C.  Lyster,  M.D. 

Pan-Americanism,  America's  Great  Opportunity 

The   Honorable  John   Barrett,  LL.D.,  Counselor   and   Adviser  in   Inter- 
national Affairs 

Discussion 

8:00  P.M.  Oratorio— "The  Hymn  of  Praise" 

(Mendelssohn) 

Merle  McGinnis,  President  of  Student  Body,  Presiding 
The  University  Choral  Horatio  Cogswell,  Conducting 

Assisted  by:  Melba  French,  Soprano 

Annie  Mottran  Craig,  Soprano 
Lawrence  Strauss,  Tenor 

FRIDAY,  APRIL  28 
9:30  A.M.  Academic  Procession,  from  Old  College 
10:00  A.M.  Inauguration 

George  Finley  Bovard,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  President  Emeritus,  Presiding 

Processional  Hymn  and  Organ 

Julia  G.  Howell,  University  Choral  and  Congregation 
Invocation  Bishop  William   Bertrand   Stevens,  Ph.D.,  LL.D., 

Episcopal    Diocese   of  Los  Angeles 
Presentation  of  the  President-Elect 
Bishop  Adna  Wright  Leonard,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  President  of  Board  of  Trustees 


Inaugural  Address 

Rufus  Bernard  von  KleinSmid,  Sc.D.,  J.D.,  D.M.C.P.,  doctor  en  filosofia 

y  lettras,  Fifth  President  of  the  University 

Anthem — "Festival  Te  Deum"  in  E  flat  (Buck) 
The  Uuiversity  Choral 
Conferring  of  Honorary  Degrees 
Benediction 

Bishop  Charles  Edward  Locke,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  of  Manila,  P.  I. 
Recessional — Alma  Mater 

12:30-2  P.M.  Luncheon  for  Delegates,  Guests  and 

Faculties  in  University  Parlors 
2:00  P.M.   Presentation  of  Delegates 

President  von  KleinSmid,  Presiding 
Herald — Anthony  F.  Blanks,  A.M. 

City  of  Los  Angeles  Mayor  George  E.  Cryer 

State  of  California 

The  Honorable  E.  P.  Clarke,  President  State  Board  of  Education 

Latin-American  States 

Marcos  Huidobro,  Ph.D.,  Consul  General  of  Chile,  San  Francisco 

Augustin  T.  Whilar,  Ph.D.,  Universidad  Mayor  de  San  Marcos  de  Lima 

Alumni  President  Tully  C.  Knoles,  D.D.,  College  of  the  Pacific 

Secondary  Schools 

Principal  Albert  E.  Wilson,  Ph.D.,  Manual  Arts  High  School,  Los  Angeles 

Southern  California  Colleges 

President  James  A.  Blaisdell,  D.D.,  Pomona  College 

Universities 

Dean  Henry  Rand  Hatfield,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

Foreign  Universities 

J.  W.  Scott,  Ph.D.,  University  College,  Cardiff,  Wales 

4:00  P.M.  President's  Reception,  University  Parlors 
7:00  P.M.  Trustee's  Dinner  to  Delegates  and 
Specially  Invited  Guests 

SATURDAY,  APRIL  29* 
10:00  A.M.  Conference  on  Pan-American  Commerce 

and    Industry  Wiliiam  M.  Bowe/-,  LL.B.,  Presiding 

Latins  and  Anglo-Saxons  in  the  New  World 
Captain  Paul  Perigord,  A.M.,  California  Institute  of  Technology 
Business  Training  for  Pan-American  Countries 
Henry  V.  Anaya,  J.D.,  Former  Consul  of  Mexico 
Commercial  Development 

The    Honorable   John    Barrett,   LL.D.,    Former   Director    General,    Pan- 
American  Union 
Discussion 

12:00  Luncheon,  Los  Angeles  Chamber  of  Commerce 

Complimentary     Automobile     Excursion     for     Delegates     by     the 
Chamber  of  Commerce 


*Note. — Doctor  Galvez  will  address  the  American  Association  of  Teachers  of 
Spanish,  I, os  Angeles  Chapter,  at  10  o'clock,  Room  206  Iloose  Hall.  The  address  will  be 
in   Spanish  and  the  puhlic  is   invited. 


Rufus  Bernhard  vox  KleinSmid 

SC.D.,  J.D.,   D.M.C.I'.,   PH.    F.T   LITT.D. 

Fifth  President  of  the  University  of  Southern  California 


April  Twenty-seventh 

MORNING   SESSION 

Conference  on  Pan-American 
Education 


INVOCATION 

10  A.  M.,  April  27 
EZRA  A.  HEALY,  A.M.,  S.T.D. 

Almighty  God,  Father  of  Our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ,  we  come  into  Thy  presence  in  this  hour  of  hours,  invok- 
ing Thy  divine  blessing  upon  us. 

We  are  representative  here  this  morning  of  vast  interests, 
not  only  locally  but  nationally  and  racially.  We  stand  in  this 
moment  when  the  problems  of  the  world  are  now  filling  the 
thoughts  of  men,  and  under  the  great  burdens  of  national  and 
international  affairs  men  are  today  groping  for  the  light,  con- 
sumed as  though  it  were  with  no  language  but  a  cry.  But 
Thou,  God  of  Light,  wilt  Thou,  in  this  moment  when  the 
world  leans  on  Thy  leading  so  greatly,  guide  and  direct  the 
minds  of  those  on  whom  the  great  responsibilities  of  state  and 
nation  lie.  Especially  do  Thou,  in  these  hours  of  hours  we 
tarry  here  together,  give  to  us  a  vision  of  the  present  needs 
and  the  present  opportunities.  Hasten  the  time  when  war 
shall  be  no  more;  when  even  the  rumor  of  it  shall  have  been 
forgotten;  and  when  men  shall  go  out  to  war  no  more  forever. 
To  that  end  we  pray  that  speedily  there  may  come  that  atti- 
tude of  mind  and  heart  toward  all  the  nations  of  the  world 
that  shall  cement  the  nations  of  the  world  in  a  common  brother- 
hood of  nations.  Especially  do  Thou  bless  those  nations  that 
lie  here  close  to  our  doors,  and  beside  whom  we  have  our  exist- 
ence as  a  people,  as  we  shall  hear  them  speak,  those  who  shall 
represent  the  great  interests  of  those  countries  that  lie  to  the 
south  of  us.  May  we  make  a  beginning  through  this  agency 
here,  a  new  impetus  for  the  doing  of  the  big  and  Christian 
thing.  Hasten  the  time  when  race  prejudice  shall  cease;  when 
law  and  order  shall  obtain  everywhere;  when  men  shall  live 
not  unto  themselves,  but  when  they  shall  live  in  accordance 
with  the  sacrificial  principles  given  to  us  and  to  the  world  by 
Christ  Our  Lord. 

To  that  end  we  pray  Your  blessings  upon  the  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America  and  upon  all  who  are  associated 
with  him  in  authority;  bless  the  governments  of  the  various 


20  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

commonwealths,  and  be  Thou  an  especial  guide  to  him  who 
is  the  leader  of  our  own  great  State,  and  give  him  wisdom  as 
the  governor  in  the  leading  of  the  forces  for  righteousness  and 
sobriety. 

For  this  institution  we  pray,  and  for  all  the  educational  in- 
stitutions that  are  making  for  the  uplift  of  the  race.  To  that 
end  we  ask  once  more  Thy  guidance  and  Thy  spirit  to  be  with 
us.  Cheer  us  as  we  pause  in  a  moment  of  holy  waiting,  that 
every  heart  before  us  here  may  remember  that  Thou  art  the 
God  and  Father  of  us  all,  and  that  Thou  dost  love  us  with  a 
never-failing  love. 

Hear  us,  forgive  us  what  we  have  been,  consecrate  what  we 
are,  order  what  we  shall  be,  and  to  Thy  Name,  Father,  Son 
and  Holy  Spirit,  we  will  give  all  the  praise,  world  without 
end.    Amen. 


EMORY  S.  BOGARDUS,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

University  of  Southern  California 

There  are  two  methods  of  seeking  progress :  one  is  the  find- 
ing things  out,  and  the  other  is  by  thinking  things  out.  This 
conference  is  called  to  further  the  latter  method.  We  can  build 
national  barriers,  increase  national  animosities,  increase  ha- 
tred, and  plunge  ourselves  into  wars,  if  we  will,  or  we  may 
undermine  all  unnecessary  national  walls  and  proceed  upon  the 
basis  of  educational  processes.  This  conference  is  called  to 
further  the  educational  method  of  bringing  about  good  will. 
The  idea  of  this  Pan-American  conference  originated  in  the 
mind  of  President  von  KleinSmid,  and,  therefore,  it  is  appro- 
priate that  he  speak  to  you  words  of  welcome  at  this  time. 


RUFUS  BERNHARD  von  KLEINSMID 

SC.D.,   J.D.,   D.M.C.P. 
Fifth  President  of  the  University  of  Southern  California 

This  is  the  day  of  the  international  mind.     Barriers  have 
been  broken  down,  not  so  much  because  they  had  to  be,  as  be- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  21 

cause  they  ought  not  to  have  been.  This  is  the  da)'  when  we 
are  looking  with  surer  and  clearer  visions  than  ever  vouch- 
safed to  us  before,  toward  the  realization  of  the  universal 
fatherhood  of  God  and  the  universal  brotherhood  of  man. 
The  methods  of  peace  appeal  to  us  who  seek  truth  much  more 
strongly  than  the  methods  of  strife,  and  it  is  in  the  hope  that 
the  days  which  we  must  spend  together  will  prove  to  us,  and 
through  us,  insofar  as  our  influence  may  extend,  to  all  with 
whom  we  come  in  contact,  that  a  new  day  of  peace  is  dawning 
to  the  world. 

We  welcome  here  the  representatives  of  some  25  nations, 
among  which  are  15  nations  constituting  those  of  the  Pan- 
American  Union.  If  it  seems,  on  this  occasion,  that  a  peculiar 
emphasis  is  laid  upon  Pan-American  relationships,  it  is  due  in 
part  to  the  fact  that  we  ourselves  feel  quite  inadequate  to  the 
task  of  inviting  the  world  at  this  time  to  the  campus  of  the 
University  of  Southern  California,  though  in  view  of  the  great 
work  that  is  to  be  done  we  feel  as  though  we  ought  to  be  the 
greatest  university  in  the  world.  Our  relationships  with  Pan- 
America  have  been  close  and  sympathetic,  and  it  is  in  the 
memory  and  in  the  appreciation  of  those  relationships  that  it 
has  seemed  to  me  a  most  happy  occasion  for  our  assembly,  at 
the  inaugural  of  the  fifth  president  of  this  institution.  Not 
merely  to  witness  the  installation  of  an  administrator  of  an 
institution  of  learning,  great  as  it  may  be,  seems  to  me  the 
justification  for  calling  together  men  and  women  from  the 
uttermost  parts  of  the  world,  particularly  at  a  time  when  great 
problems  crowd  for  solution.  And  so,  in  connection  with  this 
inaugural  occasion  has  it  seemed  wise  that  we  meet  in  confer- 
ence, to  talk  heart  to  heart,  and  mind  to  mind,  of  the  things 
which  are  so  important  for  the  days  to  come. 

In  the  spirit  of  broadest  sympathy,  in  a  spirit  of  keenest 
appreciation  of  your  acceptance  of  the  invitation,  do  I  wel- 
come not  only  the  distinguished  guests  who  represent  author- 
ity and  law  and  nations  who  have  assembled,  but  the  guests 
who  represent  the  institutions  of  learning  of  those  nations,  and 
those  who  represent  the  great  colleges,  universities,  learned 
societies,  institutions  of  religious,  civic  and  social  nature  in  the 
United  States  of  America. 
States  of  America. 


22  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

In  the  coming  three  days  the  campus  is  yours.  Will  you  not 
feel  that  it  is  yours?  That  there  is  nothing  at  the  disposal  of 
the  organization  which  we  call,  with  pride,  the  University  of 
Southern  California,  that  is  not  already  placed  before  you? 

Again,  we  thrice-warmly  welcome  you  to  this  occasion. 

DOCTOR  BOGARDUS 

A  large  number  of  letters  and  telegrams  have  been  received 
by  the  president  and  by  members  of  the  inaugural  committee, 
a  few  representative  ones  of  which  I  should  like  to  read. 

(Letters  and  telegrams  from  the  following  were  then 
read)  : 

Bureau  of  Education,  by  the  Acting  Commissioner. 
Corresponding  Secretary,  Board  of  Education,  Metho- 
dist Episcopal  Church,  New  York. 

Director-General  of  the  Pan-American  Union,  Wash- 
ington. 

Secretary  of  Commerce,  Herbert  Hoover. 
Warren  G.  Harding,  President  of  the  United  States. 
We  are  fortunate  in  having  as  the  presiding  officer  at  this 
opening  session  of  our  conference  one  who  has  been  prominent 
in  business,  educational  and  public  life  in  our  country  for  more 
than  35  years.  As  a  citizen  of  Los  Angeles  he  has  served  as  a 
member  of  the  Board  of  Education,  and  as  Mayor,  as  well  as 
being  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  this  institution. 
As  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  he  has  been  a  member  of  the 
62nd  Congress,  of  the  63rd  Congress,  and  of  the  64th  Con- 
gress.    He  is  now  Governor  of  the  State  of  California. 

I  take  great  pleasure  in  presenting  to  you  the  distinguished 
Governor  of  the  Commonwealth  of  California  as  the  presiding 
officer. 

WILLIAM  D.  STEPHENS,  LL.D. 

Governor  of  California 
Presiding 

A  great  honor  is  conferred  upon  a  citizen  of  this  community, 
as  the  Governor  of  California,  in  being  permitted  to  preside 
over  a  gathering  of  this  kind;  I  appreciate  it,  and  I  extend  to 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  23 

you  all,  but  especially  to  those  representatives  of  other  nations 
of  the  world,  to  the  representatives  of  educational  institutions 
in  many  parts  of  the  world  a  most  cordial  welcome.  And  I,  at 
this  moment,  extend  a  special  welcome  to  the  representative  of 
our  sister  republic  immediately  to  the  South. 

We  are  gathered  here  in  this  splendid  convention  this  morn- 
ing, in  a  great  hall  of  the  university  which  Doctor  Bovard  has 
brought  to  near  its  present  great  reputation — wonderful 
achievement  for  any  man  to  accomplish.  We  give  great  honor, 
and  we  pay  great  respect,  to  him,  because  we  love  and  honor 
Doctor  George  Finley  Bovard. 

We  greatly  appreciate  the  presence  here  today  of  those  who 
are  interested  in  the  development  of  the  two  Americas,  in 
the  closer  relationship  of  all  peoples  in  the  world,  particularly 
those  people  who  dwell  upon  the  two  continents  in  the  west- 
ern hemisphere.  Much  of  the  world's  future,  and  a  very  large 
part,  indeed,  of  the  world's  immediate  future,  lies  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  shores  of  the  Americas  along  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  We  look  forward,  with  the  utmost  confidence,  to  the 
development  of  fraternal  relationship  that  shall  mean  good 
will — and  good  business,  too,  if  you  will — between  all  of  our 
respective  countries. 

These  visitors  have  come  to  what  we  deem  a  wonderful  part 
of  this  republic.  You  know  I  am  given  to  singing  the  praises 
of  California,  and  almost  I  would  do  it  here.  Perhaps  a  story 
can  best  illustrate  the  growth  of  California,  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia, of  this  marvelous  city.  It  is  said  the  president  of  the 
Los  Angeles  Chamber  of  Commerce  journeyed  to  New  York 
City  last  fall,  asked  there  by  a  great  gathering  to  talk  about 
Los  Angeles,  its  growth,  and  its  development.  He  said,  "As 
I  approached  the  rostrum  I  determined  that  I  would  exagger- 
ate the  true  conditions;  I  would  tell  a  marvelous  story  of  the 
growth  of  Los  Angeles,  and  perhaps  go  beyond  the  truth,  and 
I  did,  as  I  thought,  in  my  statement  of  its  growth.  I  remained 
in  New  York  City  three  weeks,  and  when  I  got  home  again  to 
Los  Angeles  I  found  that  the  city  had  grown  so  fast  that  what 
I  said  was  far  below  the  truth." 

When  I  came  here,  35  years  ago,  and  established  my  home, 
this  city  had  but  35,000  people.  Last  night  it  had  735,000 — 
I  have  no  report  this  morning. 


24  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

To  each  and  every  one  I  extend  a  sincere  and  heartfelt  wel- 
come, not  only  personally,  but  also  officially  as  the  Governor 
of  the  great  State  of  California. 

Friends,  we  are  gathered  here  today  for  a  most  interesting 
program.  At  this  particular  moment  you  are  to  have  an  ad- 
dress upon  Hispanic  Culture  and  Ideals  by  Doctor  Jose  M. 
Galvez,  Director  of  the  Division  of  English  and  German,  Insti- 
tute Pedagogico,  Universidad  de  Chile.  It  is  a  pleasure,  it  is 
an  honor,  to  have  him  with  us.     I  present  Doctor  Jose  Galvez. 

Hispanic-American  Culture  and  Ideals 
JOSE  M.  GALVEZ,  Ph.D. 

University  of  Chile 

It  is  a  great  honor  for  the  University  of  Chile  to  have  been 
invited  to  this  assembly,  and  it  is  especially  one  for  me  to  rep- 
resent it  on  this  occasion.  By  the  by,  if  I  may  be  allowed  to 
follow  the  remarks  of  His  Excellency,  the  Governor,  and  look 
from  this  wonderful  present  condition  towards  the  past,  I  do 
not  know  why  I  should  feel  a  stranger  to  California.  It  was 
many  years  ago,  about  the  middle  of  the  18th  century,  that 
Bernardo  Galvez  came  to  this  section  of  the  world,  bringing 
the  first  culture  of  Europe  that  came  up  to  California.  It  is 
now  the  privilege  of  the  most  modest  of  the  versatile  Galvezes, 
working  in  a  university  of  Latin  America  today,  to  come  to 
you  to  remind  you — while  you  need  no  reminder — of  the  pres- 
tige of  Latin-American  culture  for  Spanish  culture  is  here  culti- 
vated in  a  deep  and  wonderful  fashion. 

It  is  for  me,  therefore,  to  say  that  I  do  not  feel  a  stranger 
in  coming  to  you,  and  I  feel  that  I  am  coming  to  a  place  that  I 
have  been  yearning  to  see  ever  since  I  have  been  a  youth. 

When  Theodore  Roosevelt  went  to  the  university  I  have 
the  honor  of  representing,  and  he  was  hissed  by  the  students  of 
the  University  of  Chile  as  he  came  out  of  the  great  hall,  and 
"Viva  Colombia"  was  shouted  at  him,  he  asked  why  it  was 
they  hissed  him,  and  he  was  told  it  was  because  of  Colombia. 
"Well,"  he  said,  "those  boys  have  pep.  I  like  them";  and  he 
did  like  them.  He  represented,  he  was  the  embodiment  of  that 
doctrine  of  "pep,"  the  apostle  of  the  strenuous  life,  the  worthy 
representative  of  this  vigorous  republic. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  25 

We  look  up  from  south  of  the  Rio  Grande  with  the  great 
expectation  some  day  of  beating  you  on  the  field,  say,  of 
Olympic  sports — as  I  hope  to  propose  to  you  soon. 

I  have  had  of  late  one  of  the  greatest  impressions  of  my 
life — say  of  my  university  life — when  on  the  oval  of  the  Berke- 
ley university  I  saw  the  University  of  California  and 
Stanford  struggling,  inch  by  inch,  until  each  of  them  ob- 
tained 6Sy2  points  in  the  most  splendid  track  meet  I  have  ever 
seen.  I  must  take  the  liberty  of  congratulating  the  governor 
of  this  great  State,  which,  by  the  by,  was  made  by  the  Almighty 
in  imitation  of  Chile.  You  have  a  thousand  miles  of  beautiful 
climate,  and  we  have  in  Chile  three  thousand  miles  of  it.  Mr. 
Governor,  we  beat  you  by  two  thousand  to  begin  with. 

Now,  then,  I  was  going  on  to  say  that  that  great  impres- 
sion I  had  of  the  Berkeley  meet  made  me  feel  what  a  great 
thing  it  is  for  this  State  to  possess  in  its  northern  section  these 
two  wonderful  universities;  one  representative  of  the  demo- 
cratic spirit  of  a  very  progressive  institution  of  the  State,  and 
the  other  one  complementing  it,  and  in  a  like  condition:  the 
one  with  its  campanile  looking  like  a  lighthouse  of  learning 
in  front  of  the  Golden  Gate,  towards  the  Pacific,  the  other 
like  the  greatest  of  all  of  the  elder  missions,  with  the  warm 
tone  of  its  sandstone,  and  its  magnificent  set  of  boys  and  girls 
on  Stanford  Forum. 

Now,  then,  I  thought  to  myself,  a  State  that  has  those  two 
universities  ought  to  be  proud  of  itself.  They  complete  them- 
selves marvelously  well.  But  on  arriving  here  this  morning  I 
have  felt  something  else;  I  have  felt  that  last,  but  not  least, 
something  great,  and  of  a  similar  value,  is  to  be  found  here. 
I  feel  the  great  privilege  of  being  in  one  of  the  great  denomi- 
national colleges;  and  I  had  felt  that  the  small  type  of  denomi- 
national college  is  perhaps  the  greatest  thing  you  have  in  the 
training  of  character  in  your  institutions  of  learning. 

And  after  one  looks  over  the  research  work,  athletics,  and 
whatever  you  might  think  of,  there  is  one  thing  that  is  pre- 
eminent among  all  the  manifestations  of  learning  in  univer- 
sities, and  that  is,  that  they  should  mould  the  characters  of 
the  young  men  and  women  that  flock  to  them. 

I  feel,  therefore,  Your  Excellency,  that  you  are  the  for- 
tunate governor  of  a  State  with  three  gems  in  its  intellectual 


26  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

crown;  the  two  mentioned  before,  in  the  north,  and  this  south- 
ernly  one,  mentioned  in  third  place  on  account  of  being  farthest 
to  the  south — last  but  not  least — of  the  greatest  moral  value 
for  the  greatest  of  all  tasks  that  a  State  can  take  up,  that  of 
training  men  and  women  of  character,  that  you  may  have  the 
best  exponents  of  the  culture  of  a  great  nation. 

Bernardo  Galvez  brought  to  you  the  culture  from  south  of 
the  Rio  Grande  first  before  any  other  part  of  the  United 
States,  with  the  exception  of  Florida.  You  know  that  a  cul- 
ture in  general  to  flourish  has  the  need  of  having  a  foundation 
of  idealism.  There  can  be  no  such  thing  as  culture  flourishing 
without  the  aid  of  idealism.  Now,  then,  we  will  look  upon 
the  whole  continent  of  America,  from  Alaska  down  to  Cape 
Horn,  and  we  find  that  there  is  one  common  thing  that  unites 
the  spirit  of  the  Americas,  and  that  one  thing  is  best  symbol- 
ized by  that  statue  made  out  of  the  cannons  of  two  nations  that 
during  50  years  almost  of  clashing  and  warfare — that  after  a 
discussion  of  50  years  had  the  good  sense  to  let  the  women  of 
both  nations  send  the  cannon  from  both  nations  to  be  melted 
and  transformed  into  a  statue  to  be  placed  on  the  top  of  some 
of  the  greatest  mountains  of  this  continent. 

The  culture  of  this  continent  is  a  Christian  culture.  The 
divisions  and  the  differences  which  exist  do  not  refer  to  the 
essentials,  to  the  essence,  of  Christianity;  they  refer  to  the 
forms  of  Christianity.  I  might  perhaps  express  the  difference 
in  the  form  of  Christianity  in  the  older  Latin-American  culture 
and  in  the  northern,  the  younger  Anglo-Saxon-American  cul- 
ture by  a  comparison.  We  look  upon  the  great  idealism  which 
is  the  foundation  of  our  Latin-American  culture  as  a  castle 
upon  a  mountain,  a  castle  of  the  Middle  Ages,  with  all  of  the 
perfection  of  the  medieval  castles,  with  its  wholesome  Gothic 
architecture,  with  its  passages,  half-lit  by  the  dim  light  being 
thrown  into  it  by  stained  glass  windows  of  Gothic  art,  with  its 
beautiful  chapels,  with  its  incense,  with  its  artistic  shape,  with 
its  veneration,  with  its  worthiness  of  being  venerated  for  its 
age  of  over  a  thousand  years;  for  its  art,  for  its  sense  of 
form.  The  people  that  dwell  therein  have  cultivated  an  ideal- 
ism which,  closed  in  itself,  has  the  firmness  of  structure  of  a 
granite  mountain,  upon  which  it  is  built.  It  has  grown  out  of 
that  rock,  and  it  has  the  weight  of  the  rock  upon  the  individual 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  27 

soul  to  a  great  extent.  It  exacts  from  the  individual  a  certain 
sacrifice  of  personality  for  the  universalism,  for  the  plurality 
of  the  whole. 

We  compare  that  picture,  representing  the  foundations  of 
Latin-American  idealism,  with  the  northern  one.  That  Chris- 
tian idealism  upon  which  your  culture  is  based  is  a  kind  of  city, 
with  its  small  houses,  its  small  dwellings  for  each  family  to 
dwell  in,  with  each  dwelling  full  of  light,  full  of  hygiene,  full 
of  the  modern  privileges  of  comfort  and  of  modern  life;  where 
the  individual  in  each  and  every  house  has  a  part  in  each  of 
the  things  that  the  world  and  nature  have  granted  in  a  freer 
way  here. 

Each  one  of  the  two  pictures  has  its  prerogatives;  it  has  its 
advantages.  There  is  one  thing  in  which  you  have  an  advan- 
tage over  us,  and  that  is  that  your  small  town,  similar  to  one 
of  these  towns  in  this  beautiful  part  of  your  State,  with  the 
comforts  of  modern  life  in  each  house — that  picture  is  more 
in  harmony  with  development,  it  is  more  in  harmony  with 
progress,  and,  therefore,  I  think  in  Latin  America  we  can  do 
no  better  than  trust  the  United  States  of  America.  Some  peo- 
ple used  to  think  that  this  could  not  be;  when  we  did  not 
know  you,  when  you  were  characterized  as  the  greatest  enemy 
of  Latin  America.  The  fact  of  your  leaders  having  declared 
many  times  that  you  are  no  danger  to  us,  that  you  wish  to  be 
our  sincere  friend;  the  fact  that  you  have  enormous  tracts  of 
land  in  the  Mississippi  Valley,  and  almost  everywhere,  awaiting 
settlers,  all  means  that  is  sincere.  We  feel  it  here — this  at- 
mosphere of  sincerity  and  goodwill.  I  am  perfectly  convinced 
that  the  United  States  do  not  want  Latin  America.  I  am  per- 
fectly convinced  that  you  are  not  our  enemy,  but  our  friend. 
I  am  perfectly  convinced  that  our  greatest  enemy  lies  within 
us;  that  if  we  just  modernized  our  beautiful  Gothic  medieval 
castle,  if  we  transformed  it  into  a  mansion  for  modern  dwellers 
of  the  20th  century  to  live  in,  we  also  will  be  able  to  look  to 
you  for  cooperation  in  health,  democracy  and  education.  I  say 
this  in  no  sense  of  inferiority,  but  with  a  realization  of  our 
shortcomings  of  the  present  day. 

Now,  I  am  not  going  to  altogether  deliver  a  speech  to  you 
which  will  have  the  character  of  a  vague  dissertation,  but  I 
would  like  to  lay  as  a  foundation  for  the  future  a  few  things 


28  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

that  I  am  going  to  read  to  you.  I  think  the  best  way  to  pro- 
ceed in  a  conference  such  as  this  is  to  present  something  con- 
crete that  might  be  adopted,  or  be  considered  in  the  final  part 
of  the  meeting,  and  that  is  so  that,  whether  accepted  or  not, 
we  shall  have  something  that  may  remind  us,  and  that  may 
contribute  to  the  concrete  results  of  a  conference ;  that  it  should 
not  just  be  merely  a  question  of  speeches,  but  something  that 
might  express  some  of  the  desires  of  the  Pan-American  peoples, 
to  go  ahead,  so  to  speak,  with  their  ideals  in  harmony  with 
their  aspirations  for  progress.  I  therefore  take  the  liberty 
of  submitting  to  the  delegates  and  the  leaders  of  the  assembly 
a  set  of  conclusions,  which  read  as  follows : 

1.  That  it  is  the  sense  of  the  conference  that  the  internal 
situation  and  the  external  prestige  of  each  nation  is  the  best 
index  to  the  efficiency  or  non-efficiency  of  the  corresponding 
system  of  national  education. 

That,  I  think,  is  perfectly  clear.  What  culture  you  have  is 
the  outgrowth  of  the  education  you  possess. 

2.  That  the  attention  of  the  educators  of  Latin  America 
should  be  drawn  to  the  perils  of  merely  intellectualistic  and 
verbal  instruction,  and  to  the  advantages  of  the  character 
building  and  practical  educational  activities  which  characterize 
the  better  schools  of  the  United  States. 

I  do  not  think  there  is  any  country  in  the  world  that  has  per- 
fect institutions.  I  do  not  think  you  will  find  perfection  any- 
where. We  have  many  things  that  excel  yours,  and  you  have 
a  thousand  things  that  excel  ours;  but,  at  the  same  time,  I  do 
feel  that  if  we  lift  aside  that  excessive  intellectualism  and  ver- 
balism in  our  education,  and  learn  from  you  more  and  more 
of  the  practical  trend  of  education,  we  would  view  one  of  the 
most  needed  things,  not  only  in  my  country,  but  in  all  Latin- 
American  republics. 

3.  That  the  attention  of  Latin-American  educators  should 
be  called  to  the  great  moral  and  educational  values  which  can 
be  secured  by  introducing  practical  agricultural,  industrial  and 
commercial  branches  through  the  elective  system  in  the  sec- 
ondary schools. 

I  do  not  mean  by  that  that  we  should  suppress  the  humanities. 
Of  course  not;  they  are  indispensable.  Every  man  and  woman 
ought  to  be,  as  he  or  she  goes  through  a  secondary  school, 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  29 

obliged  to  take  the  essentials  concerning  the  mother  tongue: 
to  the  south  of  the  Rio  Grande,  Spanish  and  Portuguese;  and 
to  the  north,  English.  In  the  second  place,  he  ought  to  be 
obliged  to  have  the  elements  of  civic  culture,  to  be  a  good  citi- 
zen, there  or  here,  to  whatever  nation  he  belongs.  In  the  third 
place,  he  ought  to  have  the  elements  of  arithmetic,  to  get  along 
in  life  with  in  a  practical  way.  In  the  fourth  place,  he  ought 
to  have  a  purpose.  Better  than  the  fourth,  he  ought  to  have 
the  nations,  or  the  necessary  notions,  of  taking  care  of  his  own 
body,  of  paying  attention  to  the  state  of  his  health,  as  health 
is  one  of  the  chief  foundations  of  knowledge. 

By  the  by,  I  had  the  great  privilege  of  visiting  a  splendid 
school  in  Oakland — a  technical  high  school — where  Latin, 
Greek,  and  all  sorts  of  branches  are  taught  of  practical  ideal- 
ism; but  alongside  of  this  an  opportunity  is  given  to  the  youths, 
girls  and  boys,  to  take  up  a  branch  like  joinery,  electricity, 
mechanics,  for  the  sake  of  training  the  hand,  training  the  eye, 
making  people  more  practical,  fitting  them  more  for  contact 
with  life. 

4.  That  it  is  advisable  in  the  training  of  teachers  for  sec- 
ondary schools  that  a  large  number  be  prepared  for  earning 
their  livelihood  outside  of  the  teaching  profession  in  order  that 
vital  contacts  may  be  maintained  more  efficiently. 

That  means  that  we  ought  to  do  our  very  best  to  have  school 
teachers,  especially  high  schools,  those  who  are  going  to  train 
those  who  are  to  be  the  leaders  of  the  nation,  not  just  merely 
from  an  intellectualistic  point  of  view,  or  to  become  merely 
teachers  within  state  or  private  institutions,  but  we  should  also 
see  that  men  and  women  who  have  the  capacity  and  power  and 
the  wish,  should  be  independent  economically  for  the  sake  of 
moral  independence.  We  might  arrange  to  give  them  such  in- 
dependence, economical  independence,  out  of  the  budget  of  the 
state  or  of  the  community  where  they  may  be. 

I  am  a  trainer  of  teachers  myself  in  a  state  university,  and 
one  of  the  chief  ones  in  Latin  America.  I  say,  therefore,  let 
us  try  to  get  a  few  men  and  women  who  might  have  this  eco- 
nomic independence,  besides  being  trained  in  a  training  college, 
for  teachers,  and  have  them  look  upon  the  teaching  profession 
as  the  most  noble  lay  profession  that  exists,  because  it  is  the 
one  that  trains  character, — that  trains  minds  available  for  the 


30  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

community.     That  is  the  idea,  and  that  is  the  explanation  I 
wanted  to  give  you  of  it. 

5.  That  it  is  highly  desirable  that  countries  preparing  teach- 
ers for  the  secondary  schools  should  require  them  to  have,  in 
addition  to  their  scientific  training,  proficiency  in  a  practical 
branch  such  as  agriculture. 

I  say,  "such  as"  because  it  may  be  agriculture  or  something 
else.  Now,  then,  we  know  that  before  the  war — I  am  sure  you 
agree  with  me — there  was  no  nation  in  the  world,  may  I  not 
say — placing  us  above  the  feelings  brought  about  by  the  war — 
1  am  sure  you  agree  with  me — leaving  aside  diplomatic  blunders 
of  a  huge  kind — that  there  was  no  nation  in  the  world  that 
had  gone  as  far  ahead  in  science  and  in  instruction  than  Ger- 
many. Germany  had  undoubtedly,  up  to  the  war,  the  best 
trained  set  of  teachers  for  secondary  schools,  from  a  scientific 
point  of  view.  But  a  man  of  this  general  type  of  German 
feature  was  the  kind  of  a  learned  man  who  could  not  always 
fit  into  the  society  of  officers  and  other  people,  because  he  soon 
began  speaking  about  his  shop.  He  was  one-sided.  And  I 
do  believe  that  if  German  teachers  had  not  been  so  one-sided 
and  spent  so  many  years,  sometimes,  of  their  lives  in  their  re- 
search and  things  like  that;  I  say,  if  they  had  taken  their  re- 
search and  things  more  in  connection  with  life,  perhaps  the 
war  would  not  have  taken  place.  The  fact  is  that  there  is  no 
advantage  greater  than  that  of  placing  the  teacher  more  in 
contact  with  life,  and  reminding  him  constantly  that  he  is  there, 
not  to  earn  a  salary,  but  to  be  a  servant  of  the  community  in 
its  most  progressive  aspirations. 

6.  That  it  is  most  desirable  that  the  teacher-training  in- 
stitutions supported  by  the  various  countries  of  Latin  America 
should  maintain  experimental  schools  where  new  methods 
should  be  tried  out  before  being  implanted  in  the  national 
systems. 

7.  That  it  is  highly  desirable  that  the  system  of  election  in 
studies  be  extended  in  the  Latin-American  schools  and  that  a 
wider  range  of  vocational  instruction  be  introduced  and  greater 
emphasis  thereto  given. 

We  have  the  things  in  Latin  America,  but  we  have  not 
enough.  It  means  to  push  this  tendency  ahead,  because  we 
have  a   tendency  in  Latin  America   to  unify  things,   to  have 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  31 

everything  one  way,  and  that,  I  think,  is  a  pernicious  tendency. 
I  think  one  of  the  greatest  blessings  in  this  country  is  to  have 
many  churches,  many  ways  of  feeling  and  of  thinking,  because 
that  all  makes  for  the  wealth  of  the  spiritual  life.  Just  the 
same,  in  schools,  to  have  many  types  of  schools.  We  have 
only  practically  one  type  and  tendency  in  Latin  America,  and 
that  is  this  unifying  tendency.  That  is  too  iron-like,  and  that 
needs  breaking  up,  for  the  sake  of  development.  What  edu- 
cation should  develop,  in  the  first  place,  is  the  personality  or 
individuality  of  the  man  or  woman,  without  which  there  is  no 
progress. 

8.  That  a  variety  of  types  of  education  within  secondary 
schools  is  essential  for  the  progressive  development  of  educa- 
tion in  Latin  America  in  order  that  local  and  national  aspira- 
tions may  be  properly  served. 

9.  That  the  attention  of  the  universities  of  the  Americas 
might  be  drawn  to  the  fact  that  research  within  the  universities 
should  exist  not  as  an  end  in  itself,  but  as  an  educational  means 
to  broaden  judgment,  to  increase  intellectual  self-reliance,  and 
to  be  applied  in  the  service  of  life. 

The  Rockefeller  Foundation,  the  Pasteur  Institute,  and 
other  such  institutions,  are  the  ones  that  should  have  research 
for  the  sake  of  reasearch;  but  in  universities  research  should 
be  maintained  to  serve  the  end  I  have  mentioned  here. 

10.  That  one  of  the  greatest  needs  in  the  educational  world 
of  America  is  a  most  careful  study  of  the  education  of  women 
from  the  point  of  view  of  their  increasing  participation  in  civic 
affairs,  and  their  fundamental  function  of  motherhood. 

11.  That  one  of  the  greatest  needs  of  Latin  America  is 
the  greater  participation  of  women  in  public  affairs  which 
might  be  secured  in  part  by  the  immediate  granting  of  the 
suffrage  to  the  women  graduates  of  the  State  Universities. 

At  this  moment  that  we  are  gathered  here  together  there 
is  a  conference  of  women  taking  place  in  Baltimore.  I  do  think 
that  one  of  the  greatest  things  you  have  is  this  question  of 
suffrage.  I  do  not  think  it  has  been  decided  yet.  I  do  not  think 
the  efficiency  of  the  women  has  been  developed  yet  enough  in 
your  country.  From  the  little  I  have  observed  I  do  believe 
that  most  women  in  this  country  still  vote  like  their  husbands 
do.    That  is  perfectly  natural;  they  have  not  been  fully  trained 


32  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

as  yet.  One  of  the  things,  however,  you  may  be  sure  of,  for 
instance,  is  that  there  will  be  no  relaxation  of  prohibition.  That 
is  not  going  to  occur,  I  am  sure,  because  the  women  do  not 
want  it.  And  many  such  things  will  improve,  owing  to  the  in- 
fluence of  women,  trained  women.  We  on  the  south  of  the  Rio 
Grande  have  no  suffrage  as  to  women,  and  I  think  we  ought 
to  begin,  and  in  making  a  beginning,  I  do  think  that  women 
trained  such  as  they  are  in  the  universities  in  any  of  these  coun- 
tries, would  be  most  suitable  and  worthy  persons  for  exercising 
the  suffrage.  Many  other  women  deserve  it,  undoubtedly,  but 
in  such  conservative  countries  as  ours  they  would  be  a  fine  be- 
ginning. 

12.  That  it  would  be  highly  advisable  that  the  universities 
of  Latin  America  should  take  greater  care  of  the  living  con- 
ditions of  their  students,  introducing  the  dormitory  system  of 
the  North  American  Universities  in  the  ways  that  might  be 
most  efficient. 

This  is  something  that  most  of  our  Latin-American  countries 
lack.  We  just  think  the  university  professors  should  give  their 
lectures,  go  away,  and  not  care  a  scrap  about  the  students. 
Now,  I  think  that  is  a  perfectly  erroneous  point  of  view,  and 
I  do  believe  that  a  fine  set  of  people,  such  as  university  stu- 
dents, here  and  there  and  everywhere,  deserve  the  best  care 
and  leadership.  I  do  believe  in  student  government,  but  I  do 
believe  that  student  government  should  have  people  of  greater 
experience  to  help  it.  I  do  not  believe  boys  have  got  all  the  ex- 
perience that  they  can  have.  I  do  believe  they  ought  to  be 
able  to  help  and  govern  themselves  as  much  as  possible,  but 
always  with  the  help  of  those  who  know  better,  and  the  pro- 
fessors in  universities  ought  to  be  the  ones  who  do  know  better. 

13.  That  the  foundation  of  parent  teachers'  associations 
should  be  fostered  in  Latin  America. 

14.  That  the  organization  of  university  alumni  associations 
should  be  encouraged  in  Latin  America. 

15.  That  the  attention  of  the  educators  of  the  American 
continent  be  drawn  to  the  fact  that  physical  health  is  basic  to 
moral  education. 

There  is  no  healthy  soul  without  a  healthy  body.  In  doing 
something  for  health,  in  the  first  place,  we  south  of  the  Rio 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  33 

Grande  must  get  together  and  clean  out  the  worthy,  and  the 
beautiful,  and  the  artistic  old  Gothic  castle. 

16.  That  the  attention  of  all  governments  of  the  Americas 
be  called  to  the  need  of  compulsory  practical  education  in  hy- 
giene and  temperance,  in  primary,  secondary,  and  normal 
schools  of  all  grades. 

17.  That  the  attention  of  the  school  authorities  of  all 
American  republics  be  called  to  the  urgent  necessity  of  having 
school  buildings  and  premises  made  hygienic. 

Now,  we  have  a  great  many  buildings — most  of  them — in 
Latin  America,  not  suited  for  school  purposes.     There  is  no 
possibility  of  building  them  anew,  but  there  is  a  possibility  of 
spending  enough  money  to  make  those  that  exist  hygienic. 
That  is  what  we  want. 

18.  That  the  governments  of  the  American  republics  be 
requested  to  foster  athletics,  especially  in  connection  with  edu- 
cational activities. 

That  is  a  thing  we  need.  We  have  seen  these  United  States 
send  forth  a  body  of  splendid  soldiers  owing  to  the  magnificent 
training  in  athletics  they  had  received.  That  is  one  respect 
in  which  we  may  imitate  you. 

19.  That  it  be  recommended  that  hygienic  baths  available 
to  all  be  established  in  all  cities,  and  that  the  educational 
authorities  be  encouraged  to  install  baths  in  all  universities,  col- 
leges and  in  all  larger  secondary  and  primary  schools. 

The  ladies  and  gentlemen  present  here  will  conclude  that 
these  folks  in  Latin  America  do  not  bathe.  I  might  tell  you 
that  that  is  the  truth,  and  we  cannot  get  away  from  it.  One 
difference  between  Latin  America,  with  all  our  progress,  and 
North  America,  is  that  we  do  not  wash  as  much  as  you.  That 
is  the  absolute  truth.  Nevertheless,  you  must  remember  that 
we,  as  Latin  Americans,  represent  the  stores  of  culture  drawn 
from  our  ancestors  at  the  time  they  used  to  have  the  splendid 
baths  of  Rome,  of  Tyre,  when  your  ancestors  were  not  wash- 
ing and  were  running  wild  in  the  woods.  So  you  may  say  that 
the  situation  is  that  we  have  departed  from  the  custom,  and 
we  must  be  reminded  again.  We  may  as  well  renew  the  old 
habits. 

20.  That  the  Pan-American  Union  be  requested  to  organize 
a  Pan-American  Congress  of  Public  Health,  the  chief  object 


34  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

of  which  would  be  to  discover  the  best  means  of  educating  the 
peoples  in  public  health. 

Even  in  your  community  this  is  the  chief  thing  that  is  needed 
— educating  the  people  for  public  health — and  we  in  Latin 
America  need  it,  of  course,  a  hundred  times  more. 

21.  That  the  Pan-American  Union  be  requested  to  organize 
in  Washington  a  Pan-American  Bureau  of  Public  Health,  the 
chief  object  of  which  would  be  to  gather  materials  concern- 
ing the  state  of  public  health  in  Pan-America  and  to  disseminate 
therein  the  information  concerning  the  most  recent  advances 
in  public  health  procedure. 

22.  That  it  be  requested  from  the  governments  of  the 
American  republics  and  from  the  Pan-American  Union  that 
they  may  bring  about  frequent  athletic  meets  between  the  dif- 
ferent countries  and  a  periodical  Olympic  meet  between  the 
United  States  and  Latin  America. 

I  do  not  think  we  are  going  to  turn  out  badly.  I  think  that 
would  be  splendid — that  creates  a  spirit  of  community. 

23.  That  the  practice  of  the  United  States,  Canada  and  the 
Argentine  republic  in  establishing  national  parks  should  be  ex- 
tended to  all  countries  of  the  Americas  as  a  most  valuable 
source  of  national  education. 

24.  That  it  would  be  advisable  in  Latin  America  to  follow 
the  example  of  the  United  States  in  exacting  military  training 
of  all  male  students  in  state-supported  universities  and  colleges 
with  a  view  to  educating  the  national  leaders  for  a  more  com- 
plete fulfillment  of  their  civic  responsibilities. 

The  armies  of  the  future  should,  in  the  first  place,  as  we  try 
in  Chili  to  make  ourselves,  be  institutions  of  instruction.  They 
should  be  the  universities  of  the  common  people.  That  is  the 
great  task  of  peace. 

25.  That  the  attention  of  the  governments  of  American 
republics  exacting  compulsory  military  service  be  called  to  the 
possibility  of  making  their  armies  and  navies  schools  of  democ- 
racy and  the  universities  of  the  common  people. 

26.  That  in  countries  where  military  service  exists  it  would 
be  advisable  that  each  man  be  trained  in  a  manual  craft  in  addi- 
tion to  reading  and  writing. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  35 

That  they  may  leave  the  barracks  not  merely  with  a  knowl- 
edge of  reading  and  writing,  but  also  know  some  manual  labor. 
Rich  and  poor  can  profit  from  that. 

27.  That  it  may  be  suggested  to  the  governments  of  the 
American  republics  that  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers 
in  their  course  of  instruction  or  in  service  may  be  so  trained  in 
the  elements  of  popular  psychology  and  educational  methods 
as  to  enable  them  to  increase  the  social  efficiency  of  military 
and  naval  instruction. 

We  cannot  do  without  these  institutions;  but  they  should  be 
socially  efficient. 

28.  That  the  best  cultural  and  material  interests  of  the 
Americas  demand  that  English  should  be  the  chief  foreign  lan- 
guage taught  in  the  schools  of  Latin  America,  and  Spanish  the 
chief  foreign  language  taught  in  the  schools  of  the  United 
States  and  Canada. 

One  of  the  professors  of  some  great  university  is  trying  to 
take  steps  to  make  Latin  the  universal  language.  Why  should 
that  be  done  when  Latin  is  spoken  on  this  continent  after 
English?  We  have  to  the  south  of  the  Rio  Grande  a  hundred 
millions  that  speak  Latin,  but  Latin  of  the  Twentieth  Century. 
You  see,  Spanish  and  Portuguese  are  rather  of  the  Twentieth 
Century,  so  that  is  old  Latin  with  a  thousand  years  of  ideas  on 
the  top. 

29.  That  a  movement  should  be  initiated  by  the  Spanish 
Departments  of  the  Universities  of  the  Americas  with  the  view 
to  the  immediate  compilation  of  a  complete  Spanish-American 
dictionary. 

30.  That  the  attention  of  teachers  of  languages  and  litera- 
ture in  the  countries  of  North  and  South  America  be  drawn 
to  the  necessity  of  expanding  their  program  of  studies  to  in- 
clude not  merely  the  belleslettres  but  also  masterpieces  of 
science,  politics,  economics,  sociology  and  philosophy. 

For  instance,  what  is  the  use  of  our  teaching  in  the  English 
language  the  grammars  of  Sheridan,  making  boys  read  them 
and  things  like  them,  instead  of  the  "Wealth  of  Nations"  by 
Adam  Smith?  I  think  we  have  gone  off  the  track.  This  stress- 
ing of  belleslettres  tends  to  a  narrow  point  of  view.  It  ought 
to  be  broadened;  and  the  great  things  in  the  Latin  literature 
should  be  used  on  both  sides  of  the  Rio  Grande. 


36  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

31.  That  it  would  be  advisable  to  create  a  fund  for  the 
translation  and  dissemination  of  works  of  outstanding  educa- 
tional and  social  importance. 

32.  That  the  reciprocal  understanding  between  the  English- 
speaking  nations  and  Latin  America  would  be  furthered  by  the 
founding  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  of  Latin-American 
museums  and  by  the  establishment  of  similar  museums  or  ex- 
hibits in  the  capitols  of  the  Latin-American  republics. 

33.  That  it  would  be  most  desirable  that  steps  should  be 
taken  towards  the  securing  from  transportation  companies  of 
special  reduced  rates  for  university  professors  and  students  and 
for  the  directors  of  secondary,  normal  and  special  schools, 
traveling  for  educational  purposes  between  the  different  coun- 
tries of  the  American  continent. 

Now,  I  say,  I  am  myself  delighted  with  California ;  but  there 
is  one  thing  that  Dr.  Chapman  and  other  gentlemen  who  have 
written  about  the  history  of  California  have  not  said.  There 
2  re  some  things  wrong  with  California.  In  the  first  place, 
Your  Excellency,  for  me  time  flies  too  quickly  in  California. 
The  second  one  is  that  it  is  too  far  from  the  center  of  the 
world,  and  that  is  for  me  Chile. 

34.  That  it  be  suggested  to  the  Departments  of  History  of 
the  Universities  of  the  Americas  that  greater  attention  be  given 
to  the  study  of  the  American  continent  with  a  view  to  the  dis- 
covery of  the  idealistic  foundations  of  its  culture. 

That  has  not  been  done  at  all,  almost.  That  has  been  over- 
looked, gentlemen;  they  keep  hands  off.  But  nothing  should 
be  left  aside  when  things  scientific  are  concerned. 

35.  That  the  publicity  work  of  the  Pan-American  Union 
could  be  very  effectively  increased  by  the  creation  of  a  fund 
for  the  filming  of  the  scenic  features,  the  life,  culture  and  indus- 
try of  the  various  Latin-American  countries. 

36.  That  lecture  tours  and  individual  lectures  tending  to- 
ward better  reciprocal  understanding  between  the  different 
countries  of  America  should  be  subsidized  through  the  Pan- 
American  Union  and  encouraged  by  the  universities  and  other 
educational  agencies. 

37.  That  it  would  be  advisable  for  the  churches  sending 
missionaries  to  Latin  America  to  select  the  personnel  with  a 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  37 

view  to  a  better  understanding  of  the  culture  and  national 
psychology  of  the  peoples  to  whom  they  are  sent  and  that  in 
particular  practical  educators  and  public  health  experts  should 
be  selected  for  missionary  service. 

There  is  no  one  that  has  a  greater  sympathy — and  I  can  say 
it  because  I  have  proved  it — with  the  coming  down  of  people 
of  another  mentality,  a  Protestant  mentality,  to  Chile.  I  think 
that  is  of  value  to  Chile.  I  am  not  a  Protestant  myself,  but  I 
tell  you  frankly,  between  us,  my  observation  leads  me  to  be- 
lieve and  be  convinced  that  the  Protestant  missions  in  Latin 
America,  with  the  exception  of  one  or  two,  or  say  of  a  few 
cases,  have  been  failures.  That  is  the  reason  why  Protestant- 
ism has  not  developed  so  rapidly — for  the  simple  reason  that 
people  have  been  prepared  to  go  and  tackle  the  question  of 
finding  only  Indian  mentality: 

38.  That  one  of  the  best  missionary  services  which  the 
churches  could  render  would  be  the  establishment  in  Latin 
America  of  the  small  character-building  type  of  colleges  of  the 
United  States. 

39.  That  a  vote  of  appreciation  and  commendation  be  ex- 
tended to  the  University  of  California  and  to  the  University  of 
Chile  for  organizing  the  exchange  of  professors,  and  especially 
to  President  David  P.  Barrows  and  Rector  Domingo 
Amunategui  Solar,  the  respective  heads  of  the  two  institutions. 

40.  That  the  University  of  California  be  congratulated  for 
the  valuable  Pan-American  work  done  in  its  History  Depart- 
ment by  the  Professors  Bolton,  Chapman  and  Priestley 
through  the  study  of  Latin-American  culture. 

I  look  forward  to  the  time  when  this  will  be  the  great  Pan- 
American  University;  but  I  think  we  will  do  well  to  furnish  aid 
and  encouragement  to  what  is  going  on  elsewhere. 

41.  That  a  vote  of  appreciation  and  encouragement  be 
extended  to  Dr.  Carlos  Fernandez  Pena  for  his  splendid  lead- 
ership in  national  education  and  public  health  in  Chile,  where 
he  has  founded  the  National  Educational  Association  and  or- 
ganized the  Chilean  League  for  Social  Hygiene  inspired  by 
similar  institutions  of  the  United  States. 

42.  That  a  vote  of  appreciation  should  be  extended  to  the 
Sociedad  Pro  Estudiantes   Chilenos  en  el  Extrangero  y  Pro 


187078 


38  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

Estudiantes  Extrangeros  en  Chile  for  its  valuable  services  in 
connection  with  Pan-American  relationships. 

That  a  vote  of  appreciation  should  be  extended  to  the 
Sociedad  Pro  Estudiantes  Chilenos  en  el  Extrangero  y  Pro 
Estudiantes  Extrangeros  en  Chile  means  a  society  for  sending 
Chilean  students  abroad,  and  receiving  foreign  students  in 
Chile;  for  its  valuable  services  in  connection  with  the  Pan- 
American  relationships. 

Following  the  speech  of  Dr.  Galvez : 

GOVERNOR  STEPHENS 

We  have  certainly  had  in  the  address  of  Dr.  Galvez  a  won- 
derful address.  It  will  be  referred  to  the  Committee  on  Reso- 
lutions, and  to  such  other  committees  as  can  properly  care  for 
the  different  matters  proposed  by  Dr.  Galvez. 

I  am  very  glad  of  this  opportunity  of  paying  my  respects 
to  the  new  president  of  this  great  institution,  Dr.  von  Klein- 
Smid,  whose  character  and  whose  attainments  make  us  sure 
of  the  further  development  of  this  splendid  university. 

I  am  also  glad  that,  in  the  presence  of  all  these  flags,  whose 
respective  countries  teach  loyalty  and  obedience — I  can  pay 
my  respects  to  Bishop  Adna  Leonard,  who,  in  California  and 
in  America,  is  doing  so  much  toward  the  upbuilding  of  the 
Christian  religion  and  Christian  character,  and  for  the  edu- 
cation of  all  of  us  toward  that  time  when  we  shall  practice 
what  we  preach — the  observance  of  law  and  order  and  rever- 
ence for  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  of  America. 

And  now  we  have  come  to  a  particularly  pleasing  part  of  the 
program,  for  we  are  to  hear  from  a  splendid  citizen  of  this 
city,  a  woman  who  has  received  distinguished  honors.  She  was 
my  neighbor  for  very  many  years,  and  in  that  way,  perhaps,  I 
came  to  know  her  better  than  otherwise  I  would.  She  is  a  great 
leader  and  a  voting  one  too,  and  may  I  say  to  Dr.  Galvez  that, 
did  he  know  the  women  of  California  as  well  as  I  do,  he  would 
realize  that  they,  in  very  large  part,  do  their  own  voting.  The 
next  speaker  will  be  one  who  is  the  immediate  past-president  of 
the  National  and  International  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs, 
our  distinguished  citizen,  Mrs.  Josiah  Evans  Cowles. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  39 

Potentialities  of  Pan-American  Women's  Conference 
MRS.  JOSIAH  EVANS  COWLES,  A.M. 

Past  President  National  and  International  Federation  of 
Women's  Clubs 

In  all  great  movements  of  civilization  acquaintance  must 
precede  understanding,  as  mutual  understanding  must  precede 
cooperation.  We  now  have  in  America  and  all  over  the 
world — the  greater  part  by  far  in  our  own  country — great 
numbers  of  women's  clubs,  which  are  merged  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  which  for  a  time  I  was  privileged  to  be  president,  known 
as  the  General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs.  These  great 
bodies  of  women,  admittedly  now  and  in  future  a  potent  force 
for  the  betterment  of  the  world,  know  that  it  is  essential  that 
they  must  come  to  know  their  neighbors  better. 

We  all  in  America  know  something  of  the  highlanders  of 
these  United  States.  A  story  goes  that  a  man  and  wife  of  this 
type,  making  their  first  journey  away  from  their  mountain 
home,  came  to  a  mountain  inn  to  spend  the  night.  After  every- 
thing had  quieted  down  the  woman  was  heard  to  say,  "Jim,  is 
the  world  as  big  every  way  as  the  way  we  come?"  There  is 
a  world  of  truth  in  that.  Travel  is  in  itself  an  educating  in- 
fluence, but  travel  does  not  necessarily  mean  to  go  around  the 
world,  to  go  to  a  Pan-American  country,  or  to  Europe  or  Asia ; 
it  means  to  get  out  of  our  own  limited  environment.  And  so 
for  many,  many  years  this  particular  organization  has  stressed 
the  need  of  an  international  conscience,  of  an  international 
viewpoint.  We  realize  that  one  of  the  great  needs  of  our  times 
is  education  along  the  lines  laid  down  by  the  distinguished 
speaker  who  preceded  me,  for  our  consideration. 

Back  in  1905  our  women  realized  the  need  of  a  closer  con- 
tact and  cooperation  between  the  volunteer  educational  organ- 
izations and  the  constituted  professional  educators.  A  series 
of  conferences  was  held  between  the  leading  women's  organ- 
izations and  the  leaders  of  the  National  Educational  Associa- 
tion; so  in  1907,  when  the  National  Educational  Association 
was  meeting  in  Los  Angeles,  a  plan  was  presented  by  which 
there  should  be  a  department  of  women's  organizations.     It 


40  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

was  established  and  called  at  that  time  the  Department  of 
Educational  Work  of  the  National  Organizations  of  Women, 
bringing  together  all  these  volunteer  educational  efforts  and 
the  professionals.  The  conduct  of  that  work  has  been  tre- 
mendous. Development  on  a  splendid  scale  has  taken  place 
along  the  line  of  civic  education,  on  the  subject  of  vocational 
education,  and  in  our  public  health  work  a  tremendous  amount 
of  work  has  been  done. 

We  have  realized  that  our  neighbors  in  some  of  the  coun- 
tries in  which  we  have  smaller  clubs  have  not  perhaps  had  just 
the  same  opportunities  as  ourselves,  and  that  their  standards 
have  perhaps  been  different,  and  we  have  been  very  anxious 
to  bring  together,  if  possible,  the  women  of  these  various  coun- 
tries with  the  women  of  our  own  country,  that  we  might  per- 
haps benefit  them,  and  in  turn  learn  from  them. 

Biennial  conventions  of  the  General  Federation  are  held, 
and  in  1916,  when  the  13th  Biennial  Convention  was  held  of 
the  General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs  in  New  York  City, 
a  resolution  was  passed,  the  substance  of  which  was  the  calling 
of  a  great  congress  of  the  women  of  the  three  Americas  in 
1920,  and  that,  under  proper  conditions,  we  ask  the  United 
States  Government  to  help  us  finance  this  congress.  No  person 
even  then,  in  1916,  in  New  York,  when  we  were  hearing  those 
marvelous  addresses,  and  the  talent  of  the  world  was  at  our 
disposal — no  one  could  even  then  really  visualize  that  we  were 
going  to  enter  into  this  awful  conflict;  but  when  it  did  become 
our  duty  as  an  organization  to  follow  up  this  resolution  the 
war  was  on  us,  and  when  we  consulted  the  government  authori- 
ties it  was  not  considered  wise  or  advisable  at  that  time  to 
call  the  conference  of  the  women  of  the  three  Americas.  It 
was  therefore  postponed  until  a  more  fitting  time,  and  now, 
in  conjunction  with  another  organization  holding  its  annual 
meeting  in  Baltimore,  there  is  assembled  this  Pan-American 
Conference  of  Women.  We  are  all  hearing  the  reports  of 
that.  We  are  all  hearing  the  messages  of  that  splendid  Ameri- 
can woman  who  has  chosen  to  cast  her  lot  with  the  mother 
country,  and  who  holds  a  representative  position  in  the  councils 
of  England.  That  splendid  woman  was  brought  over  here  to 
speak,  and  she  speaks  not  only  as  an  English  woman;  she 
speaks  as  an  American  woman,  and  she  sends  forth  a  message 
for  every  man :  she  tells  the  story  as  we  know  it. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  41 

It  is  not  alone  a  message  of  the  suffrage,  of  the  ballot. 
Many  people  had  an  idea  when  that  was  done  everything  was 
done.  It  is  not.  It  merely  marks  the  beginning  of  the  tre- 
mendous task,  and  the  need  of  education  for  that  great  task, 
for  the  responsibilities  of  citizenship,  is  undisputed,  whether  in 
America  or  elsewhere.  We  have  stood  for  uniform  marriage 
and  divorce  laws,  we  have  stood  for  the  physical  education  of 
our  young  people,  we  have  declared  that  the  home  is  the  real 
center  of  any  nation,  and  to  in  any  way  weaken  the  forces  of 
home  life,  weaken  parental  love,  weakens  the  nation;  and  that 
insofar  as  those  are  strengthened  is  the  nation  strengthened; 
and  also  our  great  organization  has  always  stood  for  an  equal 
standard  for  men  and  women. 

Can  you  not  visualize  these  women  coming  to  us  from  these 
other  countries — not  alone  the  mother  country,  England,  but 
many  other  countries — hearing  those  stirring  messages,  and 
returning  to  their  homes,  wherever  they  may  be,  strengthened 
by  a  realization  of  the  knowledge  that  on  the  North  American 
continent  women  stand  for  many  of  the  things  of  which  they 
too  have  dreamed,  and  that  seemed  almost  beyond  conception? 
We  are  sisters,  we  are  literally  sisters,  in  every  sense  of  the 
word,  and  in  this  Pan-American  Conference  of  Women  there 
are  possibilities  that  no  human  mind  should  seek  to  limit. 

Among  other  things  that  have  been  accomplished  in  the  past 
has  been  the  establishment  of  an  English  scholarship,  some- 
what after  the  plan  of  the  Rhodes  Scholarships.  This  could 
be  done  with  our  sister  countries  in  the  Western  Hemisphere. 
There  could  be  created  Pan-American  scholarships,  which 
would  be  infinitely  valuable. 

There  are  those  who  even  yet  perhaps  think  of  women's 
organizations  and  women's  gatherings  as  ornamental  and  in- 
structive, possibly,  but  not  fundamentally  creative  of  very  much 
permanent  good.  Yet  when  we  held  one  of  our  great  conven- 
tions in  St.  Paul,  Minnesota,  one  of  the  leading  men  in  Wash- 
ington came  to  us  to  deliver  an  address,  and  he  spoke  to  our 
then  president,  Mrs.  Sarah  Piatt  Decker — than  whom,  I  think, 
America  never  produced  a  stronger,  finer  character — and  he 
said  to  her:  "Mrs.  Decker,  you  tell  me  these  women  come 
here,  sit  here  day  after  day,  and  they  are  not  paid;  they  do  not 
even  have  their  expenses  paid?"  She  assured  him  that  this 
was  so,  and  that  there  was  not  even  an  officer  paid.     He  said, 


42  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

"I  am  going  back  to  Washington  and  tell  Mr.  Roosevelt  (who 
was  then  president)  that  here  is  a  power  to  be  conjured  with; 
here  is  a  power  to  recognize."  No  great  speaker  has  ever 
come  before  these  conventions  of  women  without  realizing  that 
there  is  a  power  there  of  tremendous  concentration  and  influ- 
ence. I  am  very  sure  it  is  not  necessary  to  speak  words  of  this 
nature  to  these  great  educators,  or  to  the  delegates,  or  to  my 
fellow-townsmen  here  in  Los  Angeles.  It  is  not  that  we  wish 
at  all  honors  of  any  kind,  or  compliments.  It  is  because  we  as 
American  women,  we  as  women  of  the  world,  we  as  interna- 
tional women,  realize  that  there  is  a  great  responsibility  upon 
womanhood,  and  that  the  standards  we  uphold,  the  standards 
for  which  we  utilize  our  time,  our  strength  and  our  ability,  are 
the  standards,  largely,  that  must  govern  society;  and  that  the 
betterment  of  society  in  every  way  hereafter  lies  largely  in  the 
hands  of  women.  No  nation  can  advance  farther  than  its 
women  are  advanced.  Furthermore,  ideal  relationships  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  the  other  American  republics  will 
never  be  brought  about  until  the  women  of  the  countries  more 
thoroughly  understand  each  other.  We  must  realize  that  other 
nations,  and  other  peoples,  have  just  as  warm  hearts  and  as 
high  ideals  as  we  have  ourselves. 

So  I  say  that  the  potentialities  of  this  great  Pan-American 
Conference  of  Women  in  Baltimore  are  immeasurable.  I  am 
very  sure  that  our  educators  realize  what  it  means.  I  believe 
that  our  citizenship  is  beginning  to  realize  it.  Take  it  home  to 
yourselves,  and  pray  that  with  this  co-ordinated  power  of  the 
women  of  this  nation,  of  all  the  American  nations,  of  all  the 
world,  may  be  brought  to  fulfillment  the  purposes  for  which 
we  are  placed  upon  this  earth. 

PRESIDENT  VON  KLEINSMID 

This  splendid  presentation  of  Mrs.  Cowles  brings  to  mind  a 
suggestion  frequently  made — that  this  first  meeting  of  the  edu- 
cational conference  sends  formally  to  the  conference  of  women 
in  Baltimore  a  word  of  greeting,  confidence  and  good  will. 
Any  delegate  to  this  conference  has  the  privilege  to  make  such 
a  motion. 

(It  was  thereupon  moved,  seconded  and  so  ordered  that  a 
telegram  be  thus  sent) . 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  43 

GOVERNOR  STEPHENS 

It  is  an  honor  and  a  pleasure  to  present  Dr.  O.  W.  E.  Cook, 
Executive  Secretary  Mexican-American  Scholarship  Founda- 
tion, who  will  speak  of  the  work  being  done  through  his  or- 
ganization along  the  lines — in  part,  at  least — expressed  by  the 
last  speaker.     I  present  Dr.  Cook. 

Exchange  of  Professors  and  Students 
O.  W.  E.  COOK,  LL.D. 

Executive  Secretary  Mexican-American  Scholarship  Foundation 

The  subject  to  which  I  was  assigned  by  the  telegram  from 
President  von  KleinSmid  some  three  weeks  ago  was  about  as 
follows:  International  Educational  Relationship.  Connected, 
as  I  am,  with  the  Foundation  which  has  as  its  special  purpose 
the  interchange  between  the  United  States  and  Mexico,  and 
Mexico  and  the  United  States,  of  scholarships  in  various  uni- 
versities, and  anything  that  will  further  the  educational  under- 
standing between  the  two  countries,  I  therefore  believe  that  the 
idea  in  the  mind  of  Dr.  von  KleinSmid  was  that  I  should 
emphasize  this  educational  factor  in  the  new  internationalism. 

We  are  in  a  new  day  in  Latin  America — new  factors  and 
new  forces  are  remaking  the  lives  of  eighty  millions  of  people 
south  of  the  Rio  Grande.  It  is  a  privilege  of  a  very  high  order 
to  be  able  to  bring  one's  life  into  vital  touch  with  the  move- 
ment south  of  the  Rio  Grande.  Some  of  you  think  that  the 
movements  are  rather  dangerous  at  times,  especially  in  Mexico, 
and  the  consummate  ignorance  of  the  average  American  con- 
cerning the  conditions  which  obtain  south  of  the  Rio  Grande 
is  one  of  the  prime  influences  making  some  of  us  Americans  bow 
our  heads  in  shame.  A  lady  said  to  a  traveling  companion  of 
mine,  shortly  after  we  left  the  city  of  El  Paso,  "You  came  from 
the  City  of  Mexico?  That  is  in  New  Mexico,  is  it  not?"  And 
I  could  go  on  and  tell  you  stories  to  illustrate  the  fact  that  the 
United  States — and  even  the  people  who  are  supposed  to  know 
better — must  come  to  a  sympathetic  understanding  through  a 
new  knowledge  and  a  new  variety  of  information  concerning 
Latin  America. 

One  of  the  factors  in  the  trade  congress  which  was  called  to 
meet  in  the  City  of  Mexico  in  February,  1919,  was  a  resolu- 
tion introduced  by  Will  A.  Pierce,  of  the  City  of  Des  Moines, 


44  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

Iowa,  calling  for  the  naming  of  a  committee  to  consider  the 
problem  of  the  interchange  of  scholarship  between  schools  of 
the  United  States  and  of  Mexico.  I  had  the  pleasure  of  being 
one  of  the  committee  appointed,  and  later  being  elected  Execu- 
tive Secretary,  and  having  been  connected  with  the  institution 
from  the  very  first,  I  can  tell  you  a  little  of  our  method  of  pro- 
cedure. This  move  was  at  first  connected  directly  and  definitely 
with  the  activities  of  the  American  Chamber  of  Commerce  in 
the  City  of  Mexico,  which,  I  might  say,  is  one  of  the  finest 
and  most  representative  and  most  powerful  of  the  factors 
working  for  better  understanding,  not  merely  financial,  but 
also  socially,  economically,  and  educationally,  in  the  Republic 
of  Mexico.  We  immediately  corresponded  with  some  six  to 
eight  hundred  universities  and  colleges  of  the  United  States, 
and  as  a  result  of  that  questionnnaire  sent  out  and  the  replies 
thereto,  we  were  able  to  secure  for  Mexican  students  in  the 
schools  of  the  United  States  between  140  and  ISO  scholarships. 
The  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Yale,  Harvard,  Princeton, 
Brown,  Syracuse,  all  the  large  universities  of  the  East,  the  very 
strongest  of  the  schools  in  the  Central  West,  and  some  of  the 
schools  on  the  Western  Slope,  responded  in  a  magnificent  way. 
The  University  of  Texas  immediately  telegraphed  us  that  they 
were  opening  for  Mexican  students  six  scholarships,  freeing 
the  recipients  thereof  from  all  tuition  fees,  enrollment  fees  and 
matriculation  fees,  and  paying  them  $600,  American  gold,  for 
living  expenses.  I  was  a  little  ashamed  of  the  fact,  because  I 
was  known  somewhat  in  Mexico  as  a  Californian,  because  I 
boost  for  Los  Angeles,  having  lived  here  six  years — I  was  a 
little  ashamed  of  the  fact  that  the  University  of  California  was 
not  the  first  to  make  such  a  magnificent  offer.  Perhaps  the 
Governor  when  he  returns  will  correct  it.  Furthermore,  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  offered  to  us  four  most  excellent 
scholarships.  Other  schools  have  done  the  same,  so  that  at 
the  present  time  we  have  twenty  of  the  very  best  of  Mexican 
young  people  in  the  United  States,  and  before  another  year  has 
elapsed  we  expect  to  double  that  number;  Mexicans  that  repre- 
sent the  Mexico  that  is  to  be — and  who  are  getting  the  very 
best  of  training,  the  very  best  of  understanding.  We  believe 
that  the  work  which  we  are  carrying  forward  is  of  the  very 
finest;  the  most  worth-while  character. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  45 

There  are  three  special  ends  in  view,  and  I  shall  simply  name 
them.  First,  that  to  which  I  have  already  referred  in  part,  the 
making  of  a  new  understanding  between  the  countries.  I  dare 
not  touch  politics,  but  I  want  to  say  that  the  difficulties  which 
the  Department  of  State  in  Washington  is  meeting  in  bringing 
about  an  entente  between  Mexico  and  the  United  States,  and 
the  difficulties  which  President  Obregon  is  meeting  in  bringing 
about  the  same  condition  on  his  side  of  the  Rio  Grande,  has  as 
its  basis  a  misunderstanding  in  the  fundamental  life  of  the  two 
peoples. 

There  is  no  more  reason  for  a  difficulty  between  Mexico  and 
the  United  States  than  there  is  for  difficulties  between  Canada 
and  the  United  States.  Given  an  understanding  on  the  part 
of  the  people  of  Mexico — why,  here  are  fifteen  millions  of 
people  who  need  us  and  whom  we  need — and  given  on  the 
side  of  the  United  States  of  America  a  new  understanding  and 
appreciation  of  Mexico,  and  the  seventy-five  millions  in  South 
and  Central  America,  we  shall  have  no  difficulty  centering 
either  in  Mexico  City  or  in  Washington.  The  educational 
needs,  the  civic  needs,  the  health  problem,  the  whole  round  of 
daily  life,  is  different.  The  psychology  of  the  Mexican  is  some- 
what different  from  the  psychology  of  the  Anglo-Saxon.  The 
Latin  psychology  has  its  certain  differences  from  that  of  the 
Anglo-Saxon.  Fundamentally,  there  is  no  difference,  and  only 
history,  and  an  emphasis  upon  certain  things  that  should  never 
have  been  emphasized,  have  kept  the  two  peoples  apart.  If, 
somehow,  we  can  bring  out  of  Mexico  the  men  who  can  come 
into  touch  with  us  at  our  best — and  who  can  say  for  a  moment 
that  America  is  not  at  her  best  in  her  colleges  and  universities 
— come  to  know  Mexico  at  her  best,  and  Chile,  and  Argentina, 
and  Brazil,  and  Uruguay, — the  whole  number  of  our  twenty- 
one  republics  to  the  south — if  we  could  only  come  together  on 
the  basis  of  a  new  understanding,  there  can  be  no  question  of 
the  future,  and  what  it  may  hold. 

In  the  second  place,  Mexico  and  the  Latin  world  must  have 
a  new  leadership.  I  dare  not — I  have  not  the  time — to  go  into 
this  problem.  Politically,  I  am  very  hopeful  that  Mexico  and 
the  Latin  world  will  not  have  to  pass  through  the  period  in 
political  development  that  we  passed  through,  from  the  days 
of  the  civil  war  to  the  day  when  there  loomed  up  before  us 


46  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

that  great  master  American,  that  apostle  of  the  strenuous  life, 
Theodore  Roosevelt. 

It  seems  to  me  a  fact  that  he  was  the  leader  of  a  new  type 
of  politicians;  that  he  was  a  man  who  was  able  to  bring  before 
the  American  people  and  impress  upon  them  their  responsibil- 
ity as  members  of  this  great  commonwealth;  that  if  we  can 
only  bring  that  spirit  and  develop  a  new  type  of  leadership 
within  Mexico  and  the  republics  of  the  Latin  world,  our  future 
will  be  assured. 

May  I  say  that  those  who  are  charged  with  the  selection  of 
students,  those  of  the  Mexican  and  American  Scholarship 
Foundation,  are  looking  very  carefully  to  this  point?  They 
are  trying  to  choose  key  men;  they  are  trying  to  put  their  hands 
on  the  men  who  are  going  to  mold  the  public  opinion  of  tomor- 
row; they  are  trying  to  get  them  and  send  them  to  the  schools 
where  they  will  be  touched  by  the  very  strongest  influences,  and 
there  their  best  will  be  brought  out  to  make  them  the  leaders 
of  tomorrow.  Sometimes  it  is  said  we  are  opportunists,  that 
we  are  trying  to  Americanize  Mexico  and  the  Latin  world. 
Not  so;  we  are  trying  to  put  the  young  leadership  of  Mexico 
into  touch  with  the  very  best  influences  of  the  United  States, 
that  they  may  take  back  to  their  country  the  memories  of  such 
influences  and  they  are  to  be  the  centers  of  what  we  cannot  but 
believe  are  the  very  best  elements  in  the  making  of  the  new  and 
the  better  forces  in  the  years  to  come. 

And  then,  in  the  third  place,  there  must  be  a  coming  to- 
gether, an  adaptation,  of  the  factors — the  educational  factors — 
within  the  Latin-American  and  the  Anglo-Saxon  world.  There 
are  differences,  which  I  cannot  take  time  to  go  into,  between 
the  system  of  Latin  America  and  that  of  the  north.  The 
French  system  is  largely  used  as  the  prototype  throughout  the 
Latin  world.  Mexico  needs  certain  elements  we  can  give,  and 
the  United  States  needs  certain  influences  that  we  can  get  from 
the  South.  That  idea  which  Dr.  Galvez  so  wonderfully  gave 
to  us,  of  the — cathedral-like,  he  might  have  said — the  castle- 
like beauty  and  give  a  place  in  our  own  educational  system. 

Now,  with  reference  to  students'  interchange,  I  cannot 
emphasize  too  greatly  the  need  on  the  part  of  every  institution 
in  the  United  States  of  America  to  open  its  doors  to  Mexican 
boys — the  coming  of  any  place  from  two  to  ten  of  our  most 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  47 

promising  young  Latin  Americans  to  have  a  place,  and  to  take 
a  place,  among  the  student  bodies  of  American  schools. 

In  the  second  place,  it  is  equally  important,  and  in  some  ways 
almost  more  important — the  interchange  of  professors.  My 
reason  for  emphasis  there  is  that  I  believe  the  schools  of  the 
South  must  know  the  character  of  our  Northern  schools 
through  an  interchange  of  our  professors.  A  school  is  not 
the  campus,  it  is  not  the  buildings,  it  is  not  the  equipment,  it  is 
not  the  endowment;  a  school  is  the  personification  of  the  men 
who  teach  in  its  class-rooms.  We  need  to  send  to  Latin 
America  the  men  of  ability,  the  men  of  training,  the  men  of 
heart,  the  men  of  soul,  that  they  may  understand  us  as  they 
do  not  understand  us  today. 

In  the  third  place,  may  I  emphasize  right  here,  also,  a  some- 
what secondary,  but  a  movement  that  has  become  very  im- 
portant, and  that  is  the  interchange  of  teachers  of  Spanish  in 
the  United  States  and  Mexico.  A  gentleman  sits  on  the  plat- 
form who  was  the  creator  of  that  movement,  which  afterwards 
became  a  part  of  the  activities  of  the  Mexican-American 
Scholarship  Commission,  and  which  today  is  gaining  so  won- 
derfully in  favor  that  we  are  expecting  that  not  under  a  thou- 
sand teachers  of  Spanish  in  the  colleges  and  secondary  schools 
of  the  United  States  will  visit  the  City  of  Mexico  this  coming 
summer,  to  take  courses  in  the  National  University  at  that 
place.  It  was  our  pleasure  there  last  year  to  have  almost  a 
hundred  of  them,  and  I  believe  that  the  message  of  good  will 
which  they  have  carried  back  has  been  one  of  the  real  factors 
in  molding  the  new  public  opinion  and  making  possible  the  new 
internationalism  in  this  country. 

Of  all  peoples  in  the  Western  World,  the  most  provincial 
are  the  Americans.  Our  provincialism  can  only  be  overcome 
through  the  training  of  new  leaders,  and  the  task  of  the  train- 
ing of  such  leadership  devolves  upon  the  colleges  of  this  coun- 
try. To  that  end,  every  school  worthy  of  the  name,  college 
or  university,  should  have  a  chair  of  Internationalism,  and  it 
should  be  a  man — possibly  a  woman — who  understands  the 
spirit  of  the  foreigner, — who  knows  how  to  look  at  things  from 
the  standpoint  not  of  any  American  merely,  but  one  who  has 
lived  in,  or  possibly  is  a  citizen  of,  a  foreign  land.     The  aver- 


48  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

age  American,  in  his  loftiness  and  in  his  egotism,  hardly  ap- 
preciates the  viewpoint  of  the  foreigner. 

I  believe  the  day  is  not  far  distant  when,  in  all  the  universi- 
ties and  colleges,  we  shall  have  chairs  of  Internationalism;  they 
will  be  teachers  of  a  better  and  a  higher  and  a  Christian  atti- 
tude on  the  part  of  our  new  leadership. 

Finally,  those  who  go  forth  from  the  universities  and  col- 
leges should  be  the  centers  of  clubs  and  organizations  through 
which  might  be  disseminated,  in  all  sections  of  this  country  and 
the  Latin-American  world,  a  new  spirit  of  cooperation.  Thi9 
cannot  be  done  merely  by  the  leaders,  it  cannot  be  done  merely 
by  the  professors,  it  cannot  be  done  merely  by  the  students; 
there  must  be  disseminated  even  to  the  far  corners  of  this  great 
land  the  same  influence  that  shall  bring  about  a  new  under- 
standing of  Mexico,  and  Chile  and  Argentina,  and  Brazil,  and 
all  the  countries  of  the  South,  as  well  as  those  to  the  west 
and  to  the  east,  based  upon  what  I  cannot  but  believe  is  our 
very  best — our  student  life.  Interchange  with  us;  teach  us 
how  we  may  behave  ourselves,  each  toward  the  other.  Through 
that  leadership,  and  through  the  new  power  being  injected  into 
the  lives  of  the  people,  we  may  come  to  an  understanding,  and 
our  relationships  can  be  worthy  of  the  great  people  which  we 
are,  and  be  a  factor  in  bringing  about  the  new  world  and  the 
new  spirit  of  Christian  Internationalism. 

PRESIDENT  VON  KLEINSMID 

I  regret  the  receipt  of  this  telegram,  or  rather  the  condition 
which  it  sets  forth,  for  it  means  that  Dr.  Barrows  cannot  be 
with  us.  He  is  suffering  from  an  attack  of  tonsilitis  and  is  con- 
fined to  his  home.  The  telegram  expresses,  however,  the  very 
best  wishes  of  the  University  of  California,  and  the  personal 
kindly  feeling  of  the  president  of  that  institution,  toward  the 
conference. 

It  seems  that  even  the  president  of  Stanford  University  has 
not  succeeded  sufficiently  well  and  effectively  to  control  his 
board  of  regents,  for  he  wires  that  an  unruly  presiding  body, 
the  controlling  body  of  his  institution,  has  called  a  meeting  at 
which  it  is  very  necessary  for  him  to  be.  I  commend  to  him 
the  education  of  his  board  of  trustees,  that  they  do  not  deprive 


x  5  £ 

o  "•  5 


1* 


uj   O    — 

(flC5  u 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  49 

us  of  the  privilege  and  honor  of  having  their  president  with 
us  on  so  significant  an  occasion  as  this.  We  sympathize  with 
ourselves  in  the  absence  of  these  two  gentlemen,  who  stand  out 
so  conspicuously  as  among  the  leading  educators  of  the  great 
Southwest.  However,  we  are  delighted  in  the  presence  of  Dr. 
Cubberley,  of  Stanford  University,  who  comes  as  the  personal 
representative  of  President  Wilbur,  and  will  speak  to  us. 

Exchange  of  Professors  and  Students 
ELLWOOD  PATTERSON  CUBBERLEY,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Leland  Stanford,  Jr.,   University 

Up  to  something  near  this  time  yesterday  I  was  living  in 
blissful  ignorance  that  I  should  be  here  today.  At  about  this 
time  yesterday  the  president  sent  for  me  to  come  into  his  office, 
and  when  I  arrived  he  explained  to  me  that  an  important  meet- 
ing of  the  board  of  trustees  had  been  set  for  tomorrow  after- 
noon, that  the  president  of  the  board  of  trustees  wished  him 
to  be  present,  and,  greatly  to  his  regret,  he  was  forced  to 
forego  the  pleasure  of  coming  here  today.  He  said,  however, 
that  he  did  not  wish  that  Stanford  should  not  be  represented, 
and  so  he  would  apply  the  principle  of  the  selective  draft  to 
me,  and  ask  me  to  go  and  take  his  place.  I  said,  "Very  well; 
if  that  will  help  you  out,  I  shall  be  glad  to  oblige  you."  Then 
he  turned  and  handed  me  a  program,  and  said,  "There  is  one 
thing  more."  He  made  a  little  check  on  the  program  and  said, 
"At  this  place  I  am  to  speak,  and  you  will  take  my  place."  I 
said,  "You  have  your  speech  ready,  I  suppose?"  and  he 
answered,  "Oh,  no;  you  know  what  to  say,  and  you  will  find  it 
an  easy  matter."  So  here  I  am  to  express  the  greetings  of 
Stanford  University  on  this  occasion;  to  express  the  very  best 
wishes  of  Stanford  for  this  university;  to  express  congratula- 
tions upon  the  selection  of  its  fifth  president,  whom  I  have 
known  for  some  time;  and  to  say  that  Stanford  welcomes  the 
cooperation  and  friendly  competition  of  this  university,  and 
hopes  that  it  may  greatly  prosper  and  grow  in  the  years  to 
come. 

The  president  suggested  that  I  might  speak  to  you  for  a  few 
minutes  on  the  question  of  the  interchange  of  students.  That 
has  been  an  old  subject  among  dreamers  of  international  peace. 
George  Washington  dreamed  of  the  establishment  of  a  national 


50  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

university  at  the  seat  of  government,  which  should  draw  to- 
gether young  men  from  the  different  States,  and  that  they  would 
then  come  to  know  one  another  to  such  an  extent  that  the  en- 
vies and  jealousies  of  Virginia  against  Massachusetts,  and 
Massachusetts  against  Carolina,  might  ultimately  disappear 
from  this  country.  In  his  last  will  and  testament  he  left  $25,- 
000  in  trust  to  the  government  of  the  United  States  to  found 
such  an  institution,  but  Congress  has  never  seen  fit  to  carry  out 
the  bequest  which  he  made.  Since  George  Washington's  day 
the  whole  face  of  the  world  has  changed.  Steam  and  elec- 
tricity, the  wonders  of  science,  and  the  accomplishments  of 
the  industrial  revolution  have  wrought  a  transformation  in 
society  greater  than  was  wrought  from  the  time  of  Christ  down 
to  the  beginning  of  the  Nineteenth  Century;  and  today  the 
newspaper,  the  telegraph,  the  railroad  and  the  interchange  of 
students  between  the  States  has  accomplished  all  that  George 
Washington  set  out  to  do,  and  our  people  have  been  welded 
into  one  national  whole. 

That  same  dream  occurred  to  Cecil  Rhodes,  the  great 
African  mining  engineer,  when  he  conceived  the  idea  of  draw- 
ing the  Anglo-Saxon-Teutonic  world  together  by  instituting  a 
series  of  scholarships  in  Oxford,  where  the  young  men  from 
Canada,  America,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  South  Africa,  and 
Germany  might  come  together  to  live  for  three  years,  feeling 
that  if  they  came  to  know  one  another  well  it  would  do  much 
in  the  promotion  of  peace  and  good  will  in  this  world.  We 
are  taking  up  that  same  idea  in  this  country  today,  believing 
that  by  the  interchange  of  students  between  the  Latin-Ameri- 
can countries  and  our  own  much  can  be  done  that  will  promote 
peace  and  good  will  between  the  countries  to  the  south  of  the 
Rio  Grande  and  ourselves.  That  is  one  of  the  national  services 
that  lie  ahead  of  us  as  university  institutions.  There  is  an  old 
saying — I  don't  know  to  whom  to  attribute  it — that  the  light 
of  this  world  comes  largely  from  two  sources :  one  is  the  sun, 
and  the  other  is  the  student's  lamp.  What  we  need  in  a  demo- 
cratic country  is  to  enlarge  the  number  of  student  lamps,  and 
if  there  can  be  made  international  lamps,  all  the  better. 

The  university,  from  its  beginning  almost  eight  hundred 
years  ago,  has  stood  as  the  training  school  for  the  leaders  of 
the  nations.    Out  of  the  university  have  gone  the  men  who  have 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  51 

shaped  the  destinies  of  nations.  Probably  no  university  in  the 
world  stands  as  a  greater  monument  to  the  training  of  leaders 
than  does  Oxford,  which  throughout  all  its  history  has  trained 
men  who  have  guided  the  destinies  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  peoples. 

Out  of  our  universities,  too,  have  come  the  keenest  critics 
of  the  governments  of  our  time,  the  keenest  critics  of  our  insti- 
tutions, and  the  men  who  have  helped  most  to  reshape  those 
institutions  along  better  and  larger  lines.  And  so,  what  we 
need  today  is  to  draw  into  our  universities  those  men,  as  the 
last  speaker  said,  who  are  the  key  men — the  men  who  in  future 
will  hold  the  strategic  positions  in  government,  in  science,  in 
politics,  in  law,  in  medicine,  in  education — train  them  for  that 
leadership  such  as  only  a  university  training  can  give,  and  send 
them  out  to  do  their  work  all  over  the  world. 

I  am  thoroughly  convinced  that  one  of  the  strong  restraining 
influences  that  has  been  exerted  in  the  last  decade  in  the  rela- 
tions between  Japan  and  the  United  States  has  been  the  large 
number  of  friendly  Japanese  who  have  been  trained  in  Ameri- 
can institutions,  and  who  have  gone  back  home  and  served 
somewhat  to  modify  the  exactions  of  the  militaristic  party  in 
Japan.  Probably  if  we  had  had  more  American  students  who 
had  come  to  know  Japanese  universities  and  their  students, 
we  might  exert  toward  them  a  more  tolerant  attitude  than  we 
have.  I  am  convinced  that  we  are  doing  the  same  thing  to- 
day with  the  Chinese;  that  the  large  number  of  fine  young 
Chinese,  who  are  today  in  our  American  universities,  and  who 
will  be  the  leading  men  in  China  in  the  future,  are  going  to 
carry  back  to  China  a  spirit  of  good  will  towards  the  United 
States  that  will  be  worth  much  in  promoting  peace  and  human 
welfare  in  the  world,  and  will  be  worth  many  a  dollar  besides 
to  the  American  people  in  commerce,  industry  and  trade. 

In  a  similar  way  I  should  like  to  see  a  large  number  of  South 
American  and  Central  American  students  come  to  the  universi- 
ties of  the  United  States.  I  am  convinced  that  if,  in  the  past 
thirty  or  forty  years  we  had  had  a  succession  of  Mexican  stu- 
dents in  American  universities,  the  relations  between  the  two 
countries  would  have  been  more  friendly  throughout.  We 
would  like  this  to  become  true  for  the  Central  and  South 
American  nations  as  well.  We  would  like  to  build  up  between 
the  Latin-American  states  and  ourselves  a  feeling  of  friendli- 


52  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

ness  and  good  will.  That  feeling  of  friendliness  and  good  will 
must  very  largely  emanate  from  the  leaders  of  the  people,  and 
the  leaders  of  the  people  have  largely  come  and  will  largely 
come  from  out  the  universities.  So,  anything  that  we  may  do 
as  a  nation,  or  as  a  people,  to  promote  the  interchange  of  stu- 
dents and  professors  is  in  the  direction  that  we  wish  to  travel. 

The  great  need  of  the  modern  world  is  for  dissemination 
among  the  mass  of  people  of  what  are,  after  all,  the  accom- 
plishments and  possessions  of  a  relatively  small  percentage  of 
the  people.  The  real  accomplishments  of  civilization,  the 
things  we  most  prize,  are  after  all  brought  into  being  by  a 
relatively  small  percentage  of  people;  and  to  disseminate  these 
gains  among  the  masses  is  one  of  the  tasks  of  the  centuries 
that  lie  ahead.  Leadership  is  certain  to  be  more  difficult  in 
future  than  it  has  been  in  the  past.  One  of  the  outcomes  of 
the  World  War  undoubtedly  will  be  that  democracy  will  in 
time  become  the  ruling  form  of  government  for  the  more  in- 
telligent peoples  on  this  earth.  Democracy,  though,  is  a  rela- 
tively impotent  form  of  government.  In  a  strongly  organized 
monarchical  form  of  government,  such  as  Imperial  Germany 
was,  it  is  only  necessary  to  speak  the  word,  and  it  is  passed 
down  from  leader  to  leader  and  action  is  taken.  Democracy 
does  not  work  this  way,  and  action  under  it  is  a  slow  and  dif- 
ficult process.  It  often  takes  a  quarter  of  a  century  of  dis- 
cussion to  carry  out  what  seem  to  the  leaders  to  be  some  of  the 
most  obvious  things  to  be  done. 

Now  in  the  form  of  government  which  we  are  facing,  that 
of  democracy,  we  need  to  increase  the  tools  for  action,  and 
those  tools  must  be  schools,  and  universities,  they  must  be 
learned  men,  and  they  must  be  men  who  have  an  international 
outlook.  I  thoroughly  agree  with  the  last  speaker  as  to  the 
provincialism  of  the  American  university  student.  He  has  no 
outlook.  He  speaks  of  Japs  and  Chinks  and  Dagos  and  does 
not  see  the  world  in  the  large  at  all.  We  need  to  enlarge  his 
vision,  because  if  America  is  to  play  well  the  part  that  prob- 
ably will  be  given  to  her  in  the  century  that  is  to  come,  to  play 
America  must  develop  the  international  outlook  and  must  be- 
come internationally  minded. 

Probably  no  nation  in  history  has  ever  had  such  an  oppor- 
tunity thrown  at  its  feet  as  has  been  thrown  at  America  as 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  53 

the  outcome  of  the  World  War;  but  whether  America  will  rise 
to  it  remains  to  be  seen.  The  position,  though,  which  America 
will  hold  a  century  hence  in  the  history  of  the  world  will  de- 
pend very  largely  upon  whether  we  obtain  this  outlook  and  do 
our  proper  part  in  the  promotion  of  wholesome  and  helpful 
international  relations,  and  in  the  spread  of  the  ideas  of  peace, 
good  will  and  fair  dealing  among  the  peoples  of  this  world. 
Upon  the  university  student  and  teacher,  to  a  large  degree, 
the  future  of  good  government  in  this  world  now  rests. 


April  Twenty-seventh 

AFTERNOON   SESSION 

Conference  on  Pan-American 
Relations 


DOCTOR  BOGARDUS 

Our  conference  so  auspiciously  opened  this  morning  by  the 
several  able  addresses  is  now  to  be  continued  by  discussions 
upon  Pan-American  relations.  At  this  time  I  want  to  em- 
phasize the  importance  of  the  third  session  of  this  conference, 
which  is  to  be  held  on  Saturday  forenoon,  upon  the  subject 
of  industrial  relations.  At  that  time  there  will  be  three  speak- 
ers who  have  rendered  international  service,  and  we  expect 
those  exercises  on  Saturday  to  be  one  of  the  most  important  of 
our  sessions. 

I  also  wish  to  read  to  you  two  additional  telegrams  which 
have  arrived. 

(Telegrams  were  then  read,  one  from  the  Governor  of  Ari- 
zona and  one  from  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States.) 

It  is  highly  appropriate  that  the  chairman  of  this  after- 
noon's session  on  Pan-American  relations  should  be  one  who 
has  achieved  high  renown  in  the  field  of  statesmanship.  When 
a  member  of  the  City  Council  of  this  city  he  attracted  wide 
and  favorable  notice  for  his  leadership  and  achievements,  and 
as  Lieutenant-Governor  of  the  State  of  California  he  presided 
over  the  State  Senate  with  unusual  ability.  He  has  been 
brought  into  close,  intimate  contact  with  the  leading  public  and 
social  questions  of  today.  As  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Trus- 
tees, and  particularly  of  the  Executive  Committee,  of  this  Uni- 
versity, he  has  ever  thrown  the  support  of  his  dynamic  per- 
sonality behind  progressive  educational  movements.  Through- 
out his  years  of  service  he  has  stood  for  the  high  ideals  of 
progressive  statesmanship.  I  take  pleasure  in  presenting  to 
you  the  Honorable  A.  J.  Wallace. 

A.  J.  WALLACE,  LL.D. 

Former  Lieutenant-Governor  of  California 

I  have  a  letter  in  my  possession  written  by  a  Scotchman  at 
a  port  of  Scotland,  about  one  hundred  years  ago — between 
1820  and  1830 — a  good  Presbyterian,  who  in  that  letter  (and 
I  might  as  well  say  it;  it  bears  my  name,  and  he  was  my  father's 


58  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

father),  and,  like  a  good  Presbyterian,  he  spent  most  of  that 
letter  in  telling  about  a  sermon  that  they  had  heard  that  Sun- 
day, first  in  English  and  then  in  Gaelic.  That  man  was  wait- 
ing under  ship's  orders  to  sail  for  La  Guayre,  in  Venezuela. 
He  went  there  with  his  family  of  four  boys,  and  they  lived 
there  at  least  a  year  or  two,  and  I  might  have  been  born  in 
South  America,  but,  well,  for  some  reason,  I  was  not.  My 
father  came  from  South  America,  and  hence  ever  since  I  have 
known  anything  at  all  I  have  been  interested  in  Latin  America. 
I  suppose  that  was  a  reason  they  asked  me  to  preside  this  after- 
noon. 

I  wish  I  could  find  fitting  words  to  express  to  our  friends 
from  the  Southern  Republic,  and  our  friends  from  the  southern 
end  of  this  great  Continent,  our  pleasure  in  having  them  here 
with  us  in  this  conference.  I  would  like  to  tell  them,  and  all 
whom  they  represent,  in  the  simplest  kind  of  words,  we  are 
glad  you  are  here ;  we  needed  you — possibly  you  needed  us — 
and  this  is  not  an  effort  on  our  part  simply  to  establish  by  and 
by  a  better  relationship  between  the  Pan-American  peoples, 
but  this  is  an  accomplishment  of  the  establishment  of  the  better 
relationship;  because  I  know,  sir,  you  like  me  better  than  you 
did  before  you  saw  me — and  I  know  how  delighted  we  are  that 
you  are  here. 

That  being  true  in  your  case,  it  is  true  in  the  other  case. 
We  have  already  made  an  advancement,  and  come  to  know 
each  other  just  a  little  better  than  we  did. 

Oh,  I  like  the  Anglo-Saxon  race — a  little  heady,  self-cen- 
tered, perfectly  satisfied  and  assured  that  if  they  are  not  the 
whole  thing  they  are  at  least  the  leaders  of  the  whole  thing, 
and  have  gotten  that  notion  so  fixed  in  their  minds  that  it  has 
taken  a  good  deal  of  time  and  some  trouble  to  shake  them  out 
of  it.  I  delight  in  saying  to  them  once  in  a  while  that  there 
was  a  man  named  Caesar,  who  was  not  an  Anglo-Saxon,  and 
he  did  things,  and  the  great  Roman  Empire  that  ruled  the 
world  for  centuries  was  not  Anglo-Saxon,  but  they  picked  up 
the  Anglo-Saxons  about  two  thousand  years  ago  and  gave  them 
a  right  to  live  and  to  do  things;  and  Caesar  and  his  whole 
bunch,  and  that  whole  great  empire,  were  a  long  ways  from 
being  Anglo-Saxon.     And  if  you  come  down  a  little  further, 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  59 

and  you  think  of  the  next  man  who  was  the  leader  of  the 
world,  it  was  not  an  Anglo-Saxon — it  was  a  Corsican;  some 
hundred-plus  years  ago.  Or  if  you  take  the  intervening  period 
to  see  who  it  was  that  did  things,  I  rather  think  you  would 
find  that  it  was  the  Spanish  flag  that  sailed  in  every  sea;  I 
rather  think  you  will  find  that  it  was  Spain  who  led  in  poetry 
and  in  romance  and  in  discovery,  who  did  the  things  that  were 
done  in  those  days  in  this  world.  It  is  high  time  that  we  living 
here  on  this  continent,  with  our  brothers  just  south  of  the  line 
beyond  the  Rio  Grande — it  is  about  time  we  learned  that  it  is 
up  to  us  to  try  to  get  a  few  lessons  from  them;  that  they  may 
help  us  to  be,  we  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  race,  a  bit  more  worth 
while  than  we  have  ever  shown  ourselves  to  be.  Some  way  I 
do  think  that  we  have  learned  some  things,  and  have  gotten 
a  little  nearer,  and  are  inclined  to  say  that  we  would  like  to 
shake  hands  with  them  a  little  oftener  than  we  do.  Somehow 
or  other,  I  think  this  man,  the  president  of  this  university,  has 
the  right  idea.  Did  some  of  you  suggest  to  our  president  that 
he  make  this  a  Pan-American  event?  I  wish  he  would  stand 
up,  if  he  is  here.  Nobody  did  it;  he  did  it  himself.  He  knows 
our  Latin  people  to  the  south;  he  has  traveled  through  their 
various  countries,  governmentally  and  otherwise,  and  he  has 
come  to  know  them;  and  I  would  like  to  say  to  the  Latin 
Americans  here  today,  You  know  President  von  KleinSmid 
believes  in  you,  likes  you,  and  I  want  to  tell  you  that  we  are 
as  President  von  KleinSmid  in  that  particular,  only  you  don't 
know  us.  As  he  believes  in  you,  we  believe  in  you;  as  he  thinks 
you  worth  while,  we  do  also.  We  want  you  people  from  the 
republics  south  of  us  to  know  that  when  you  come  to  an  insti- 
tution of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles  you  are  in  the  home  of  your 
friends,  and  that  this  is  a  great  day  for  us  because  you  have 
come  into  our  midst. 

At  this  point  I  would  like  to  refer  to  the  meeting  this  morn- 
ing. A  great  many  of  you  were  here,  and  some  were  not.  We 
had  a  great  gathering  this  morning.  There  was  a  spirit  run- 
ning through  the  meeting  that  was  worth  while;  there  were 
thoughts,  and  hopes,  and  plans,  and  outlook,  that  some  of  us 
had  not  indulged  in  before,  and  that  meeting  here  this  morn- 


60  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

ing  was  a  matter  of  very  great  importance  to  us  in  Los  Angeles, 
in  California,  and  in  this  section.  The  fact  of  the  matter  is 
that  all  through  this  country  men  are  interested  in  what  is  going 
on  here.  At  Baltimore  a  great  convention  is  going  on  where 
they  are  considering  things  somewhat  similar  to  those  which 
are  coming  under  our  consideration. 

I  wish  every  Anglo-Saxon  knew  that  we  had  much  to  learn 
— I  wish  we  all  understood  that  these  Latin  people  have  not 
only  spirit  and  poetry  and  ambition,  who  not  only  dreamed 
dreams,  but  in  the  past  made  their  dreams  come  true !  and  I 
would  like  to  join  with  you  today,  in  their  presence,  with  them 
listening,  in  dreams  for  the  future — a  future  in  which  they  and 
we  walk  side  by  side.  I  would  like  to  dream  with  them  of  the 
United  States  of  North  America;  I  would  like  to  dream  with 
them  of  the  United  States  of  South  America ;  I  would  like  to 
dream  with  them,  and  with  some  other  people  in  Genoa,  of 
the  United  States  of  Europe:  and  then  I  would  like,  in  the 
spirit  of  the  dream,  and  in  the  consciousness  of  expected  real- 
ization, to  dream  on  until  the  battle  flags  are  furled  in  the 
parliament  of  man,  the  Federation  of  the  World. 

There  is  only  one  thing  that  keeps  men  from  cooperating 
in  large  matters,  and  in  lesser  matters.  It  is  not  that  this  man 
is  bad  and  the  other  man  is  good;  it  is  that  this  man  does  not 
know  the  other  man  and  the  other  man  does  not  know  this 
man;  and  just  as  soon  as  we  can  realize  that  conception  of  our- 
selves, of  coming  into  closer  touch  with  our  neighbors  to  the 
south,  just  as  soon  shall  bigger  things  be  done  here  and  bigger 
things  be  done  there,  and  the  world  will  learn  of  us  way  out 
here  in  this  Western  Continent  lessons  that  old  Europe  seems 
very  slow  to  learn. 

Therefore,  acting  as  chairman  of  the  convention,  it  is  my 
very  great  pleasure  to  introduce  to  you  here  as  the  first  speaker 
of  this  afternoon,  the  Honorable  Gumaro  Villalobos,  who 
comes  from  Mexico,  being  Consul  General  at  New  York  for 
that  country,  and  who  is  here  today  to  represent  the  Honorable 
Jose  Vasconcelos,  who  is  Minister  of  Education  in  Mexico,  and 
also  comes  directly  to  represent  that  great  man,  President 
Obregon. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  61 

The  Relation  of  the  University  to  Public  Service 
HON.  GUMARO  VILLALOBOS 

Mexican   Consul-General  at  New  York 

I  respond  first  of  all  to  the  courteous  words  of  his  Excel- 
lency, the  Governor  of  California,  heard  this  morning  for 
Mexico,  and  I  feel  honored  to  extend  to  all  of  you  the  greetings 
that  General  Obregon  and  Mr.  Vasconselos  send  to  you  on  this 
occasion.  They  know,  and  I  know,  that  General  Obregon  has 
a  great  deal  of  sympathy  for  California,  and  especially  for  Los 
Angeles,  where  he  has  many  warm  friends. 

When  the  Mexican  government  asked  me  to  represent  Mex- 
ico on  this  occasion  I  accepted  gladly  without  thinking  of  my 
fitness  to  fulfill  this  mission,  because  I  have  received  from  this 
University  many  attentions  and  courtesies  when  I  came  to  visit 
it  as  a  representative  of  the  Mexican-American  Scholarship 
Foundation,  and  because  I  know  that  its  new  president  is  a 
good  friend  of  Mexico. 

To  show  how  anxious  I  was  to  come  to  Los  Angeles,  I  may 
mention  the  fact,  which  can  be  appreciated  by  those  who  know 
how  treacherous  are  politics,  that  I  am  mixing  now  in  a  political 
fight  for  the  coming  congressional  elections  in  Mexico  as  a  can- 
didate, and  I  come  here  on  this  visit  against  the  will  of  my 
friends,  and,  of  course,  with  the  approval  of  my  political  en- 
emies. I  decided  to  run  the  risk  and  leave  politics  alone  for 
a  few  days  rather  than  to  miss  the  opportunity  of  being  with 
you  on  this  occasion.  The  only  thing  I  am  sorry  for  is  that  I 
did  not  know  with  more  anticipation  that  I  had  to  speak  to  you, 
so  that  I  would  have  had  more  time  to  recall  my  college  Eng- 
lish, and  be  able  to  put  my  ideas  in  better  form — the  few  ideas 
that  I  will  espouse  before  you. 

I  hope  you  will  excuse  me  if  the  few  words  I  am  going  to  say 
are  in  English  all  my  own,  and  besides  that,  it  is  the  first  time 
I  have  ever  addressed  an  audience  in  English. 

I  would  like  to  talk  about  the  general  subject  of  the  public 
service  rendered  by  American  universities  to  Latin-American 
countries,  but  I  do  not  feel  quite  qualified  to  talk  about  it,  and 


62  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

I  wish  to  confine  myself  to  discussing  the  services  rendered  by 
your  university  to  Mexico.  In  this  matter  I  will  be  guided  only 
by  my  impressions  or  observations,  because  I  have  had  no  time 
to  get  the  data  I  needed. 

I  consider  the  American  universities  as  one  of  the  main  fac- 
tors for  the  solution  of  the  great  big  problem  that  is  confront- 
ing our  nationalization;  I  mean  the  nationalization  of  foreign 
capital.  When  I  say  that  the  American  universities  are  the 
ones  to  help  us  in  this  solution  of  the  problem,  maybe  it  seems 
a  contradition  to  many  of  those  who  think  that  the  American 
universities  are  fighting  to  expand  Americanism,  and  because 
of  that  they  are  glad  or  anxious  to  have  as  many  foreign  stu- 
dents as  possible,  especially  Latin-American  students;  but  it  is 
not  a  contradiction  for  those  of  us  who  know  the  real  spirit  of 
the  American  university,  and  who  are  convinced  that  if  they 
are  fighting  for  expansion  they  fight  for  it  with  the  same  clean, 
altruistic  spirit  for  which  light,  science  and  truth  fights.  It 
means  the  expansion  of  progress.  I  am  convinced  that  the 
American  educators  are  not  so  narrow-minded,  but  on  the  con- 
trary broad-minded  enough  to  consider  the  aspects  of  their 
country  and  the  entire  world  at  large,  without  looking  into  or 
stopping  to  think  who  is  going  to  be  benefitted  or  damaged  by 
the  final  results  of  their  work.  They  only  wish  to  know  that 
whatever  they  are  going  to  do  will  benefit  humanity. 

On  the  other  side,  those  Mexicans  who  are  fighting  or  who 
are  working  to  see  that  the  largest  possible  number  of  Mexican 
students  come  to  the  United  States,  I  am  sure  they  are  not 
helping,  as  some  say,  us  to  become  Americanistas,  but  they 
are  doing  a  real,  a  good,  and  a  patriotic  work  for  Mexico. 
The  application  of  the  principle  of  President  Obregon  that 
foreign  capital  is  to  be  helped  as  far  as  possible,  if  it  is  ready 
to  go  fifty-fifty  with  the  Mexican  people,  involves  a  problem  of 
education  in  which  the  American  universities  have  to  help  us — 
they  are  already  helping  us.  You  know  that  there  is  friction 
between  foreign  capital  in  Mexico  and  our  nationalists,  be- 
cause they  think  that  the  Mexican  nation  is  not  getting  the 
share  that  she  deserves  of  the  profit  obtained  through  the  de- 
velopment of  the  natural  resources.  This  friction  will  con- 
tinue, but  it  can  be  a  good  deal  attenuated  if  we  do  all  that 
we  can  to  nationalize  foreign  capital,  as  far  as  it  is  possible  to 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  63 

nationalize  capital,  because  you  may  know  that  until  not  long 
ago  in  Mexico  everything  was  foreigner,  but  the  peons.  The 
natural  resources  were  in  the  hands  of  the  foreigners,  the  capi- 
tal was  foreign,  the  skilled  labor  was  foreign,  the  technical  men 
and  directors  were  foreigners;  but  now  we  have  succeeded  to 
some  extent — in  great  part — to  supply  our  skilled  labor,  and 
our  next  step  will  be  to  supply  foreign  capital  with  technical 
men,  engineers  and  managers. 

Mr.  Vasconcelos,  Minister  of  Education  in  Mexico,  has  put 
up  a  good  fight  in  favor  of  education,  but  he  is  in  the  first  part 
of  the  first  period  of  this  fight,  that  is,  he  is  putting  all  his 
efforts  towards  making  education  expansive  and  extensive  rather 
than  intensive,  because  you  know  that  until  now  the  results  of 
our  past  system  of  education  have  been  that  a  good  many  knew 
nothing,  and  that  a  few  knew  much.  The  efforts  now  of  our 
democratic  government  have  to  be  to  see  that  everybody  knows 
something,  even  if  the  few  know  less.  This  is  the  only  way 
that  later  many  will  know  much,  without  creating  a  privileged 
class,  as  our  past  education  has  done  in  Mexico.  But  in  this 
work,  no  matter  how  soon  we  improve  our  educational  system 
and  our  colleges,  we  will  need  the  help  of  American  universi- 
ties for  some  time  to  come,  especially  not  only  as  mind  trainers, 
but  as  character  trainers.  I  want  to  explain  why  it  is  very  im- 
portant— the  work  done  with  our  students  in  the  American  uni- 
versity as  character  trainers.  Our  colleges  are  generally  in  a  big 
city,  where,  while  at  the  same  time  they  are  centers  of  activity, 
are  also  centers  of  amusement.  We  have  not  the  accommoda- 
tions for  students,  and  we  have  not  even  the  system  of  dormi- 
tories or  fraternities  as  you  have  here.  Besides,  we  have  not 
developed  enough  of  the  love  for  athletics  to  distract  the  atten- 
tion of  our  young  men  from  amusement.  All  these  you  have 
here  in  the  United  States  to  aid  in  the  training  of  their  char- 
acter. 

Some  of  the  American  universities  are  disappointed,  or  they 
complain  that  their  work  with  the  Mexican  students  has  not 
had  the  results  that  they  could  expect.  The  reason  for  this  is 
that  until  now,  I  think,  the  number  of  Mexican  students  coming 
to  the  American  universities  annually  has  been  between  about 
two  and  three  hundred,  and  of  these  only  one-third,  less  than 


64  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

one-third,  take  professional  courses  in  the  universities.  Of  this 
hundred  only  a  small  part  graduate  or  go  through  the  uni- 
versity— the  rest  leave  the  universities  before  they  graduate. 
The  tendency  of  Mexican  parents  to  send  their  boys  to  Ameri- 
can universities  only  dates  from  about  twenty  or  twenty-five 
years  back.  Prior  to  that  time  they  sent  them  to  Europe,  pos- 
sibly because  it  was  less  expensive;  and  at  that  time  your  uni- 
versities had  not  reached  the  state  of  development  at  which 
they  now  are.  Most  of  the  students  who  come  here  are  from 
rich  families.  They  do  not  intend  to  take  a  profession  or  go 
to  work  right  away.  Their  parents  send  them  here,  rather, 
because  they  think  they  are  safer — that  their  boys  are  safer  in 
the  United  States  than  in  Mexico — at  least  during  a  revolu- 
tionary period;  but  this  can  be  remedied  by  the  government, 
which  is  doing  a  good  deal  of  work  now  to  select  the  boys  to 
be  sent  to  your  colleges,  and  in  relation  to  this  work  the  Ameri- 
can-Mexican Scholarship  Foundation  has  done  a  good  deal. 
It  is  very  careful  as  to  what  kind  of  elements  among  our  boys 
are  sent  here  to  the  United  States  to  take  advantage  of  the 
scholarships  offered  by  the  university. 

At  first  sight  we  may  possibly  underestimate  the  work  done 
by  your  universities  with  our  students,  because  we  consider  it 
rather  expensive  to  come  and  study  in  the  United  States;  but 
if  we  stop  to  think  that  most  of  these  universities  are  aided  by 
donations  from  private  citizens,  then  it  is  easy  for  us  to  under- 
stand to  what  extent  we  are  obliged  for  the  service  they  are 
rendering  to  our  young  men. 

GOVERNOR  WALLACE 

I  hope,  sir,  you  will  let  President  Obregon  understand  that 
we  thank  him  for  sending  you  here  to  represent  him  and  your 
great  country,  and  that  we  are  delighted  to  have  you. 

I  know  a  little  about  your  country — not  very  much,  but  a 
little — and  America  is  terribly  at  fault  if  it  does  not  realize 
that  the  richest  country,  or  almost  the  richest  of  all,  in  the 
world,  lies  just  to  the  south  of  us,  and  will  make  a  massively 
great  country  in  time  to  come. 

It  is  my  pleasure  now  to  present  to  you  another  gentleman 
who  will  have  the  privilege  of  speaking  in  his  own  language, 
if  he  so  desires,  or  he  may  choose  another,  if  he  wishes  so  to 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  65 

do.  He  is  a  gentleman  who  has  had  a  great  deal  to  do  with 
educational  work,  his  specialty  being  psychology.  He  is  making 
a  trip  through  our  various  states,  giving  attention  to  his  work, 
and  he  is  here  today  representing  the  new  and,  prospectively 
and  in  fact,  really  very  great  State  of  New  Mexico. 

I  have  the  pleasure  of  presenting  to  you  Dr.  David  Spence 
Hill,  president  of  the  University  of  New  Mexico;  and  his  sub- 
ject will  be  "Urgent  Problems  of  Education  in  the  Americas." 
Dr.  Hill,  we  are  pleased  to  have  you  with  us. 

Urgent  Problems  of  Education  in  the  Americas 
DAVID  SPENCE  HILL,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

President    University    of  New  Mexico 

I  think  the  vicissitudes  of  the  itinerant  college  president  are 
only  equaled  by  the  difficulties  which  our  chairman  is  under- 
going in  introducing  us  speakers.  Of  course,  I  do  not  mean 
any  reflection  upon  him  in  his  eloquent  remarks  and  courteous 
greetings;  but  I  cannot  refrain  from  recalling  at  this  moment 
an  introduction  which  I  received  some  time  ago  in  Illinois.  It 
was  aimed  at  me,  and  I  felt  it  ought  to  have  been  aimed  at  the 
chairman.  This  chairman  in  Illinois  looked  me  over,  and  in- 
troduced me  to  the  audience  by  saying:  "This  gentleman,  our 
visitor  (meaning  me) ,  reminds  me  of  a  little  couplet  which  runs 
this  way: 

"I  love  its  lithesome  gurgle, 
I  love  its  gentle  flow; 
I  love  to  feel  my  mouth  in  motion, 
I  love  to  hear  it  go." 

With  some  trepidation  I  have  been  looking  over  this  pro- 
gram, not  only  with  reference  to  its  richness  as  concerns  the 
other  speakers,  but  also  the  magnitude  of  the  steps  to  be  dis- 
cussed, and  I  am  appalled  when  I  see  that  I  am  supposed  to 
discuss  the  "Americas,"  including  that  splendid  portion  of 
America  which  exists  under  the  Stars  and  Stripes,  in  the  pres- 
ence of  two  men — one  our  distinguished  visitor  from  Mexico, 
and  the  other,  this  veteran  of  service  in  the  South  Americas, 
Dr.  Barrett.  So  I  am  going  to  change  my  subject,  or  mutilate 
it,  just  a  little. 


66  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

You  have  heard  of  the  two  colored  men,  have  you  not,  down 
in  old  Mississippi — unfortunate  fellows,  in  a  penitentiary — 
and  one  of  them  reformed  and  was  pardoned,  and  desiring  to 
get  away  from  his  early  environment  went  to  Kansas,  became 
a  Baptist  minister,  and  for  fifteen  years  served  his  little  flock 
faithfully,  no  one  knowing  of  his  previous  character.  To  his 
horror,  one  Sunday  morning  after  he  had  opened  the  Good 
Book  and  read  his  text,  he  saw  entering  the  rear  door  of  his 
little  church  the  tall,  lanky  form  of  his  former  cell-mate,  Sam. 
He  was  appalled,  and  he  thought  quickly,  and  he  opened  the 
book  again  and  he  said:  "My  brethr'n,  on  reflection  I  have 
decided  to  change  my  text;  and  I  find  in  this  Good  Book  these 
words:  "  If  you  have  seen  me  before  speak  not;  I  will  see 
you  1-a-t-e-r."  I  did  not  see  the  Honorable  Barrett  enter  the 
back  door  in  such  guise,  I  assure  you,  but  I  do  see  him,  and  I 
am  going  to  change  my  text.     (Laughter.) 

I  think  it  would  suffice  for  an  humble  worker  in  the  field  of 
American  education,  under  the  Stars  and  Stripes,  if  I  should 
endeavor  to  impress  upon  my  friends  here  who  are  interested, 
doubtless,  in  many  different  phases  of  education,  some  thoughts 
under  this  altered  subject:  "The  urgent  economic  problems 
of  the  United  States  with  reference  to  American  education." 
Those  of  us  who  read  and  think  a  little  might  tabulate  in  a 
few  minutes  many  so-called  urgent  problems,  but  I  believe  you 
will  agree  with  me  that  they  could  be  readily  summarized  into 
three  groups,  namely,  as  concerns  respect  for  (1)  law;  (2) 
property;  (3)  human  life. 

There  is  then  first,  the  great  problem  of  obedience  to  better 
observance  of  law  in  this  country;  of  a  deeper  and  more  abid- 
ing love  of  our  Constitution,  and  respect  for  law  in  the  nation, 
the  states,  municipalities,  and  also  in  our  educational  institu- 
tions, if  you  please.  There  is  a  vicious  idea  abroad  in  the  land 
and  indeed  throughout  the  world  that  power  and  authority  exist 
only  in  a  monarchy,  under  a  czar  or  a  kaiser,  and  not  in  a  re- 
public. 

I  believe,  my  friends,  the  lives  of  our  great  predecessors  in 
this  country  reveal  to  you  the  fallacy  of  that.  We  have  power 
a-plenty  in  our  republic,  our  executives,  our  government,  our 
presidents,  have  and  should  have  power,  even  on  occasion  the 
power  of  life  and  death.     But  the  only  difference  is  that  the 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  67 

power  is  delegated  by  the  suffrage  of  the  individual,  by  the 
voters;  whereas,  under  an  autocracy  such  as  the  kaiser  once 
wielded,  it  is  vested  in  the  ruler.  We  need  a  deeper  and  more 
abiding  respect  for  law  and  its  compelling  power  through 
heredity. 

The  second  group  of  problems  is  to  inculcate  in  our  people 
a  rightful  respect  for  property  rights — for  property  rights — 
as  opposed  to  that  radicalism  and  that  communism  which  is 
held  out  before  those  who  drudge  as  a  lure  and  which,  after  all, 
is  but  an  illusion;  a  respect  for  property  rights  that  pertains 
to  the  poor  as  well  as  to  the  rich. 

The  third  group  of  urgent  problems  in  this  country,  as  in 
other  countries,  including  the  Americas,  is  of  respect  for  human 
life,  of  the  proper  evaluation  of  a  human  soul,  its  conservation 
by  methods  of  modern  hygiene,  its  protection  from  accident  or 
disease,  and  the  training  of  life  in  order  that  it  may  be  devel- 
oped in  accordance  with  the  choicest  ideals  which  we  have 
developed. 

Those  of  us  who  have  gathered  here  today  doubtless  agree 
upon,  and  have  great  faith  in,  the  efficacy  of  education  to  meet 
these  three  pressing  needs,  at  the  root  of  our  economic  and 
social  existence.  You  remember  the  simple  story  of  Testalozzi, 
do  you  not,  of  how  during  a  time  of  dire  distress  in  Europe, 
he  promulgated  the  simple  story  of  Gertrude;  how  he  told,  in 
that  simple  language,  of  that  far-away  village  in  a  mountain 
district  which  was  cursed  by  disease  and  poverty  and  sin,  and 
how  the  village  innkeeper  stole  the  money  and  wages  of  the 
workers  and  took  it  from  the  hungry  mouths  of  children  and 
wives;  how  the  village  lawyer  was  a  shyster,  imposing  upon  his 
clients  and  abusing  the  confidence  gained  in  his  business;  and 
how  the  village  physician  was  a  quack  and  an  impostor.  The 
minister  was  asleep;  and  there  was  misery  and  distress  unutter- 
able. And  poor  Gertrude,  an  humble  woman,  gathered  her 
little  children  at  her  knee  and  taught  them,  and  other  women 
sent  their  children  to  Gertrude,  and  in  the  course  of  a  genera- 
tion, that  community  had  changed  almost  as  by  a  miracle.  The 
village  shyster  gave  place  to  an  attorney  just  and  trained,  and 
the  village  quack  gave  place  to  a  modern  surgeon,  and  the  inn- 
keeper, with  his  infamous  dive,  was  run  out  of  business  and  put 
where  he  belonged,  and  the  minister  began  to  speak  with  a 
tongue  of  flame.     People  came  to  that  mountain  village  to  find 


68  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

the  cause  of  this  miraculous  transformation  and  they  decided 
that  it  was  because  of  how  Gertrude  taught  her  children.  And 
perhaps,  next  to  Jesus,  the  Master  Teacher,  who  believed  in 
the  mitigation  and  relief  of  human  misery  through  the  processes 
of  education,  did  Pestalozzi  fire  emissaries  with  enthusiasm  to 
convince  the  world  that  the  cure  of  economic  and  social  ills  is 
education  and  spiritual  life. 

Now,  before  we  go  further,  if  you  will  pardon  me,  let  us 
take  a  moment  to  consider  briefly  the  philosophy  which  might 
underlie  the  application  of  this  general  principal  of  modern 
education  for  the  relief  of  human  misery.  Let  us  formulate, 
tentatively,  at  least — a  working  basis  of  philosophy  by  which 
we  might  apply  safely  the  principles  of  modern  education  to 
some  of  our  specific  troubles,  particularly  in  the  schools  of 
America.  We  know  that  knowledge  is  power.  We  know  it  is 
through  knowledge  that  man  has  attained  to  the  success  which 
he  has  made  in  modern  industry  and  modern  invention,  but  I 
think  we  sometimes  forget  along  with  the  benefits  of  knowledge 
great  evils  also  threaten  and  positively  accrue. 

What  are  some  of  the  benefits  of  knowledge?  We  all  know 
that  knowledge  gave  our  primitive  fathers,  our  ancestors, 
power  over  nature,  to  conquer  heat  and  light  and  the  sea.  We 
know  that  knowledge  gave  man  power  over  disease,  to  dispel 
those  great  plagues  which  threatened  and  decimated  humanity. 
We  know  that  knowledge  has  beautified  and  illuminated  life, 
and  enriched  it;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  if  we  reflect  seriously, 
we  will  see  that  at  all  times,  and  even  today,  the  accumulation 
of  knowledge  is  accompanied  by  the  threats  of  multiplying  evils. 

In  the  first  place,  the  accumulation  of  knowledge  makes  man 
conscious  of  the  fact  of  inevitable  future  pain,  so  that  Rousseau 
said,  the  root  of  human  misery,  or  much  of  it,  lies  in  our  pre- 
science. We  foresee  death;  we  foresee  that  which  is  unavoid- 
able, and  we  are  stricken  with  fear. 

Knowledge  also  makes  us  acutely  sensitive  to  our  limitations. 
We  realize  that  there  are  things  that  we  cannot  do;  we  realize 
our  insuperable  impotence,  and  that  fact  brings  a  depressing 
load — a  sense  of  man's  helplessness — to  crush  the  human  mind 
and  soul. 

Knowledge,  when  it  is  not  coupled  with  high  ideals,  creates 
the  difference  between  masters  and  slaves.    He  who  has  knowl- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  69 

edge,  if  he  be  unscrupulous,  may  utilize  the  knowledge  to  op- 
press other  and  weaker  brethren.  In  the  time  of  slavery,  and 
in  the  year  1914,  there  was  exemplified  the  application  of  this 
principle — that  the  wrong  use  of  human  knowledge  may  bring 
misery  unutterable  to  the  human  race.  In  Germany,  particu- 
larly, we  saw  science  and  knowledge  of  the  most  complex  and 
refined  type,  coupled  with  the  ideals  of  the  cave  man,  bring 
about  in  the  world  a  deluge  of  blood. 

Therefore,  in  advocating  or  espousing  education  as  an  anti- 
dote or  a  cure  for  human  evils,  we  must  discriminate  between 
the  good  and  bad  results  of  the  accumulation  of  human  knowl- 
edge. Man,  in  the  course  of  the  development  of  civilization, 
has  nurtured  many  antidotes  for  that  consuming  fear  which  has 
hung  like  a  cloud  over  the  human  mind  from  the  beginning  of 
history,  and  has  man  found  a  solace  in  religion.  In  that  feeling 
of  impotence  man  cries  out,  truly  like  an  infant  crying  in  the 
night,  crying  for  the  light,  at  times,  with  a  realization,  however, 
of  the  fact  that  there  must  be  a  dependence  upon  something 
higher  and  greater — something  infinite. 

To  ornament  his  leisure  hours,  man  has  developed  art  and 
music  and  literature — and  greatest  of  all  the  antidotes  which 
man  has  consciously  developed  is  that  formal,  systematic  at- 
tempt to  change  human  beings  which  we  call  public  education. 
The  greatest  undertaking  in  the  world,  an  undertaking  that 
engages  the  activities  of  more  factors  than  any  other  human 
agency;  the  factors  of  the  home,  and  the  factors  of  the  play- 
ground, and  of  the  newspapers,  and  of  the  library,  and  of  the 
church, — and  particularly  that  great  organized  agency  enroll- 
ing in  this  country  twenty-four  millions  of  people — the  public 
schools. 

In  the  remainder  of  my  discussion,  I  shall,  in  contrast  to 
some  of  those  great  evils  and  those  great  difficulties  which  the 
human  race  in  all  countries  has  encountered,  summarize  to  you 
in  a  very  practical  way,  I  hope,  some  of  the  specific  problems 
of  public  education.  Let  us  group  these  under  two  topics — 
administrative  problems  and  internal  problems. 

Students  of  educational  history,  taking  into  consideration  our 
two  score  of  states,  are  sometimes  mystified  when  they  contrast 
the  laws  under  which  our  great  schools  expended  annually  a 
billion  dollars  for  maintenance.     Consider  New  York  and  Cali- 


70  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

fornia,  or  Texas  and  Wisconsin,  or  Kansas  and  Indiana,  and 
compare  the  constitutional  provisions  of  those  states  under 
which  the  public  school  systems  exist,  you  will  be  amazed  at  the 
contradictions  and  the  differences.  A  tremendous  problem 
which  challenges  the  attention  of  every  citizen,  whether  he  is 
a  teacher  or  not,  is  the  proper  legal  organization  of  the  Ameri- 
can schools,  in  order  to  obtain  a  coordination  of  effort  between 
the  elementary  schools,  the  secondary  schools,  the  colleges  and 
universities,  whether  or  not  maintained  by  public  taxation. 
The  great  administration  question  of  the  definite  control  of 
public  education  is  causing  interminable  conflict.  For  example, 
there  is  no  clear  distinction  in  many  states  as  to  the  difference 
between  lay  control  and  professional  control.  What  would 
you  think  of  a  hospital  having  a  board  of  regents,  or  trustees, 
or  whatever  name  you  might  designate  them  by,  that  would 
undertake  to  dictate  the  types  of  anaesthetic,  choloroform  or 
ether — to  be  employed  in  specific  instances,  and  would  go  into 
detail  in  the  administration  of  that  hospital?  You  know  there 
would  be  waste  and  friction,  and  the  condition  would  be 
ridiculous,  if  it  were  not  fatal.  Their  business  would  be  to 
employ  a  skilled  surgeon  and  to  give  him  power,  and  to  look 
to  him,  and  hold  him  responsible  for,  results.  But  in  our  school 
systems  there  is  a  constant  interference  going  on  in  such  matters. 
In  the  State  of  Illinois,  which  I  honor,  and  in  whose  university 
I  was  happy  to  be  located  for  some  time — in  the  great  State 
of  Illinois  there  are  some  sixty  thousand  school  trustees,  prob- 
ably more  school  trustees  in  that  great  state  than  there  are 
teachers  in  the  state,  and  they  are  falling  over  each  other  ad- 
vising and  instructing  the  teachers  in  the  professional  conduct 
of  their  duty.  This  administrative  question,  not  merely  of 
law,  but  of  distinguishing  between  professional  and  lay  control, 
is  a  very  serious  one  in  American  education.  So  is  also  the 
question  of  finances — not  merely  the  raising  of  funds  with  re- 
gard to  getting  results  for  the  purposes  intended,  but  their 
proper  expenditure  for  these  purposes.  Some  communities  to- 
day are  being  swamped  by  bond  issues  for  school  purposes. 

They  often  are  unquestionably  needed,  but  they  are  not  al- 
ways well-advised.  How  many  citizens  have  taken  the  pains 
to  calculate  with  pencil  and  paper  the  results  accruing  the  tax- 
payers, the  children  and  parents,  say,  for  example,  of  a  serial 
bond  or  a  long  term  bond,  say,  redeemable  at  maturity,  or  a 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  71 

refunding  issue.  It  makes  a  difference,  so  that  today,  for 
example,  in  the  great  City  of  New  York,  they  are  almost  bank- 
rupt because  of  its  unending  series  of  refunding  bonds. 

As  the  internal  problems,  they  have  been  exploited  in  the 
educational  press,  but  they  have  not  been  solved.  Let  me  men- 
tion one  of  them.  Some  years  ago  a  study  was  made  of  the 
dropping  out  of  children  from  school  prematurely,  and  a  sur- 
vey of  three  hundred  cities  of  this  country  was  made,  but  in 
this  wonderful  public  school  system  of  America — I  say  it  not 
boastfully,  but  truthfully,  the  most  wonderful  school  system 
in  the  world,  because  it  presents  educational  possibilities  and 
opportunities  open  to  all  people,  of  both  sexes,  regardless  of 
race  or  condition,  wealth  or  poverty — in  this  great  American 
school  system  it  was  found,  some  years  ago,  that  in  typical 
progressive  school  centers  that  not  fifty  per  cent  of  the  chil- 
dren ever  proceeded  successfully  through  the  eight  grades, 
much  less  through  the  twelve  grades,  through  the  high  school 
and  college,  and  that  less  than  one-half  of  one  per  cent  of  our 
population  was  enrolled  in  all  of  the  colleges  and  universities 
altogether.  Probably  the  condition  is  somewhat  better  today, 
but  there  are  communities — I  know  not  of  California,  but  in 
many  states — where  less  than  fifty  per  cent,  yea,  only  forty 
per  cent  of  the  children  who  enroll  in  the  first  grade  go  through 
the  eight  grades;  and  yet  we  talk  about  having  an  intelligent 
electorate;  we  talk  about  the  elimination  of  illiteracy. 

Many  investigations  have  been  made  to  discover  the  cause 
of  this  premature  elimination,  and  I  cannot  go  into  that  now. 
I  want  to  tell  you  that,  aside  from  the  economic  factors  involved 
in  premature  elimination  of  children  from  public  schools  in  this 
and  other  countries,  the  probability  is  this,  that  the  most  potent 
cause  of  elimination  is  slow  progress  in  school.  No  child  likes 
to  do  what  he  does  poorly;  a  person  likes  to  do  what  he  does 
well ;  and  when  we  see  children  progressing  slowly  through 
the  grades,  failing,  becoming  discouraged,  it  is  not  strange 
that  they  are,  sooner  or  later,  eliminated. 

If  you  would  ask  me  what  are  the  causes  of  this  slow  prog- 
ress, I  would  point  out  for  your  consideration  that  there  can 
only  be  three  kinds  of  causes  for  slow  progress  in  school;  de- 
fects in  the  child,  defects  in  the  home,  and  there  may  be  de- 
fects in  the  school  itself.     The  defects  in  the  child  may  be 


72  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

physical  and  remediable,  or  they  may  be  mental,  or  simply  a 
lack  of  fundamental  virtues  of  industry  and  patience.  It  may 
be  a  defect  in  the  home.  In  the  home  of  leisure  and  luxury, 
where  children  are  not  trained,  where  they  are  not  given  a 
proper  place  to  study,  where  they  are  put  under  stimuli  that 
keep  them  in  tension  and  excitement  during  their  developing 
years,  how  can  you  expect  the  children  of  the  rich  parents  to 
progress  rapidly  in  the  schools?  Or  in  the  homes  of  the  poor, 
where  is  only  distress,  and  lack  of  proper  nutrition  and  enter- 
tainment, possibly  abuse  and  suffering,  likewise  we  find  that 
the  child  is  likely  to  progress  very  slowly  in  school.  Or  it  may 
be  fault  of  the  school,  where  there  are  ill-trained  teachers, 
where  sanitary  conditions  are  bad, — poor  light,  poor  ventila- 
tion— and  all  of  these  things  that  are  not  conducive  to  active 
progress,  and  lacking  in  a  favorable  combination  of  work  and 
of  play. 

These,  my  friends,  are  two  of  the  great  internal  problems 
of  the  school — the  question  of  elimination  and  the  causes 
thereof.  And  there  is  that  great  problem,  so  intimately  con- 
nected with  the  question  of  economics,  the  discovery,  and  the 
treatment,  and  the  training,  and  the  ultimate  disposition  of  the 
so-called  exceptional  child.  He  may  be  blind  and  deaf,  he  may 
be  feeble-minded,  or  he  may  be  brilliant,  potentially.  We  are 
not  paying  enough  attention,  perhaps,  to  the  detection  and 
diagnosis  and  the  treatment  of  the  so-called  exceptional  child, 
whether  it  be  a  case  of  delinquency,  of  destitution,  of  blindness, 
epilepsy  or  of  dementia  or  of  amentia,  that  is,  of  feeble-mind- 
edness.  It  is  our  duty  to  see  that  the  feeble-minded  ament  is 
properly  segregated  for  the  purpose  of  protection  from  evil- 
doing,  from  evil-doers,  and  in  order  that  such  a  child  may  be- 
come at  least  partly  self-supporting  and  not  a  burden  to  the 
community,  and  also,  a  subject  of  legitimate  research. 

Now,  in  conclusion,  I  would  not  leave  an  atmosphere  of 
pessimism,  either  in  regard  to  the  age-old  problems  of  this  and 
other  countries  concerning  conservation  of  human  life,  or  with 
regard  to  the  seemingly  chaotic  conditions  in  some  of  our  states 
concerning  the  administrative  and  internal  problems  of  public 
education,  because  there  are  now  encouraging  signs  abroad  in 
the  land. 

In  the  first  place,  there  is  obtaining  everywhere  an  apprecia- 
tion of  the  necessity  for  universal  education.   It  is  being  actually 


PAN-AMERICAN   CONFERENCE  73 

realized  in  America,  and  we  are  able  to  go  before  our  legisla- 
tures and  before  our  philanthropists  and  appeal  successfully 
tor  better  support  of  public  education.  There  are  some  pessi- 
mists who  think  we  are  getting  too  much  support.  They  forget 
that,  according  to  the  last  census,  or  rather  the  pre-war  census, 
we  spent  in  this  country  some  fourteen  millions  of  dollars  for 
all  of  our  normal  schools,  while  we  also  spent  fourteen  millions 
for  face  lotions  and  cosmetics,  thirty-eight  millions  for  tomb- 
stones and  four  hundred  millions  of  dollars  for  tobacco.  We 
have  only  begun  to  be  in  earnest  about  the  support  of  educa- 
tion, although  there  is  more  and  more  an  appreciation  of  the 
necessity  for  universal  education  for  all  ages,  both  sexes,  and 
all  types  of  people. 

In  the  second  place,  there  is  an  encouraging  note  found  in 
our  appreciation  of  the  unity  of  education,  both  vertically  and 
horizontally.  This  thing  of  considering  a  university  as  pre- 
eminently important,  and  the  kindergarten  only  of  secondary 
importance,  or  the  elementary  school  teacher  as  a  being  of  only 
secondary  importance  is  wrong.  We  know  that  under  our  con- 
ception of  universal  education,  the  whole  system  of  public  edu- 
cation— kindergarten,  elementary  and  secondary  and  normal 
schools,  colleges  and  universities  and  professional  schools — are 
vital  component  parts  of  a  great  educational  machine  for  pre- 
serving the  republic  and  training  American  citizens;  and,  more 
than  that,  for  carrying  out  the  higher  ideals  of  humanity. 

And  we  are  also  believing  in  a  horizontal  unity.  We  are 
bringing  together  the  newspapers,  our  libraries  and  our  play- 
grounds— and  our  theatres,  if  you  please — and  our  churches, 
and  the  public  schools,  into  a  closer  coordination  for  the  single 
purpose  of  the  betterment  of  humanity  and  the  bringing  about 
of  a  finer  idealism. 

The  most  encouraging  note  of  all,  in  this  and  in  other  coun- 
tries, is  the  deep  realization  of  the  significance  of  childhood, 
both  from  scientific  and  humanitarian  points  of  view.  Many, 
many  times  it  has  been  brought  to  our  attention  from  a  senti- 
mental point  of  view.  Homer,  you  know,  anciently  pictured 
the  little  child,  the  son  of  the  warrior  Hector,  playing  just  as 
children  do  today.  Folk-lore  and  legends  largely  deal  with 
childhood.  We  know  how  Jesus,  in  disputing  the  wise  men, 
put  a  little  child  in  their  midst  and  told  those  men  to  be  like 
that  child,  in  order  that  they  might  attain  unto  the  Kingdom 


74  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

of  Heaven.  Philosophy  and  science  tell  us  that  humanity,  in 
its  best  aspects  of  self-sacrifice,  kindliness  and  brotherhood, 
exercises  intelligent  appreciation  of  the  fact  that  civilization 
all  centers  in  childhood.  The  care  of  infancy,  of  youth,  by 
mother  and  father,  gave  rise  to  and  increases  the  spirit  of  self- 
sacrifice,  and  of  self-abnegation,  which  gave  origin  to  those 
domestic  virtues  which  form  the  basis  of  the  family.  The 
family  makes  the  community,  the  community  makes  the  state 
and  civilization;  and  these  therefore,  in  their  best  aspects,  could 
not  exist  without  the  love  and  attention  which  we  devote  to 
childhood. 

My  friends,  it  is  indeed  a  genuine  pleasure  that  I  can  come 
here,  into  this  great  University,  which  is  conducted,  as  I  under- 
stand it,  under  the  auspices  of  one  of  the  splendid  divisions  of 
the  Church  of  God,  and  devoted  to  the  interests  of  humanity, 
and  extend  to  you  my  humble,  but  my  hearty  congratulations 
that  you  are  doing  so  much  to  improve  the  great  cause  of  edu- 
cation. 

GOVERNOR  WALLACE 

Our  last  speaker  has  our  thanks.  Our  last  speaker  will 
please  us  further  if  he  will  convey  to  the  University  of  New 
Mexico  our  thanks  to  them  for  lending  him  to  us  this  after- 
noon. 

The  next  speaker  comes  to  us  from  the  Rockefeller  Institute. 
The  Rockefeller  Institute  is  doing  things  today  for  humanity 
all  over  the  world — tests,  experiments  and  scientific  investiga- 
tions; we  are  very  pleased  to  have  with  us  today,  Dr.  Theo- 
dore C.  Lyster,  who  will  speak  on  the  subject  of  Preventative 
Medicine.  Dr.  Lyster,  this  audience  will  be  very  glad  to  hear 
from  you. 

Preventive  Medicine  in  Pan-America 
THEODORE  C.  LYSTER,  M.D. 

It  has  been  my  lot  in  the  past  years  to  be  intimately  asso« 
ciated — for  something  over  twenty  years — with  General 
Gorgas  in  preventative  medicine  in  Pan- America.  About  four 
or  five  years  ago  I  undertook  with  him  the  elimination  of  yel- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  75 

low  fever,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Rockefeller  Foundation. 
General  Gorgas's  death  left  a  burden  on  our  shoulders  that 
it  was  his  ambition  to  complete.  This,  of  course,  has  been  very 
difficult  in  the  limited  time  that  has  transpired,  but  many  of 
his  dreams  are  coming  true,  and  one  especially  is  that  concern- 
ing yellow  fever. 

I  know,  in  talking  to  a  Pan-American  audience,  so  many  of 
whom  have  lived  in  the  south,  that  they  know  and  realize  much 
that  has  taken  place  well  within  our  own  generation.  Now,  in 
order  to  confine  my  remarks,  more  or  less,  on  a  subject  that 
has  spread  out  as  broad  as  the  two  continents,  I  shall  read  what 
is  a  summary,  it  might  be  said,  of  many  of  the  things  that 
have  transpired  in  preventative  medicine  in  the  Americas,  many 
of  which,  I  am  sure,  if  General  Gorgas  were  here,  would  re- 
ceive his  unqualified  support. 

PREVENTATIVE  MEDICINE  IN  PAN-AMERICA 

Prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  present  century  the  field  of  pre- 
ventative medicine  was  extremely  limited.  The  Pasteur  In- 
stitute and  such  schools  for  Tropical  Medicine  as  those  of 
London  and  Liverpool,  by  sending  workers  far  and  wide 
throughout  the  world,  were  pioneers.  Preventative  medicine 
was  still  in  its  infancy  when  the  twentieth  century  opened.  Pan- 
America  in  the  last  twenty-five  years  has  probably  contributed 
as  much,  if  not  more,  to  the  advancement  of  preventative  medi- 
cine than  any  other  section  of  the  world.  Prior  to  this  period, 
medical  evolution  was  more  occupied  in  other  lines  of  develop- 
ment. There  lived  during  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury a  celebrated  physician  named  Boerhaave,  who  more  or 
less  summed  up  the  spirit  of  his  age  in  medicine  by  leaving  to 
posterity  a  volume  entitled  "The  Secrets  of  Medicine,"  all 
pages  of  which  were  blank,  except  one,  which  gave  a  few  direc- 
tions about  keeping  the  head  cool  and  the  feet  warm.  It  is 
easily  seen  that  such  medical  complacency  was  not  suited  to 
scientific  advancement.  However,  following  this  period  the 
study  of  anatomy  was  slowly  advancing  medical  practice  until 
about  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century  the  change  from 
mysticism  to  materia  medica  made  its  appearance.  This  might 
be  called  the  drug  age  when  the  effect  of  plant  life  on  human 
life  had  about  reached  the  limit  of  tolerance.  This  period 
closed  practically  with  the  discovery  of  ether  and  a  resulting 


76  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

surgical  revival.  During  the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, surgery  far  outdistanced  in  its  rapid  progress  all  other 
branches  of  medicine.  About  the  year  1900  the  world  began 
to  realize  that  many  of  our  ills  could  be  prevented  far  easier 
than  cured.  Specific  causes  of  many  diseases  made  known  by 
the  brilliant  work  of  bacteriologists  and  pathologists  revolu- 
tionized lay  as  well  as  medical  thought.  Cleanliness  now  be- 
came the  universal  slogan,  whether  as  to  where  or  how  we 
lived,  what  we  drank  or  what  we  ate.  Municipalities,  counties, 
states  and  nations  vied  with  each  other  for  pure  water  sup- 
plies, sewage  disposal,  fresh  air  and  clean  surroundings.  Dirt 
as  a  germ  carrier  was  blamed  for  everything.  A  millennium 
seemed  at  hand.  Impurities,  whether  gaseous,  liquid  or  solid, 
when  removed  from  our  surroundings  would  leave  us  protected 
from  practically  all  preventable  diseases.  At  this  time  we  be- 
gan to  learn  a  good  deal  as  to  the  cause  and  common  methods 
of  transmission  of  many  of  our  pandemic  invaders  such  as 
smallpox,  cholera,  plague,  typhoid  and  yellow  fever.  We  also 
began  to  learn  more  about  preventable  diseases  which  had  be- 
come domesticated,  such  as  tuberculosis,  malaria,  dysenteries 
and  our  childhood  contagious  diseases.  The  mortality  was 
found  to  amount  to  many  thousands  each  year,  counting  its 
victims  among  the  clean  as  well  as  the  unclean,  which  awakened 
us  to  the  situation  that  cleanliness,  while  none  the  less  desirable, 
would  not  stand  long  as  our  only  barrier  against  disease.  It 
was  at  this  time  that  Pan-America  began  its  contribution  to 
medicine  which  has  carried  the  science  of  the  prevention  of 
spread  of  many  communicable  diseases  to  its  present  state  of 
development. 

BEGINNING  OF  PUBLIC   HEALTH   WORK 

Public  health  work  which  had  been  in  existence  less  than 
half  a  century  had  not  developed  sufficiently  to  be  effective. 
Such  men  as  Duchatelet  in  France,  Quetelet  in  Belgium,  Pet- 
tenkopfer  in  Munich,  Virchow  in  Berlin,  and  many  others  were 
putting  into  practice  in  Europe  the  precepts  written  into  a  Pub- 
lic Health  Act  in  the  English  Parliament  by  John  Simon.  In 
the  United  States  the  American  Medical  Association  made  a 
beginning  in  1847  which  crystallized  in  the  American  Public 
Health  Association  in  1872.  The  Spanish  war  found  the  coun- 
tries of  America  practically  strangers  to  each  other.     Their 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  77 

isolation,  not  only  from  Europe,  but  from  one  another  was 
far  greater  than  the  distance  separating  them  would  explain. 
Naturally  national  or  international  preventative  measures  were 
but  dreams.  Wherever  large  bodies  of  men  were  gathered  to- 
gether mortality  rates  were  little  better  than  those  of  a  half 
century  before.  Communicable  diseases  in  time  of  war  among 
troops  were  considered  many  times  more  formidable  than  the 
enemy  that  would  be  met.  These  diseases  appeared  with  the 
recruits  and  buried  over  75  per  cent  of  the  dead.  Now,  there 
were  to  be  added  diseases  commonly  classed  as  tropical. 
National  calamity  seemed  to  be  the  just  deserts  of  any  nation 
attempting  military  undertakings.  The  war  fortunately  ended 
with  little  loss  to  Spain  beyond  the  lifting  from  her  shoulders 
of  a  ruinous  colonial  expansion  and  to  the  United  States  the 
lives  of  those  we  now  know  were  needlessly  sacrificed.  The 
door  was  now  open  for  better  feeling  and  a  clearer  under- 
standing of  the  close  relationship  of  the  various  countries  on 
the  American  continent.  Not  only  did  we  begin  to  feel  that 
we  were  all  largely  dependent  upon  each  other  for  success  in 
the  future,  but  that  our  inter-relations  should  be  so  controlled 
and  coordinated  that  while  not  delaying  progress,  the  best  in 
our  countries  should  be  allowed  to  go  abroad  rather  than  the 
worst.  Instead  of  sending  our  communicable  diseases  to  our 
neighbors  we  learned  that  it  was  better  for  us  to  control  them 
within  our  own  territory.  Inelastic  quarantine  destructive  to 
commerce  was  often  the  sole  national  preventative  measure 
against  the  spread  of  an  epidemic.  At  this  time  not  only  the 
causes  of  so  many  of  these  communicable  diseases  were  un- 
known, but  also  the  means  of  their  spread.  This  resulted  in 
generally  terrorizing  a  community  so  that  measures  impossible 
of  enforcement  were  usually  attempted. 

DEVELOPMENTS  FOLLOWING  THE  OCCUPATION  OF  HAVANA 

When  the  American  government  in  1899  took  over  the 
administration  of  Cuba,  public  opinion  was  thoroughly  aroused 
by  the  medical  tragedy  of  our  war  experience.  A  renovation 
of  Havana  as  though  it  were  an  i^Egean  stable  was  the  im- 
mediate demand.  A  house-to-house  cleansing  resulted  such 
as  probably  no  other  city  has  ever  experienced.  Thousands 
and  thousands  of  cart  loads  of  rubbish  were  removed  and 
blocks  after  blocks  were  literally  scrubbed  with  disinfectants 


78  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

by  employees  of  the  Health  Department.  The  reputation  of 
Havana  for  destroying  invaders  by  giving  them  yellow  fever 
was  well  established.  Spain  made  little  progress  in  absolutely 
controlling  Havana  because  of  this  disease.  Yellow  fever  was 
present  when  our  troops  arrived  in  Havana  and  continued. 
What  we  did  not  understand  then,  but  now  know  was  a  fact, 
was  that  in  the  bad  parts  of  town  where  we  no  sooner  had 
completed  a  thorough  cleansing  of  a  block  when  we  were  al- 
most sure  to  find  more  cases  of  yellow  fever  in  this  clean  block 
than  in  the  dirty  ones.  The  explanation  is  simple  now,  since  we 
know  that  a  mosquito  (aedes  calpous)  is  the  transmitting  host 
of  the  disease.  As  this  mosquito  prefers  clean  water,  it  was 
but  natural  that  the  cleaner  the  water  the  more  mosquitoes; 
then,  too,  the  American  population,  not  immune  to  yellow  fever, 
naturally  gravitated  to  these  clean  blocks.  It  was  not  until 
the  army  board,  with  Walter  Reed  as  chairman,  confirmed 
and  carried  further  the  work  of  Carlos  Findley  that  this 
mosquito  transmitted  yellow  fever,  that  real  progress  in  pre- 
ventative medicine  was  made  in  Havana.  The  widespread  dis- 
tribution of  yellow  fever,  especially  on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic, 
brought  the  object  lesson  home  in  a  most  effective  manner. 
Representative  medical  men  from  nearly  all  the  American  re- 
publics were  present  at  Havana  shortly  after  that  time.  It 
was  here  that  such  men  as  Oswald  Cruz  from  Brazil,  Liceaga 
from  Mexico,  and  many  others  came  to  see  for  themselves. 
They  returned  to  their  various  countries  impressed  with  what 
they  had  seen  and  determined  to  undertake  similar  campaigns 
in  their  respective  countries.  Their  enthusiasm  did  not  stop 
at  the  attempt  to  control  yellow  fever,  but  carried  them  on  with 
the  determination  to  improve  their  various  health  organiza- 
tions so  that  through  them  a  more  effective  warfare  could  be 
carried  on  against  preventable  disease.  Nearly  every  Southern, 
Northern  and  Central  American  country  began  a  general  cam- 
paign of  education  which  in  turn  has  helped  greatly  to  advance 
medical  knowledge. 

PANAMA  AND  ITS  TEACHINGS 

Success  in  Havana  made  possible  the  consideration  of  con- 
struction of  the  Panama  canal.  The  experience  of  the  French 
was  such  as  would  without  doubt  have  prevented  our  beginning 
the  undertaking  had  we  not  felt  reasonably  certain  that  yellow 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  79 

fever  and  malaria  could  be  controlled.  The  American  public 
realized  that  there  existed  tremendous  engineering  difficulties 
largely  because  of  the  magnitude  of  the  scale  upon  which  the 
work  had  to  be  constructed.  They  demanded  as  a  matter  of 
course  that  funds  should  be  appropriated  for  this  construction 
work,  but  when  it  came  to  prevention  of  disease,  their  liberality 
practically  knew  no  bounds.  The  tendency  therefore  was  but 
natural  to  class  every  possible  expense  under  the  head  of  sani- 
tation regardless  of  its  true  relationship  to  the  work.  Every 
conceivable  charge  for  reclaiming  waste  land  and  the  pay  of 
the  clergy,  including  street  cleaning  and  garbage  collection, 
was  loaded  on  to  the  department.  The  official  expenditure  for 
the  Sanitary  Department  the  first  five  years  was  little  under  ten 
million  dollars,  but  less  than  two  million  dollars  of  this  ten 
was  actually  spent  for  sanitation,  a  per  capita  charge  of  a  little 
less  than  one  cent  a  day.  In  this  way  we  see  how  far  the  pen- 
dulum had  been  allowed  to  swing.  What  took  place  in  Panama 
is  now  coming  to  the  front  in  nearly  every  American  republic. 
Money  is  being  obtained  under  many  pretexts  and  often  ex- 
pended without  scientific  thought  of  true  economy  of  real  bene- 
fits. Innumerable  so-called  health  bodies  are  working  not  only 
independent  of  federal  and  state  organizations,  but  also  inde- 
pendent of  sound  medical  principles.  The  lack  of  coordinated 
control  in  the  United  States  is  largely  responsible  for  this 
rising  criticism  against  the  pyramiding  of  cost  without  com- 
pensatory effect  upon  the  mortality  of  preventable  diseases. 
The  fault  lies  deep  in  the  misconception  of  the  public  mind  as 
to  just  what  are  the  proper  limits.  Laudable  but  misguided 
effort  is  confused  with  desirable  and  effective  preventative  medi- 
cine and  as  a  result  the  whole  structure  becomes  a  target.  It 
has  been  well  said  that  should  the  increasing  rate  of  expendi- 
ture continue  for  the  next  ten  years  the  United  States  would 
become  bankrupt  and  still  there  would  be  no  appreciable  dent 
noticed  in  the  normal  fall  of  the  mortality  rate.  The  lack  of 
authority  for  enforcement  of  measures  which  are  really  good 
in  principle  has  resulted  in  failure  to  reach  those  for  whom 
they  were  intended.  Latin  America  is  fortunate  in  having  for 
its  model  the  Spanish  legal  code,  which  has  many  advantages. 
It  is  not  only  flexible,  but  in  giving  central  authority  to  health 
departments  guiding  only  in  principle  and  leaving  a  great  lati- 
tude to  those  in  charge,  has  resulted  in  great  benefit  to  these 


80  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

fortunate  countries.  The  divided  authority  of  the  United 
States  in  health  matters  is  one  of  the  chief  causes  for  our  failure 
to  efficiently  and  economically  control  our  preventable  diseases. 
The  lessons  learned  in  Panama  were  but  a  concentrated  es- 
sence of  what  was  taking  place  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  There 
was  present  the  ounce  of  prevention  in  quantities,  isolation  of 
patients,  contacts  and  carriers,  but  to  depend  upon  them, 
however,  was  turning  back  the  hands  of  progress.  Much 
more  was  required.  An  area  to  be  made  safe  from  the  spread 
of  disease  has  to  be  safeguarded  from  within.  Should  yellow 
fever  threaten,  a  mosquito  index  must  be  brought  down  to  a 
degree  where  the  disease  would  not  spread.  Should  plague 
threaten,  rats  should  be  reduced  to  a  minimum  and  built  out 
with  cement  construction  to  prevent  their  nesting.  Gradually 
we  learned  that  each  disease  had  to  be  handled  on  its  own 
merits,  but  that  this  could  be  done  economically  was  proven  be- 
yond question.  We  found  then,  as  we  have  learned  since,  that 
unpreparedness  exacts  a  tremendous  tribute.  Preparedness  in 
preventative  medicine  is  no  exception  to  preparedness  in  any 
other  lines  of  endeavor.  We  have  found  when  unprepared 
that  we  have  had  to  pay  heavily  in  lives  and  money  which  does 
not  stop  with  one  generation. 

RELATION  OF   ROCKEFELLER  FOUNDATION   TO   PREVENTATIVE 

MEDICINE  IN  THE  AMERICAS 

Within  recent  years,  through  the  philanthropy  of  Mr.  Rocke- 
feller, assistance  has  been  generously  offered  to  many  nations 
in  the  control  and  prevention  of  many  communicable  diseases. 
The  value  of  education  as  a  basis  for  all  preventative  measures 
has  been  considered  fundamental.  Institutions  in  all  sections 
of  the  world  have  been  instituted  for  the  purpose  of  finding 
out  and  teaching  the  truth.  A  subsidiary  body  now  known 
as  the  International  Health  Board  has  undertaken  the  pre- 
ventative medicine  phase  of  this  philanthropic  body.  Follow- 
ing the  work  in  Porto  Rico  was  realized  the  enormous  loss  of 
life  and  economic  damage  resulting  from  hook  worm.  A 
campaign  was  undertaken  by  the  board  to  assist  many  Ameri- 
can countries  in  their  campaign  against  this  disease.  Results 
obtained,  especially  methods  of  cooperation,  were  such  that 
when  General  Gorgas  submitted  a  plan  with  its  ultimate  object 
of  elimination  of  yellow  fever  from  the  world,  it  was  taken 


PAN-AiMERICAN  CONFERENCE  81 

seriously  by  this  body,  with  a  determination  that  lack,  of  funds 
should  not  be  a  cause  for  failure.  It  has  been  my  good  fortune 
to  have  played  some  part  in  this  yellow  fever  campaign  under 
the  direction  of  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  and  so  I  am  speak- 
ing with  some  intimate  knowledge  as  to  details.  Looking  back 
to  the  beginning  of  this  century  yellow  fever  was  a  common 
visitor  from  Virginia  to  Buenos  Aires.  Gradually  we  have 
seen  the  area  shrink  so  that  at  present  the  disease  is  now  known 
to  exist  in  two  small  areas,  one  not  far  from  Vera  Cruz  in 
Mexico,  which  we  hope  will  disappear  within  the  next  few 
months,  and  another  on  the  east  coast  of  Brazil,  with  its  center 
at  Bahia.  Just  what  is  the  present  condition  in  Africa  we  can- 
not be  certain,  but  it  is  questionable  whether  the  disease  has 
not  disappeared  also  from  that  area.  When  you  consider  the 
character  of  the  fight  against  this  disease,  which  is  only  one  of 
many  with  which  the  various  public  health  departments  are 
engaged,  you  have  here  a  good  example  of  what  can  be  ac- 
complished when  nations  are  willing  to  pool  their  interests 
against  a  common  enemy.  It  was  this  combined  strength  work- 
ing under  coordinated  control  that  has  made  it  possible  to  step 
by  step  eliminate  this  disease  from  one  country  after  another. 
Money  has  been  freely  offered  by  the  Foundation,  but  with  few 
exceptions  each  nation  has  accepted  little  more  than  the  services 
of  trained  personnel  and  such  money  as  was  needed  in  emergen- 
cies where  national  budgets  would  be  made  available  on  short 
notice.  The  success  in  yellow  fever  work  has  largely  resulted 
from  the  whole-souled  cooperation  given  by  the  various  coun- 
tries in  which  the  disease  appeared.  Each  country  in  which 
these  campaigns  against  yellow  fever  has  been  carried  on  has 
not  profited  simply  by  the  elimination  of  this  disease  from  their 
territory,  but  has  used  the  principles  underlying  these  campaigns 
by  applying  them  in  other  undertakings  of  their  various  de- 
partments. 

SOLVED   AND    UNSOLVED    PREVENTATIVE    MEDICINE    PROBLEMS 

Of  the  many  unsolved  problems  in  preventative  medicine  in 
the  Americas  some  of  them  are  mentioned  to  illustrate  some- 
what the  position  we  have  now  reached  in  this  field  of  endeavor. 
Yellow  fever  is  slowly  but  surely  disappearing.  Dysentery, 
leprosy  and  cholera  are  being  more  and  more  confined  either  to 
restricted  areas    or    are  fairly  well  controlled.      Uncinariasis 


82  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

(hook  worm)  and  malaria  still  remain  as  leaders  among  pre- 
ventable diseases  and  against  these  diseases  much  effort  and 
money  is  now  being  expended  toward  lessening  their  ravages. 
Plague  and  typhus  of  the  nomadic  and  tuberculosis  and  cancer 
as  domestic  diseases  are  now  testing  the  results  of  preventative 
medical  science.  The  cause,  means  of  transmission  and 
methods  of  control  and  elimination  in  plague  are  well  known, 
but  the  enormous  cost  has  prevented  serious  efforts  toward 
complete  elimination.  The  same  might  be  said  of  typhus, 
which  means  a  liberal  water  supply  and  its  compulsory  use  in 
infected  areas.  Work  in  tuberculosis  has  made  enormous 
strides  by  restricting  it  through  increasing  our  national  resist- 
ance. The  prevention  of  cancer,  however,  to  the  practical 
Sanatorion,  is  still  in  the  twilight  zone. 

Epidemics  and  pandemics  will  no  doubt  continue  to  appear 
and  reappear  in  spite  of  all  organized  resistance.  However, 
thousands  of  lives  are  being  saved  annually  by  the  efforts  now 
made  toward  the  control  of  preventable  diseases,  and,  with  bet- 
ter coordination,  the  results  to  be  obtained  will  continue  to  in- 
crease. Not  only  has  the  average  span  of  life  been  lengthened, 
but  our  existence  has  been  freed  from  much  misery,  to  say  noth- 
ing of  the  loss  of  lives  which  ever  follows  in  the  train  of  these, 
our  natural  enemies.  The  close  associations  which  are  ap- 
parent here  at  this  meeting  and  which  now  exist  throughout 
the  Americas  will  do  much  toward  furthering  the  science  largely 
indebted  to  it  and  in  turn  will  be  the  greatest  gainers  of  its 
beneficial  results. 

GOVERNOR  WALLACE 

To  have  been  an  associate  of  General  Gorgas  in  his  great 
fight  against  yellow  fever  is  enough  glory  for  one  man. 

Ladies  and  gentlemen,  the  great  Washington  conference  for 
disarmament  of  a  short  time  ago,  the  greatest  conference  that 
the  world  has  had,  was  a  conference  held  in  the  beautiful  Pan- 
American  Building,  which  building  was  managed  and  built,  and 
the  funds  secured,  by  the  gentleman  who  in  a  moment  will 
address  you.  When  I  heard  that  John  Barrett  was  going  to 
speak  at  this  conference  it  gave  me  real  pleasure. 

Dr.  Barrett  has  been  for  many  years  the  Director-General 
of  the  Pan-American  Union.     Before  that  he  was  American 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  83 

Minister,  both  in  Asia  and  in  South  America.  He  is  now 
counsellor  and  general  advisor  in  international  matters,  and 
pre-eminently  fitted  for  that  kind  of  work.  He  knows  more 
about  the  things  that  come  up  for  our  consideration,  probably, 
than  any  other  man  in  America.  It  is  a  very  real  pleasure  to 
present  John  Barrett. 

Pan-Americanism,  America's  Great  Opportunity 
JOHN  BARRETT,  LL.D. 

Counselor  and  Advisor  in  International  Affairs 

I  felt  indeed  very  much  flattered  by  the  introduction  of  our 
very  apt  and  pleasing  presiding  officer,  and  I  thought,  as  did 
Dr.  Hill,  of  an  introduction  I  once  received  quite  different  from 
the  kind  you  did,  and  quite  different,  indeed,  from  the  kind  I 
have  received  today. 

Just  after  I  had  returned  from  being  your  Minister  in  Asia, 
and  Special  Commissioner  in  the  Philippines  for  six  or  seven 
years,  in  which  time  I  had  wandered  up  and  down  Asia,  from 
the  mouth  of  the  Yangtse  to  the  foothills  of  Thibet,  from 
Northern  Manchuria  south  to  Singapore,  and  to  Penang,  and 
Colombo,  and  Calcutta,  and  God  only  knows  where;  when  I  got 
back,  and  arrived  in  New  York,  a  friend  of  mine,  who  was  then 
quite  prominent,  came  to  me  and  said :  "Barrett,  every  autumn 
the  community  up  in  Aroostook  County,  Maine,  hold  a  grand 
barbecue.  Everybody  in  the  county  goes,  and  they  are  in  the 
habit  of  having  a  distinguished  man  to  address  them.  At  the 
last  moment  the  speaker  who  was  scheduled  is  unable  to  go, 
and  it  will  be  a  great  favor  if  you  will  consent  to  take  his 
place."  I  said  I  would  go,  and  a  telegram  was  accordingly 
sent  to  the  local  committee  to  the  effect  that  John  Barrett,  ex- 
Minister  to  Siam,  would  be  present — that  being  my  first  diplo- 
matic post.  I  arrived  nearly  as  soon  as  the  telegram,  and  drove 
from  the  railway  nearly  twenty  miles  back  into  the  county. 
Gathered  there  were  nearly  twenty  thousand  people.  On  the 
platform  were  gathered  all  the  dignitaries  of  the  county,  and 
the  presiding  officer  was  an  extremely  tall,  angular  individual. 
I  feared  when  he  arose  he  would  bump  the  zenith.  I  made 
inquiry,  asking  if  he  knew  anything  about  who  the  speakers 


84  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

were,  and  was  told  no,  that  that  did  not  matter;  that  he  would 
simply  announce  the  speakers;  and  I  wondered  what  he  would 
say  about  me.  Presently  he  arose,  and  as  he  kept  going  nearer 
and  nearer  to  the  front  of  the  platform,  and  growing  taller  and 
taller,  I  wondered  if  there  was  room  for  him  between  earth 
and  heaven.  Finally,  he  opened  his  mighty  mouth  and  thun- 
dered forth  :  "Fellow  citizens  of  the  grand  old  Commonwealth 
of  Maine,  I  have  great  pleasure  and  great  honor  to  introduce 
as  the  orator  of  the  afternoon  that  famous  man " 

And  then,  to  save  his  life,  he  could  not  think  of  the  name. 
Fie  backed  up  for  a  minute,  and  then  came  forward,  and  said: 

"That,  that,  that,  that  well-known  man "  To  save  his  life, 

he  could  not  think  of  it  again.  Then  somebody  said,  "Look  at 
the  telegram."  He  looked  at  it  very  carefully,  and  then  said: 
"Yes,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  fellow  citizens  of  the  grand  old 
Commonwealth  of  Maine,  I  have  profound  pleasure  and  great 
honor  in  introducing  that  well-known — yes,  that  famous  man, 
the  Rev.  John  Barrett,  ex-missionary  to  the  heathen  land  of 
Siam." 

And,  after  all,  he  did  not  vary  so  much  from  the  truth.  I 
might  not  have  had  the  honor  of  being  a  missionary  of  the 
gospel  of  Jesus  Christ — it  would  have  been  a  great  honor — 
but  I  did  have  the  honor  of  being  a  missionary  in  the  new  era 
cf  the  square  deal,  and  of  honesty  and  truth  in  American  diplo- 
macy. 

When  it  was  my  great  privilege  to  go  out  as  United  States 
Minister  my  one  great  instruction  from  my  Secretary  of  State 
in  Washington  was:  "Always  tell  the  truth,  and  never  allow 
the  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs  in  the  country  to  which  you 
are  accredited  tell  you  other  than  the  truth.  Anyway,  as  a 
Minister  of  the  United  States,  set  the  example  of  truth-telling. 
That  is  the  word  that  is  today  going  out  from  here  to  our  am- 
bassadors, ministers  and  consuls.  Forever  hereafter  that  is 
going  to  be  the  mission  of  America  in  foreign  affairs." 

Mr.  Wallace,  you  referred  to  my  long  service  in  Pan-Ameri- 
can affairs.  Yes,  I  really  feel  as  though  today  I  am  the  patri- 
arch of  Pan-Americanism.  When  I  go  back  and  remember 
those  days  when  I  was  a  "voice  crying  in  the  wilderness,"  from 
Los  Angeles  to  New  York,  and  New  Orleans  to  Minneapolis, 
not  only  among  Chambers  of  Commerce  and  Boards  of  Trade, 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  85 

but,  yes,  in  universities  and  colleges  all  over  this  country,  try- 
ing to  awaken  the  American  people,  the  American  university 
and  American  business  men  to  the  importance  of  Latin 
America,  to  the  importance  of  our  sister  American  republic, 
to  the  importance  of  Pan-America  and  Pan-Americanism,  to 
the  development  of  that  sisterhood  which  should  make  the 
Western  Hemisphere  forever  the  leader  in  civilization  and 
Christianity  of  the  world — when  I  recall  these  things,  the  days 
when  I  was  almost  an  unwelcome  "voice  in  the  wilderness," 
the  developments  of  the  past  few  years  seem  really  marvelous. 

A  few  days  ago  the  only  sweetheart  that  I  have  ever  had  in 
this  world,  and,  God  bless  her,  her  advice,  her  sympathy,  her 
love  had  been  my  greatest  inspiration,  whether  I  have  been  lost 
on  the  plateaus  of  Thibet,  or  in  the  upper  reaches  of  the 
Amazon — yes,  that  dear  old  sweetheart  mother  of  mine  passed 
her  eighty-eighth  birthday,  and  she  recalled  to  me,  as  I  sat  by 
her  side,  the  great  days  of  the  past;  and  under  the  spell  of 
what  she  said  I  swore  to  work  harder  than  I  had  ever  done 
for  the  cause  of  Pan-Americanism. 

By  the  way,  there  is  now  in  this  audience  a  man  who  was  a 
year  old  when  the  Monroe  Doctrine  was  first  announced. 
Think  of  what  that  means,  ladies  and  gentlemen.  I  feel  so 
much  the  wonder  of  it  that  I  want  to  tell  you  that,  as  he  sat 
before  me,  he  gave  me  splendid  inspiration.  He  is  a  man  who 
was  a  United  States  Senator  from  California,  who  was  in  Con- 
gress before  that,  who  knew  well  and  was  a  friend  of  the  great 
Abraham  Lincoln;  yes,  a  man  here  who  was  a  year  old  before 
the  Monroe  Doctrine  was  declared,  and  who  will  celebrate, 
a  year  from  next  December,  the  one-hundredth  anniversary  of 
that  great  day.  I  want  to  ask  Senator  Cole  to  rise,  that  this 
audience  may  see  a  man  who  in  five  months  more  will  be  a 
hundred  years  old. 

(Senator  Cole  rose.) 

Ladies  and  gentlemen,  I  hope  I  have  shown  my  appre- 
ciation of  the  great  honor  Dr.  von  KleinSmid  did  me  in  in- 
viting me  to  come  here,  when  I  tell  you  that  I  have  journeyed 
all  the  way  across  the  continent  at  a  time  when  I  wanted  to 
be  in  Washington.  I  have  been  invited  for  the  great  Pan- 
American  Conference  of  Women,  which  will  be  addressed  by 
Secretary  Hughes  and  by  Lady  Astor,  that  marvelous  Ameri- 


86  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

can  woman,  now  a  citizen  of  England — and  a  few  days  later 
to  the  great  Chilean-Peruvian  Conference  to  discuss  what  I 
believe  is  the  most  important  problem  now  before  Pan-Ameri- 
canism. Yes,  from  that  I  came  for  the  exclusive  purpose — 
I  want  the  privilege,  no  matter  what  else  I  may  do,  of  doing 
honor  to  a  great  Pan-American,  Dr.  von  KleinSmid;  to  do 
honor  to  this  University,  a  credit  to  the  City  of  Los  Angeles, 
and  to  the  State  of  California,  where  I  had  the  honor  of  ar- 
riving when  I  was  only  a  month  out  of  college,  after  riding  all 
the  way  from  the  Atlantic  Coast  in  the  upper  berth  of  a  tourist 
sleeper;  that  I  might  look  toward  the  mighty,  fascinating 
Orient,  where  later  I  was  to  go  as  Minister. 

There  is  a  fascination  to  me  about  the  purpose  of  this  con- 
ference, that  casts  such  a  spell  over  me  that  I  could  not  fail  to 
respond  to  the  call;  and  now  I  congratulate  Dr.  von  Klein- 
Smid, I  congratulate  the  University  and  everyone  connected 
with  this  section.  Possibly  you  are  taking  a  step  here  that  will 
be  one  of  the  great  influences  in  bringing  about  a  mighty  new 
era  of  Pan-Americanism — of  Pan-American  sympathy,  of  Pan- 
American  friendship,  of  Pan-American  solidarity.  That  is  the 
greatest  ideal  of  the  Western  Hemisphere.  And  it  is  indeed  a 
real  pleasure  to  listen  to  the  addresses  we  have  heard  here 
today.  Why,  I  know  that  I  would  be  only  too  glad  to  give  all 
of  my  time  today  to  Dr.  Galvez  and  his  fifty-seven  varieties 
of  Pan-Americanism,  every  one  of  which  has  a  real  piquancy 
to  it  and  worthwhileness  that  should  have  its  influence  upon  us 
all;  and  I  was  so  impressed  with  the  discussion  that  Mr.  Cook 
gave  us,  and  then  by  this  admirable,  frank  and  helpful  talk  by 
you,  Mr.  Villalobos — I  congratulate  you  upon  your  progress 
in  English — but  I  want  to  say  to  Dr.  Galvez  that  if  he  ever 
gets  tired  of  living  down  in  Chile — you  know  he  said  he  did 
not  like  California  because  it  was  so  far  from  Chile,  the  center 
of  the  earth — if  he  ever  gets  tired  down  there  there  is  just  one 
thing  for  him  to  do,  and  that  is  to  come  to  California  and  run 
for  Congress,  or  Governor,  or  something  of  that  kind,  because 
he  knows  how  to  put  it  over.  You  know  that  some  of  us  up 
here  think  that  we  are  pretty  good  politicians,  and  fairly 
good  at  speech-making;  but  I  want  to  tell  you,  after  23  or  24 
years  of  Latin  America,  I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  we 
are  mere  children  compared  to  our  Latin-American  friends  in 
the  art  of  speech-making  and  of  politics.     In  Mexico  they  have 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  87 

forgotten  more  about  politics  than  we  have  learned  in  a  hun- 
dred years,  and  it  is  so  in  nearly  all  of  the  Latin-American 
countries.  Their  revolutions  are  not  revolutions;  they  are 
simply  evolutions — political  evolutions — that  is  all.  Why,  I 
once  stopped  a  revolution  in  Panama  by  calling  out  the  band 
to  play.  They  liked  the  music  so  much  better  than  the  revolu- 
tion that  they  discontinued  it. 

But  I  want  to  speak  seriously,  and  tell  you  that  there  was 
never  a  more  unfair  slur  upon  Latin  America  than  this  talk 
about  revolutions.  Do  you  know  that  there  have  been  four  or 
five  times  as  many  revolutions  in  Europe  during  the  last  hun- 
dred years  than  there  have  been  in  Latin  America?  Do  you 
know  that  up  to  the  World  War  there  had  been  a  thousand 
times  more  people  killed  in  revolutions  in  Europe  than  all 
Latin  America?  Do  you  know  that  for  the  last  forty  years 
there  has  been  no  war  between  any  two  Latin-American  coun- 
tries? Do  you  know  there  has  been  only  one  or  two  really 
serious  revolutions?  And  when  we  speak  of  the  reliability  of 
Latin  America,  do  you  know  that  states  of  the  United  States 
and  governments  of  Europe  have  defaulted  upon  their  obliga- 
tions, but  not  one  Latin-American  country  has  ever  defaulted 
upon  a  foreign  loan? 

I  have  so  much  to  say  today  that  I  feel  as  if  I  was  trying 
to  jump  from  mountain-peak  to  peak.  I  am  the  goat — the 
mountain  goat,  you  might  say — trying  to  get  to  you  a  message 
upon  Pan-Americanism,  America's  greatest  opportunity,  and  I 
want,  in  the  short  time  at  my  disposal,  to  deliver  to  you  a  mes- 
sage which  I  hope  will  cause  every  man,  woman  and  student — 
boy  or  girl — in  this  room  to  go  out  with  a  greater  vision  of  the 
future  than  he  or  she  has  ever  had  before,  a  greater  sense  of 
responsibility,  a  realization  of  the  meaning  of  Pan-America 
and  Pan-Americanism,  and  of  the  responsibility  upon  the  peo- 
ple of  Los  Angeles  and  California  and  the  United  States  to- 
wards the  Latin-American  countries;  to  so  bring  about  a  re- 
lationship among  the  peoples  and  nations  of  the  Western 
Hemisphere  that  Pan-America,  the  Western  Hemisphere,  shall 
be  forever  not  only  the  hope,  but  the  leader,  of  the  world's 
progress. 

My  friends,  do  you  stop  to  think  that,  in  the  heart  of  Europe 
and  Asia,  there  has  been  a  great  volcanic  eruption  of  society 


88  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

which  has  started  a  great  tidal-wave  of  human  influences, 
sweeping  almost  everything  in  its  mighty  power  before  it? 
One  element  of  that  torrent  is  sweeping  eastward  toward  the 
Pacific,  across  Asia,  and  is  casting  its  spray  of  Bolshevism  upon 
Japan  and  China,  and  the  whole  Pacific  shores.  Another  great 
force  of  that  tidal-wave  is  sweeping  westward  towards  the  At- 
lantic Ocean,  casting  its  spray  not  only  over  Germany  and 
Poland  and  Czecho-Slovakia  and  those  countries,  but  even  upon 
the  shores  of  mighty  Britain,  upon  fair  and  lovely  France,  and 
even  Spain  and  Italy.  Myfriends,  I  want  to  say  to  you  that  it 
would  seem  as  if  God  had  placed  the  United  States  and  Latin 
America,  with  the  great  Atlantic  Ocean  on  the  one  hand  and 
the  great  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  other,  in  order  that  here  the 
youth  of  the  world — the  New  World — should  be  the  saving 
influence,  under  God's  guidance,  to  carry  the  world  through 
the  greatest  crisis  it  has  ever  known,  and  make  triumphant  that 
democracy,  that  civilization,  and  that  Christianity,  for  which 
all  America  stands. 

Do  you  realize  why  we  use  that  term  Pan-America,  or  Pan- 
Americanism,  instead  of  America  or  Americanism?  Because 
the  word  "pan"  is  common  in  the  Spanish  and  Portuguese,  and 
in  English,  and  therefore  Pan-America  and  Pan-Americanism 
are  understood  by  every  man,  woman  and  child  in  the  coun- 
tries south  of  the  United  States,  and  in  Canada  on  the  north. 

Pan-America,  in  its  strict  geographical  sense,  includes  every- 
thing from  the  Arctic  to  the  Antarctic,  and  between  the  At- 
lantic and  the  Pacific  Oceans.  Politically,  however,  Pan- 
America  generally  means  the  twenty-one  independent  Republics 
of  the  Western  Hemisphere — the  United  States  and  the  twenty 
countries  lying  south  of  it;  and  right  here  I  stop  for  a  moment, 
and  want  to  say  to  this  great  audience  that  I  am  one  of  those 
who  are  anxiously  counting  the  days  until  Pan-America  politic- 
ally shall  not  only  comprise  the  United  States  and  the  twenty 
Latin-American  Republics,  but  shall  also  comprise  the  great 
sister  country,  Canada,  on  the  north.  Canada  today  is  almost 
as  independent  as  is  the  United  States  or  any  Latin-American 
country,  and  she  has  developed  a  great  trade  and  friendly  inter- 
est with  those  countries,  as  well  as  with  the  United  States,  and 
we  hope  that  the  time  is  not  far  distant  when  she  shall  be  con- 
sidered, politically,  as  well  as  geographically,  a  member  of  the 
Pan-American  Union. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  89 

Now,  I  have  not  the  time  to  dilate  on  that,  but  what  does 
this  expression  Pan-Americanism  mean?  The  term  sounds  a 
little  strange  at  first  to  the  average  person,  just  as  Pan-Ger- 
manism did;  but  it  is  an  entirely  different  thing,  and  has  an 
entirely  different  significance  from  Pan-Germanism,  which 
largely,  in  a  sense,  was  responsible  for  the  World  War.  Pan- 
Americanism  means  simply  the  cooperation  of  all  of  the 
American  countries  for  the  good  of  all  of  those  countries,  and 
for  each  of  them,  with  no  special  favor  for  one,  or  prominence 
for  one.  And  the  Americas  must  always  strive  for  that,  if  they 
are  going  to  make  Pan-Americanism  a  lasting  principle  that 
everybody  will  follow. 

Now,  where  are  Pan-America  and  Pan-Americanism 
housed?  Oh,  how  I  wish  I  could  this  afternoon  transport  you 
all  from  this  exquisite  environment  to  far-away  Washington, 
and  show  you  that  Capitol  of  Pan-America,  which  recently 
became,  as  it  were,  the  Capitol  of  the  World;  to  show  you  that 
great  marble  structure  which  the  greatest  living  French  archi- 
tect, in  an  address  before  the  Sorbonne  (I  had  the  honor  of 
being  a  guest  of  that  university  in  Paris),  described  as  combin- 
ing nobility  of  expression,  beauty  of  architecture,  and  practical 
usefulness,  more  than  any  other  public  building  in  America, 
and  possibly  more  than  any  other  public  building  in  the  wide 
world.  Think  of  it!  The  temple  of  Pan-Americanism. 
Everything  about  it  suggesting  confidence — mutual  confidence 
and  good-will;  suggesting  friendship  that  is  undying;  suggest- 
ing everlasting  peace  among  the  nations  of  the  world. 

You  have  just  read  hew  old  General  Joffre  has  just  been 
across  the  continent,  and  you  read  how  last  night  he  nearly 
went  to  sleep  speaking;  he  became  so  tired — that  savior  of 
the  Marne,  and  possibly,  therefore,  of  Christianity;  that  great 
old  hero  of  Prance.  Do  you  remember  when  he  came  over 
to  the  United  States  in  the  middle  of  the  war?  Oh,  I  do  re- 
member it  so  well.  I  was  Director-General  of  the  Pan-Ameri- 
can Union.  We  gave  him  a  magnificent  reception  in  that  beau- 
tiful, exquisite  hall,  in  each  corner  of  which  is  the  word  "Pax." 
Then  I  took  him  into  that  council  chamber;  I  showed  him  that 
room,  with  the  great  oval  table,  with  twenty-one  chairs  around 
it,  each  chair  carrying  the  name  of  an  American  republic — the 
United  States  and  Mexico,  and  south  to  Argentina  and  Chile — 
each  chair  carrying  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  country;  and  then 


90  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

I  showed  him  that  wonderful  bronze  frieze  and  the  photo- 
graph of  the  Secretary  of  State  and  ambassadors  and  ministers 
from  Latin-American  countries  who  sit  there  shoulder  to  shoul- 
der and  elbow  to  elbow,  their  feet  under  the  same  table,  dis- 
cussing the  affairs  of  the  Western  Hemisphere;  and  emphasiz- 
ing to  him  that  since  that  day  they  first  began  to  sit  there,  and 
to  put  their  feet  under  that  table,  there  had  been  not  even  a 
suggestion  of  real  war  between  any  two  of  the  American  re- 
publics; that  when  any  suggestion  of  it  had  come,  always  the 
other  nineteen,  sitting  there  at  the  table,  facing  the  ambassa- 
dors of  those  two,  said  to  them,  "Here,  if  you  would  do  this, 
you  would  do  it  against  the  will  of  this  family  that  sits  around 
this  table."  And,  my  friends,  there  has  been  no  approach  to 
war  since  that  Council  has  been  meeting  regularly  every  month, 
except  in  the  heart  of  summer. 

Old  General  Joffre  looked  at  those  photographs,  at  that 
table,  walked  around  it,  and  I  saw  that  this  great  soldier  had 
tears  in  his  eyes;  and  then,  in  exquisite  French — I  wish  I  could 
quote  him,  but  my  pronunciation  is  too  poor — and  he  said, 
"Mr.  Director-General,  you  know  I  cannot  help  but  think  that 
if  there  had  been  in  London  or  Berlin,  in  Paris  or  Vienna,  a 
great  Pan-European  temple  of  peace  like  this,  a  Pan-European 
room  like  this,  a  Pan-European  Council  like  this,  a  Pan-Euro- 
pean table  like  this,  and  if  around  that  table  in  July,  1914,  had 
been  seated  the  ambassadors  and  ministers  of  the  European 
countries,  elbow  to  elbow  and  shoulder  to  shoulder,  I  feel  that 
the  world  war  would  never  have  taken  place." 

Now,  my  friends,  are  you  not  proud  of  the  home  of  Pan- 
Americanism  in  Washington?  If  you  are  not,  let  me  tell  you 
that  when  Mr.  Balfour  left  Washington  after  the  arms  con- 
ference he  went  out  of  his  way  to  come  to  me,  although  I  had 
not  remained  as  Director  of  the  Pan-American  Union;  I  had 
resigned  the  year  before,  because,  after  twenty-five  years  of 
public  life,  I  was  coming  dangerously  close  to  the  poor-house. 
Mr.  Balfour  said  to  me,  "Mr.  Barrett,  as  long  as  you  were 
responsible  for  the  construction  of  this  building,  and  you  cared 
for  it  as  a  mother  cared  for  its  child,  for  long  years,  I  want  to 
tell  you  that  I  heard  every  plenipotentiary  to  this  arms  confer- 
ence— every  one  of  them — say  that  the  environment  of  the 
Pan-American  Building,  where  all  sessions  except  a  few  of  the 
plenary  sessions  were  held,  where  all  the  committee  sessions 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  91 

were  held — say  that  the  influence  of  this  building,  and  above 
all,  the  word  'Peace'  watching  over  every  plenary  session  of 
the  committees,  that  was  indeed  a  tremendous  influence,  and 
every  man  said  he  did  not  feel  he  could  leave  that  environ- 
ment without  making  the  conference  a  success."  I  therefore 
say  to  you  I  think  the  Pan-American  Building  was  a  great  ele- 
ment in  the  success  of  this  mighty  gathering.  Think  of  what 
that  is  doing  for  the  influence  of  Pan-Americanism. 

Now,  my  friends,  go  there  the  next  time  you  make  a  trip 
to  Washington,  and  the  inspiration  of  that  building,  if  you  are 
not  a  Pan-American  already,  if  you  do  not  know  Latin  America 
and  do  not  understand  the  spirit  of  Pan-America,  I  defy  you 
to  leave  that  environment  without  going  away  enthusiastic 
about  Pan-Americanism.  What  is  perhaps  the  best  thing  about 
it  is  that  the  Latin-American  Governments,  the  Latin-Ameri- 
can people,  ambassadors  and  ministers,  have  always  taken  just 
as  much  pride  in  it  as  have  the  representatives  of  the  United 
States,  and  although  it  is  upon  the  soil  of  the  United  States  it  is 
the  property  and  the  home  of  Mexico,  and  of  Chile,  and  Ar- 
gentina and  Colombia,  and  the  others,  as  much  as  it  is  of  the 
United  States.  And  there  it  stands,  the  Capitol  of  the  West- 
ern Hemisphere,  where  every  nation,  and  every  man  and 
woman  in  all  America,  is  represented  in  deliberations  which 
mean  much  for  the  benefit  of  all  our  countries  and  peoples. 

Oh,  my  friends,  I  would  this  afternoon  that  we  might  con- 
struct a  great  airship  that  could  bear  us  all  away  so  that  we 
could,  in  some  miraculous  manner,  obtain  a  bird's-eye  view  of 
all  Latin  America,  in  order  that  we  might  truly  catch  the  enor- 
mous significance  of  Pan-Americanism.  As  it  is,  I  am  going  to 
imagine  we  are  starting  this  moment  from  Los  Angeles — and 
I  am  going  to  make  you  travel  fast — about  five  thousand  miles 
a  minute.  Now,  we  have  started.  We  have  already  arrived 
in  Brazil.  We  are  looking  down  upon  Brazil — five  thousand, 
six  thousand,  seven  thousand,  eight  thousand  miles  south  from 
here.  The  country  is  so  large  that  if  some  Brobdignagian 
giant  could  pick  up  the  United  States  he  could  put  it  inside  of 
Brazil,  and  have  room  left  for  California  once  or  twice.  And 
there  is  the  great  Amazon.  At  Para  we  have  an  Atlantic  port 
2200  miles  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  only  700  from  the 
Pacific,  and  right  there  I  counted  nineteen  vessels  loaded  down 


92  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

to  twenty-two  feet,  and  they  had  to  go  2200  miles  from  the 
heart  of  South  America  before  they  entered  the  great  Atlantic. 

Two  thousand  miles  further  south  than  the  Amazon  we  see 
what  is  perhaps  the  most  beautiful  city  in  the  Western  Hemis- 
phere, and  one  of  the  most  beautiful  in  the  world;  with  a  popu- 
lation of  nearly  one  and  one-half  millions;  where  they  are 
going  to  hold  this  autumn  the  greatest  exposition  known  in 
America;  with  a  harbor  so  beautiful,  so  exquisite,  that  I  know 
of  none — and  I  have  been  three  times  around  the  world — that 
can  equal  it. 

Two  thousand  miles  farther  south  we  come  to  Montevideo, 
the  capital  of  Uraguay,  with  a  population  of  five  hundred 
thousand,  where  they  can  float  the  fleets  of  all  the  maritime 
countries  of  the  world. 

We  fly  from  there  across  to  Buenos  Aires,  and  what  do  we 
see?  We  see  the  first  Spanish-speaking  city  of  the  world,  the 
second  Latin  city,  next  to  Paris,  and  the  third  of  the  Western 
Hemisphere,  after  New  York  and  Chicago.  This  city  of  nearly 
two  millions,  where  you  can  see  the  finest  newspaper  building 
in  America,  the  finest  opera  house,  the  finest  club  in  America, 
and  other  evidences  of  great  world  progress.  Then  you  are 
in  a  country — think  of  it — Argentina  has  a  greater  reach 
north  and  south  in  the  southern  temperate  zone  than  the  United 
States  in  the  northern  temperate  zone. 

Right  across  from  Argentina  you  see  Chile.  Lots  of  people 
throughout  the  United  States,  when  they  think  of  Chile,  think 
of  chili  con  carne,  and  there  it  ends.  They  do  not  realize  that 
if  you  put  the  southern  end  of  Chile  down  at  Tia  Juana,  or  say 
that  we  rest  it  in  San  Diego,  the  northern  end  would  not  end 
in  Oregon,  or  in  Washington,  or  on  the  British  Columbia- 
Alaskan  line,  but  run  up  into  the  heart  of  Alaska — all  in  the 
southern  temperate  zone,  and  facing  the  Pacific  Ocean.  They 
do  not  stop  to  think  of  that. 

Then  there  is  Sanitago,  the  capital  city,  of  over  half  a  mil- 
lion— larger  than  our  Washington;  and  Valparaiso,  where  they 
are  spending  millions  in  making  one  of  the  great  harbors  of  the 
world. 

Come  up  past  Bolivia,  through  mighty  Peru,  and  then  Equa- 
dor  and  Colombia  and  Venezuela.  Into  these  countries  of  Co- 
lombia and  Venezuela  could  be  placed  all  of  Germany  and  all 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  93 

of  France,  yet  they  are  much  nearer  to  New  York  than  Los 
Angeles,  and  they  are  in  the  beginning  of  a  mighty  future. 

Then  I  would  like  to  speak  of  Cuba,  of  the  Dominican  Re- 
public, of  Haiti — but  just  a  word  about  great  Mexico.  Mexico 
is  so  near  that  we  do  not  stop  to  think  that  if  you  laid  Mexico 
down  on  the  map  of  the  United  States  it  would  cover  every- 
thing from  Western  Texas  to  Virginia,  if  we  except  Virginia, 
West  Virginia  and  Tennessee,  and  that  section  below  it. 

And  then  there  comes  this  monumental  thought — the  great 
material,  the  great  economic  possibilities  of  Pan-Americanism 
with  these  countries,  these  twenty  countries  —  think  of  it  — 
which  cover  an  area  of  nine  millions  of  square  miles,  that  con- 
duct themselves  annually  a  foreign  commerce  of  five  billions 
of  dollars.  They  have  a  population  down  there  practically  of 
one  hundred  millions,  nearly  as  large  as  ours,  and  it  is  increas- 
ing very,  very  rapidly  by  reproduction,  by  natural  processes, 
and  which,  in  this  new  relationship,  is  going  to  increase  more 
rapidly  by  immigration  from  the  Old  World  than  we  are  doing. 
During  the  next  ten  or  twenty  years  there  will  be,  with  the 
United  States,  nearly  220  millions  of  people  upon  the  Western 
Hemisphere — every  one  of  them  vitally  interested  in  the  cause 
of  Pan-Americanism. 

Now,  here  is  this  hammer-thought,  as  I  might  say,  which 
almost  knocks  you  senseless  with  its  mightiness :  Do  you  real- 
ize that  Latin  America  is  now,  as  far  as  natural,  physical  and 
economic  development  is  concerned,  where  the  United  States 
was  fifty  or  sixty  years  ago?  The  whole  West  Coast  of  Mex- 
ico— that  marvelously  rich  section  of  the  West  Coast — Central 
and  South  America,  are  just  about  where  California  and  Ore- 
gon and  Washington  were  sixty  years  ago,  as  far  as  the  devel- 
opment of  their  natural  resources  are  concerned.  Now,  then, 
where  is  your  imagination?  What  will  that  mean,  when  the 
capital  of  North  America,  when  our  own  capital,  working  hand 
in  hand  with  our  South  American,  with  our  Latin,  friends,  shall 
operate  to  make  those  countries  bring  forth  the  wondrous 
wealth  which  nature  has  given  them  in  unlimited  quantities? 
Ah  !  and  when  there  is,  back  of  those  great  economic  resources, 
a  significance,  a  wonderful  cultural  history — the  inspiration  of 
a  great  civilization. 

Aye,  is  it  not  true  that  a  hundred  years  before  John  Har- 
vard or  Elihu  Yale  thought  of  founding  the  great  universities 


94  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

that  carry  their  names,  San  Marcos  had  long  been  in  existence? 
When  that  great  Pan-American,  Theodore  Roosevelt,  arrived 
on  the  borders  of  Brazil  on  his  famous  trip  around  Latin 
America,  he  said,  "The  new  civilization  of  the  United  States 
greets  the  older  civilization  of  Latin  America."  Yes,  what  an 
inspiration  there  is  in  that.  Go  back  into  history;  consider 
the  attainments  of  those  intelligent  people,  the  Aztecs  and  the 
Incas,  and  others,  and  think  of  what  an  heritage  is  there,  which 
is  not  that  of  North  America,  of  the  United  States,  and  yet 
should  be, — a  cause  of  sympathetic  interest  in  Pan-American- 
ism, and  an  inspiration  to  us.  Now,  my  friends,  I  must  not 
touch  further  upon  that.  Mind  you,  the  time  is  so  short  that 
I  am  endeavoring  to  take  up  a  very  few  of  the  thoughts  that  I 
intended  to  put  before  you. 

Let  me  say,  before  I  forget  it:  Referring  to  your  going 
to  Washington,  if  you  do  go  there,  make  yourself  known  to 
my  successor,  Dr.  Rowe,  who  is  in  many  respects  a  much  better 
and  a  much  more  competent  Pan-American  than  myself,  a  man 
who  has  spent  long  years  in  the  furtherance  of  this  splendid 
cause.  You  heard  his  telegram  read  this  morning.  He  will 
give  you  just  as  warm  a  welcome  as  I  could.  He  will  see  that 
you  are  taken  all  over  that  splendid  building;  only  tell  him  that 
you  come  from  here,  and  mention  the  name  of  Dr.  von  Klein- 
Smid.    I  know  I  would  do  it,  and  I  know  he  will. 

Now,  just  a  word  in  regard  to  the  future  of  Pan-American- 
ism. This  is  a  vital  consideration,  depending  upon  three  theses 
— the  political,  the  economic,  and  the  cultural.  I  would  like  to 
subdivide  these  endlessly,  and  analyze  to  you  what  the  United 
States  must  do,  what  Mexico  must  do,  what  Chile  must  do, 
what  Brazil  and  Argentina  must  do,  what  Cuba  must  do,  what 
Canada  must  do,  what  California  must  do;  and  I  could  go  on 
enjoying  that  analysis,  and  trying  to  build  up,  after  the  analysis, 
enjoying  a  synthetic  construction  of  a  great  new  picture  of  the 
future  of  Pan-Americanism;  so  that  every  North  American  and 
South  American  and  Central  American  and  Mexican  may  say, 
on  leaving  this  great  conference,  "I  pledge  myself  to  work  as 
never  before  for  a  better  understanding,  and  a  lasting  under- 
standing, between  all  of  the  American  republics,  for  their  com- 
mon good." 

Now,  my  friends,  you  have  heard  so  much  today  about  the 
cultural  side,  that  there  is  hardly  anything  remaining  in  that 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  95 

regard  for  discussion,  but  I  do  want  to  congratulate  you  upon 
what  you  are  trying  to  do,  the  exchange  of  professors  and  stu- 
dents. When  I  go  back  to  a  day  of  fifteen  or  twenty  years  ago, 
when  I  suggested  that  thing  to  American  universities  and  col- 
leges they  recoiled  from  it.  When  I  first  began  writing  and 
suggesting  the  teaching  of  Spanish  only  three  universities  would 
listen,  and  only  eleven  high  schools  were  teaching  Spanish  at 
first,  and  now  there  are  nearly  four  thousand  doing  that.  In 
those  days  there  was  hardly  a  newspaper  in  New  York,  San 
Francisco,  Los  Angeles  or  New  Orleans  that  would  give  a 
single  stick  of  space  to  Latin-American  affairs.  Today  hardly 
a  day  passes  when  a  New  York  paper  does  not  give  at  least  two 
or  three  paragraphs  to  a  column  or  two.  There  is  a  tremen- 
dous interest  in  the  financial  and  economic  development  of 
Latin  America  among  the  newspapers  throughout  the  country, 
and  magazines  are  filled  with  articles  about  those  countries  as 
never  before;  and  everywhere  women's  clubs,  universities,  col- 
leges, and  divers  organizations — social,  civic  and  otherwise — 
are  anxious  to  know  more  about  Latin  America. 

There  is  this  also — oh,  I  speak  from  long  years  of  experi- 
ence— we  have  got  to  make,  as  far  as  Pan-Americanism  is 
concerned,  we  have  got  to  make  Spanish  the  great  language 
that  we  teach  in  our  schools  and  universities  and,  in  turn,  we 
are  going  to  ask  Latin  America — in  Brazil  as  well,  where  Port- 
uguese is  spoken  throughout — to  make  English  their  great 
foreign  tongue.  When  we  have  done  that  we  have  established 
a  new  condition  which  we  have  not  had  before;  but  the  burden 
is  on  our  shoulders,  because  the  proportion  is  about  one  hun- 
dred to  one  today  of  Latin  Americans  who  can  speak  English 
to  Americans  who  can  speak  Spanish.  The  burden  is  upon  us, 
and  it  is  up  to  us  to  set  the  example. 

Then  there  is  the  question  of  travel.  Don't  always  go  to 
Europe,  to  Japan,  to  Honolulu  or  Canada,  but  go  to  Latin 
America.  Go  at  least  to  Mexico.  There  are  now  wonderful 
new  steamers,  as  fine  as  those  crossing  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific, 
taking  you  from  New  York  or  other  eastern  ports,  also  from 
our  coast  here,  to  those  Latin-American  countries.  You  will 
get  a  welcome  that  will  make  your  heart  glad. 

Then,  as  to  the  economic  feature,  I  will  tell  you  something 
that  will  surprise  you.  Do  you  know  that  in  the  year  1913-14, 
the  last  fiscal  year  before  the  war,  that  the  total  exports  and 


96  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

imports  of  the  United  States  to  and  from  Latin  America,  for 
the  first  time  in  history,  were  greater  than  those  of  Great  Brit- 
ain, Germany  or  France,  our  trade  with  these  twenty  countries 
or  more  exceeded  that  of  Great  Britain  by  one  hundred  and 
fifty  million  dollars,  and  that  of  Germany  by  three  hundred 
million  dollars.  In  other  words,  our  total  trade  with  Latin 
America,  just  before  the  war  broke  out,  was  eight  hundred  and 
fifty  million  dollars,  that  of  Great  Britain  seven  hundred  mil- 
lion dollars,  and  that  of  Germany  about  five  hundred  million 
dollars.  Then  came  the  boom  of  the  war,  and  our  commerce 
grew  to  three  billions  or  four  billions  of  dollars.  Talk  about 
booms — Los  Angeles  never  had  such  a  boom  in  real  estate  as 
had  Latin-American  trade  by  reason  of  the  war.  Then  the 
collapse  came,  and  the  balloon  burst.  They  are  getting  back 
now  to  pre-war  conditions.  My  suggestion  is  this:  that  the 
people  of  the  United  States  and  of  Latin  America  must  co- 
operate in  every  sound  way  for  the  best  interests  of  all  these 
countries.  There  is  this  question  of  exchange.  In  order  to 
build  up  a  great  economic  structure  we  have  got  to  have  sta- 
bility of  money,  without  that  variation  that  now  exists.  Yes, 
then  we  have  got  to  have  stability  of  tariff  among  the  countries ; 
stability  of  shipping. 

The  dollars  of  North  America  are  going  into  South  Ameri- 
can and  Latin-American  countries  for  the  development  of  their 
vast  resources.  We  have  got  to  spend  four  or  five  billions  of 
dollars  there,  bringing  the  wealth  out  of  the  soil,  harnessing 
water  power,  building  railways,  public  roads,  helping  their  gov- 
ernments in  reviving  themselves  after  this  war.  Yes,  and  we 
have  got  to  develop  a  great  system  of  commercial  arbitration 
between  the  countries. 

Now,  my  friends,  I  come  to  perhaps  the  most  important — 
you  know  I  have  only  touched  a  very  few  of  the  high  places — 
I  come  now  to  the  most  important,  and  the  most  delicate,  to 
the  final  observation  that  I  have  to  make;  that  is,  in  regard  to 
our  political  relations.  Do  you  know,  there  is  one  solution  of 
this  whole  thing?  I  say  it  as  one  who  perhaps  knows  Latin 
Americans  as  well  as  any  other  person  in  this  country.  I  have 
been  your  Minister  in  three  of  the  countries,  and  just  as  much 
an  officer  of  Mexico  and  Argentina  and  Chile  as  in  the  United 
States.  When  I  was  in  Asia  I  learned  to  think  as  the  Buddhist 
and    the    Shintoist    thought,    as    the    Chinese    and    Japanese 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  97 

thought,  and  then  I  got  at  the  heart  of  things.  When  I  started 
in  Latin  America  I  followed  that  practice  until  I  began  to  think 
from  the  standpoint  of  a  Latin  American;  and  today  I  can 
think  in  terms  of  the  Meixcan  just  as  easily  as  Dr.  Villalobos 
can,  with  just  as  much  sincerity,  and  at  the  same  time  I  can 
think  in  the  terms  of  my  own  country.  While  I  am  thoroughly 
a  devoted  and  patriotic  citizen  of  my  own  country,  this  knowl- 
edge I  have  of  Latin  America  makes  me  love  the  Latin  Ameri- 
can with  a  deep  and  affectionate  love;  makes  me,  perhaps  more 
than  anyone  else  in  this  country,  look  for  the  beginning  of  a 
new  era  of  cooperation  and  accord  and  mutual  confidence,  that 
will  never  be  broken  in  the  years  to  come.  Truth  is  the  whole 
thing.  When  the  people  of  Mexico  and  Latin  Amrica  know 
the  truth  of  the  feeling  of  the  average  American  man  and 
woman  towards  Latin  America — despite  the  terrible  mistakes 
of  politicians  and  so-called  statesmen  which  have  tended  to- 
wards the  disruption  of  good  relations  between  these  peoples — 
when  North  and  South  America  and  Central  America  and 
Mexico  realize  the  truth  concerning  each  other,  and  the  real 
feeling  towards  each  other,  through  the  exchange  of  professors 
and  students,  through  travel,  through  study  and  research, 
through  conferences  like  this,  we  can  say  good-bye  to  distrust, 
to  doubt,  to  lack  of  confidence. 

My  friends,  I  wish  to  refer  to  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  When 
we  celebrate,  a  year  from  next  December,  the  one-hundredth 
anniversary  of  the  Declaration  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine — in 
1923,  when  we  celebrate,  you  know  what  I  want?  I  want  to 
see  the  Monroe  Doctrine  shaped  and  declared  to  be  a  Pan- 
American  doctrine;  that  Mexico,  and  Argentina,  and  Chile, 
and  all  other  countries  on  this  hemisphere,  will  feel  exactly 
the  same  relationship  towards  one  another — and  towards  the 
United  States — that  the  United  States  is  supposed  to  feel  to- 
wards the  Latin-American  countries — a  worthy  interpretation 
of  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  In  other  words,  I  want  to  see  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  declared  the  Pan-American  Doctrine;  that 
the  men  of  any  country  in  the  Americas  will  come  to  the  sup- 
port of  any  other  if  it  is  assaulted  or  unjustly  threatened  by 
any  of  the  powers  of  the  Old  World.  That  is  the  kind  of 
Pan-Americanism  we  must  have — and,  by  heavens,  it  was 
almost  true  in  the  late  struggle.  Did  not  the  great  majority 
if  the  twenty  Latin-American  countries  take  the  side  of  their 


98  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

sister  American  republic  in  the  great  World  War?  Sixteen  out 
of  the  twenty?  Among  the  other  four  the  popular  feeling  was 
almost  entirely  with  our  country;  not  simply  because  we  were 
the  United  States,  but  because  we  stood  for  the  same  funda- 
mental principles  of  democracy,  government,  civilization  and 
progress,  that  they  do,  and  if  the  United  States  would  fall  they 
knew  they  would  fall — as  we  know  that  if  they  fall  we  should 
fall. 

Create  out  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  the  doctrine  of  Pan- 
America  and  Pan-Americanism;  that  is  the  ideal  evolution  of 
the  Monroe  Doctrine. 

Do  you  grasp  the  fact  that  in  a  few  days  there  will  meet, 
under  the  influence  of  that  great  Pan-American  Building,  in 
conference  the  plenipotentiaries  of  Chile  and  Peru?  I  wonder 
if  you  grasp  the  tremendous  significance  of  this  thing?  Talk 
about  the  differences  between  Mexico  and  the  United  States 
or  other  Latin-American  countries — they  are  child's  play  to 
the  differences  and  feelings  that  have  existed  between  Chile  and 
Peru  since  their  great  war,  nearly  forty  years  ago;  and  I  want 
to  say  I  hope  and  pray,  and  I  believe,  every  American,  from 
the  United  States  and  South,  prays  that  that  conference  may 
result  in  an  agreement  which  will  bring  about  a  permanent  and 
lasting  peace  between  those  countries,  and  remove  the  greatest 
menace  there  is  today  to  Pan-Americanism  in  South  America. 
Give  your  prayers  to  God  for  the  sake  of  that  conference, 
which  will  soon  meet  in  Washington. 

Finally,  I  come  to  our  beloved  sister  republic  on  the  south, 
and  I  want  to  say  to  you,  very  earnestly,  just  a  word  or  two, 
and  then  I  am  done.  I  have  the  honor  of  a  personal  acquaint- 
ance with  President  Obregon,  and  I  regard  him  as  one  of 
the  clearest-headed  and  most  patriotic  statesmen  Mexico  has 
had  in  many  long  years.  I  believe  that  he  is  just  as  desirous  of 
doing  the  right  thing  as  any  man  in  the  United  States.  Corre- 
spondingly, I  have  known  Secretary  Hughes  almost  intimately 
ever  since  he  came  into  prominence.  Mind  you,  I  speak  of 
him,  and  not  of  President  Harding,  because  I  can  safely  tell 
you  this,  with  all  due  respect  to  President  Harding,  the  whole 
settlement  of  this  question  is  in  the  hands  of  Secretary  Hughes. 
You  perhaps  are  aware  of  that  fact.  Not  that  President  Hard- 
ing is  not  fully  capable  of  attending  to  it,  but  because  he  recog- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  99 

nizes  the  master  statesmanship  of  Secretary  Hughes.  Now, 
my  friends,  what  is  the  situation?  I  will  tell  it  frankly,  and 
then  I  will  suggest  what  I  believe  to  be  the  remedy.  We  all  in 
the  United  States  have  tremendous  confidence  in  Mr.  Hughes. 
He  made  a  wonderful  success  of  the  arms  conference,  despite 
all  of  the  enormous  difficulties.  I  followed  that  very  closely, 
because  I  was  there  all  the  time,  acting  as  advisor  myself  to 
one  or  two  of  the  governments.  We  believe  him  to  be  abso- 
lutely honest,  absolutely  courageous,  absolutely  just  and  fair; 
every  delegate  to  the  arms  conference  said  he  had  never  met 
a  fairer  mind,  a  more  sympathetic  mind,  in  foreign  affairs,  than 
that  of  Secretary  Hughes.  What  does  this  mean?  No  mat- 
ter how  much  I  might  wish  for  the  recognition  of  Mexico; 
no  matter  how  much  a  group  of  senators  and  congressmen  may 
wish  it,  no  matter  how  much  the  people  here  or  there  may  want 
it,  recognition  of  Mexico  is  only  going  to  take  place  when 
Secretary  Hughes  is  satisfied  on  his  side.  There  is  no  more 
chance  of  our  Congress  and  our  people  endeavoring  to  bring 
about  recognition,  with  Secretary  Hughes  opposed  to  it,  than 
there  is  of  overturning  the  Government.  That  is  absolute 
frankness  and  absolute  truth,  and  the  most  earnest,  the  most 
loyal,  and  the  most  vigorous  advocates  of  the  recognition  of 
Mexico,  who  want  it  at  once,  admit  that  fact  as  true — I  am 
one  of  them,  and  Mexico  has  no  better  friend  than  I.  On  the 
other  hand,  what  do  we  have?  We  have  a  corresponding  posi- 
tion, I  believe,  for  President  Obregon.  I  speak  of  him  rather 
than  the  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs,  because  the  American 
people  know  President  Obregon,  while  they  do  not  particularly 
know  his  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs,  though  he  is  a  very  able 
man.  They  look — the  American  people — upon  General  Obre- 
gon as  the  leader,  just  as  we  look  upon  Mr.  Hughes  as  our 
leader  in  foreign  affairs.  Now,  then,  I  believe  the  Mexican 
people  have  absolute  faith  in  the  wisdom,  the  courage,  the 
fairness  and  the  loyalty  of  President  Obregon,  and  that  there 
is  not  the  slightest  possibility  of  Mexico  agreeing  to  a  plan  of 
recognition  of  which  he  does  not  approve.  I  believe  that  they 
will  in  turn  stand  by  him  as  the  American  people  will  stand  by 
Mr.  Hughes  in  this  question  of  recognition.  Now,  I  say,  given 
these  two  conditions,  if  the  plenipotentiaries,  including  Mr. 
Hughes,  of  nine  of  the  great  powers,  with  vast  differences  in 
religion  and  race,  and  great  differences  in  political  matters,  if 


100  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

these  plenipotentiaries  can  get  together  in  Washington  and 
settle  what  is  perhaps  the  biggest  question  the  world  has 
known;  and  if  the  plenipotentiaries  now  of  thirty  or  forty 
powers  can  get  together  in  Genoa,  with  great  and  vast  differ- 
ences between  them,  and  endeavor  to  settle  their  problems,  why 
cannot  the  representatives  of  the  Mexican  and  United  States 
governments  get  together,  either  in  person — President  Obre- 
gon  and  Secretary  Hughes — say  upon  the  border,  say  at  El 
Paso,  or  Laredo,  or  Los  Angeles,  or  San  Diego,  or  Washing- 
ton; or,  if  not  they  themselves  directly,  through  their  plenipo- 
tentiary, and  there  initiate  a  program  upon  which  they  have 
agreed,  between  these  two  great  peoples?  If  they  will,  we 
shall  have  the  beginning  of  a  new  era  of  Pan-Americanism.  I 
am  not  going  to  enlarge  upon  that,  as  I  would  love  to;  but  I 
want  to  say  this  final  word:  My  friends,  this  is  an  historic 
occasion.  Let  us  not  treat  it  lightly;  let  us  feel  that  each  one 
of  us  is  a  unit  in  the  cause  of  Pan-Americanism.  Let  us  try 
to  interpret  Pan-Americanism  in  the  right  way,  and  then  let 
us  carry  our  knowledge  to  other  men  and  to  other  women ;  let 
us  try  to  look  at  Mexico  from  the  Mexican  point  of  view  and 
let  us  ask  them  to  look  at  our  questions  from  our  side.  Let  us 
realize  that  the  very  life  of  every  country  of  the  Western 
Hemisphere  depends  upon  Pan-Americanism,  depends  upon 
the  solidarity  of  the  Western  Hemisphere.  For  unless  we  real- 
ize this,  unless  we  realize  the  need  of  a  common  purpose  and 
a  unity  in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  we  can  visualize  the  possi- 
bility of  a  great  flood  of  Asiatic  people  oversweeping  our 
shores,  and  making  us  vassals,  instead  of  leaders  under  God's 
direction. 

Yes,  my  friends,  under  the  inspiration  of  this  occasion,  with 
a  profound  love  for  our  sister  republics  and  their  peoples — 
and,  we  hope,  theirs  for  us — let  us  go  out  of  these  rooms  and 
from  this  conference  consecrating  our  lives  and  our  efforts  of 
the  future  to  that  ideal  Pan-Americanism,  that  will  cause  God 
Himself  to  say,  "Well  done.     Blessings  upon  you." 

DOCTOR  VON  KLEINSMID 

It  was  the  plan  of  the  University  of  Southern  California, 
modestly  but  sincerely,  to  ask  the  delegates  of  the  various  Span- 
ish-American countries  to  come  and  spend  \r.L~  us,  happily  and 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  101 

interestedly,  a  few  days,  with  no  thought  of  anything  which 
might  approach  a  formal  organization  of  this  conference.  It 
seems,  however,  that  it  is  in  the  minds  of  many  of  the  delegates 
that  the  conference  should  end  in  some  sort  of  expression, 
usually  found  in  sets  of  resolutions.  It  will  be  necessary  then, 
not  to  organize  the  machinery  of  a  conference  through  a  chair- 
man, secretaries,  etc.,  but  at  least  at  this  time  to  have  a  Com- 
mittee on  Resolutions  appointed.  Any  delegate  of  the  confer- 
ence is  authorized  and  empowered  to  make  a  motion  to  this 
effect,  and  to  state  how  the  Committee  on  Resolutions  shall 
be  named. 

(It  was  thereupon  moved,  seconded  and  carried  that  a  Com- 
mittee on  Resolutions,  to  consist  of  five  members,  representing 
as  many  different  countries,  should  be  created;  that  Doctor  von 
KleinSmid  should  act  as  chairman  of  the  said  Committee  on 
Resolutions,  and  should  appoint  the  other  four  members 
thereof.) 


April  Twenty-eighth 

MORNING    SESSION 

Inauguration 


INVOCATION 

by 

BISHOP  WILLIAM  BERTRAND  STEVENS, 

Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

Episcopal  Diocese  of  Los  Angeles 

Let  us  pray.  Oh,  Almighty  God,  fountain  of  all  wisdom, 
the  true  light  that  lighted  freedom,  come  Thou  into  the  world 
to  guide  and  inspire  us,  Thy  children,  gathered  here  in  Thy 
Name  and  Presence;  send  down  upon  us  Thy  holy  spirit,  and 
prepare  us  in  heart  and  mind  for  the  duties  and  privileges  of 
this  hour.  Bless  Thy  university  that  has  brought  us  together 
in  this  fellowship  of  religion  and  learning,  and  grant  that  all 
may  both  perceive  and  know  what  things  they  ought  to  do,  and 
may  have  power  faithfully  to  fulfill  the  same.  Bless  Thy  serv- 
ant, Rufus  Bernhard  von  KleinSmid,  called  to  its  presidency, 
and  grant  that  his  administration  and  government  may  ever 
be  to  Thy  glory  and  honor,  and  to  the  advancement  of  Thy 
Kingdom.  Regard  with  Thy  favor  and  visit  with  Thy  blessings 
all  institutions  of  sound  learning  here  represented.  Secure  to 
them  the  means  of  their  usefulness.  Give  to  their  teachers  a 
sense  of  meaning  and  a  consciousness  of  the  worthwhileness  of 
their  task.  And  to  all  students  give  such  high  purpose  and 
missions  that  they  may  run  their  course  with  fidelity  and  honor. 

And  to  these  our  petitions  we  add  our  unfeigned  thanks  for 
all  Thy  goodness  and  loving  kindness,  for  the  goodness  and 
generosity  of  benefactors,  teachers  and  earnest  students.  Grant 
that  they  and  we  may  be  joined  together  in  one  communion  and 
fellowship  in  the  mystical  body  of  Christ  Our  Lord,  Who 
taught  us  to  pray: 

"Our  Father,  Who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  Thy  Name. 
Thy  kingdom  come,  Thy  will  be  done,  on  earth  as  it  is  in 
heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread,  and  forgive  us 
our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive  those  who  trespass  against  us; 
and  lead  us  not  into  temptation,  but  deliver  us  from  evil.  For 
Thine  is  the  kingdom,  the  power  and  the  glory,  forever  and 
ever.     Amen." 


106  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

GEORGE  FINLEY  BOVARD,  D.D.,  LL.D. 

President  Emeritus,  University  of  Southern  California 
Presiding 

It  is  very  fitting  that  I,  the  President  Emeritus,  should  make 
a  few  preliminary  remarks  at  this  epochal  event  in  the  history 
of  the  University  of  Southern  California.  Some  of  my  friends 
seem  to  think  that  words  of  condolence  are  due  me,  and  that 
such  words  would  meet  a  response  in  my  innermost  nature. 
Far  be  it  from  me  to  entertain  such  a  thought  for  a  moment. 
This  wonderful  display  of  flowers  does  not  indicate  a  funeral, 
but  it  does  add  to  the  beauty  and  pleasure  of  this  joyful  hour. 
I  am  very  happy  to  have  the  honor  of  presiding  at  this,  the 
crowning  session  of  the  inaugural  program. 

Nineteen  years  ago  this  very  month  I  was  elected  to  the 
Presidency  of  this  institution.  There  were  then  fifty-nine  stu- 
dents of  college  rank,  and  two  hundred  and  fifty  in  the  acad- 
emy. The  University  has  grown.  The  enrollment  of  students 
now  is  in  excess  of  six  thousand.  Our  teaching  staff  now  out- 
numbers the  entire  student  body  in  the  year  nineteen  hundred 
and  three. 

We  rejoice  that  the  new  President,  so  well  equipped  for  his 
work,  comes  to  us  under  such  favorable  conditions.  There  is 
not  a  discordant  note  anywhere.  The  students,  the  faculty,  the 
alumni,  the  Trustees  and  the  friends  of  the  University  consti- 
tute a  von  KleinSmid  Boosters'  Club,  and  the  retiring  President 
is  the  biggest  booster  of  them  all. 

About  one  year  ago  I  had  a  severe  break  in  my  health.  It 
was  the  second  or  third  warning.  I  am  grateful  that  I  had  the 
good  judgment  and  the  courage  to  advise  the  Trustees  to  get 
my  successor  at  the  earliest  date  possible.  I  congratulate  the 
University  and  its  friends  on  the  success  of  the  Trustees  in 
securing  a  man  so  eminently  qualified  for  the  great  task. 

And  now  it  is  my  privilege  to  introduce  to  you  the  President 
of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  I  was  about  say  "who  will  deliver 
the  charge"  to  the  incoming  President,  but  to  deliver  a  charge 
to  a  University  President  would  be  as  futile  as  the  word  "obey" 
in  the  marriage  ceremony.      In  these  days  we  select   a   man 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  107 

whom  we  believe  to  be  the  embodiment  of  our  educational 
ideals,  and  then  in  the  classical  language  of  the  campus,  we 
say,  "Here  is  your  job.     Go  to  it." 

The  speaker  will,  however,  for  the  enlightenment  of  this 
great  audience,  speak  to  us  on  "University  Ideals." 

Ladies  and  gentlemen,  I  have  the  honor  to  present  Bishop 
Adna  Wright  Leonard  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
and  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  University  of 
Southern  California. 

Presentation  of  the  President-Elect 
BISHOP  ADNA  WRIGHT  LEONARD,  D.D.,  LL.D. 

President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 

I  feel  the  importance  of  the  moment,  and  the  tremendous 
significance  of  the  hour. 

Those  who  have  been  in  the  very  forefront  of  modern  edu- 
cation have  been  compelled,  during  recent  years,  to  make  a 
revaluation  of  modern  education.  One  of  the  greatest  educa- 
tional authorities  of  England  has  declared  that  with  regard  to 
the  system  of  education  both  in  Europe  and  the  United  States 
of  America,  there  is  a  very  noticeable  defect,  namely,  it  is  in 
danger  of  becoming  "hyper-intellectual."  The  same  authority 
is  also  of  the  opinion  that  we  have  very  generally  subtracted 
from  our  system  of  education  those  inspirational  qualities  which 
mean  so  much  in  the  training  of  youth. 

John  Wesley,  the  founder  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  was  one  of  the  very  best  representatives  of  Christian 
education  and  of  culture.  Himself  a  university  man,  under- 
standing the  student  mind  and  marvelously  familiar  with 
human  nature,  was  a  Christian  scholar  of  very  marked  attain- 
ments. The  Church  that  bears  his  name  has  always  stood  for 
the  open  Bible,  the  open  church,  and  the  open  school,  and  wher- 
ever his  followers  have  gone  they  have  endeavored  to  give  to 
the  world  the  benefit  of  those  priceless  privileges. 

In  America,  it  is  significant  that  the  churches  that  have  been 
most    influential    in    the    development   of   American    life    and 


108  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

thought  have  been  those  that  have  placed  great  emphasis  upon 
the  importance  of  a  college  education.  In  this  regard,  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church  has  stood  in  the  very  forefront 
of  the  churches  of  America,  and  has  never  apologized  for  the 
emphasis  she  has  placed  upon  the  importance  of  modern  Chris- 
tian education.  In  all  her  history,  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  has  stood  broadly  sympathetic  with  the  great  on-going 
movements  of  modern  Christian  education  that  are  potential 
factors  in  the  re-making  of  the  world. 

I  make  this  statement  deliberately,  for  I  would  have  you 
know  that  the  Church  I  have  the  honor  of  representing  on  this 
auspicious  occasion,  is  not  narrow  in  her  attitude  toward  mod- 
ern education.  Wherever  Truth  is  to  be  found  let  Truth  come 
to  the  fore.  The  purpose  of  this  institution  is  to  encourage 
and  not  to  impede  the  progress  of  genuine  scholarship.  We 
insist  that  the  teachers  in  this  school  of  learning  shall  be  men 
and  women  of  Christian  character  as  well  as  of  scholarly 
attainments,  but  we  make  this  statement  in  no  narrow  or  sec- 
tarian sense.  The  University  of  Southern  California  is  owned 
and  controlled  by  the  Southern  California  Conference  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  Her  Board  of  Trustees  are 
elected  by  that  body,  a  majority  of  whom  must  at  all  times  be 
members  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  Upon  that 
Board,  however,  are  trustees  who  are  members  of  churches  of 
other  denominations  and  who  have  the  interests  of  Christian 
education  as  represented  by  this  university  on  their  hearts. 
Therefore,  while  this  university  is  under  denominational  own- 
ership and  control,  it  opens  wide  her  doors  and  halls  of  learn- 
ing to  all  who  seek  a  college  education,  whatever  be  their 
creed,  race  or  color. 

As  I  stand  here  this  morning,  I  repeat  to  you,  I  feel  the 
solemnity  of  this  moment.  The  war  has  brought  with  it  cer- 
tain reversals.  The  aftermath  of  the  war  has  presented  to  us 
world  problems  that  are  sufficient  to  make  the  lightest  heart 
sad,  and  the  stoutest  to  quake  with  fear.  I  ask  of  you,  is  there 
any  other  solution  to  the  problem  that  confronts  us,  is  there 
any  other  way  out,  than  that  earnest  students  seeking  the  truth, 
the  truth  as  it  relates  to  God,  the  truth  as  it  relates  to  the  indi- 
vidual in  his  relation  to  God,  the  truth  in  relation  to  the  State, 
the  truth  in  relation  to  society,  the  truth  in  relation  to  the 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  109 

brotherhood  of  nations,  may  face  these  questions  with  courage 
and  in  the  spirit  of  the  Son  of  man?  Through  modern  Chris- 
tian education,  the  lines  that  have  divided  the  nations,  and 
races,  may  be  not  only  dimmed  but  eliminated  in  the  great 
thought  that  there  is  yet  to  be  the  brotherhood  of  the  nations 
of  the  world. 

This  school  of  learning  has  had  a  very  noble  record.  The 
founders  of  this  institution  laid  the  foundation  on  broad  and 
worthy  principles.  Those  who  have  served  as  presidents  have, 
each  one  of  them,  made  a  real  contribution  to  Christian  educa- 
tion.   Listen  to  their  names : 

Marion  McConnell  Bovard,  brother  of  the  retiring 
president,  from  1880,  the  year  the  institution  was 
founded,  to  1891;  11  years. 

Joseph  P.  Widney,  from  1892  to  1895;  3  years. 

George  W.  White,  from  1895  to  1899;  4  years. 

Then  there  followed  a  brief  period  when  there  was  no  presi- 
dent, the  affairs  of  the  university  being  under  the  direction  of 
the  Committee  on  Administration. 

In  the  year  1903,  George  Finley  Bovard  was  elected  presi- 
dent. He  served  until  1921,  giving  to  the  university  eighteen 
years  of  sacrificial,  statesmanlike  service.  During  this  time 
the  school  came  to  its  highest  degree  of  development. 

It  is  the  earnest  prayer  and  desire  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
that  he  who  has  been  chosen  to  succeed  George  Finley  Bovard 
in  the  presidency  of  this  university  may  be  given  strength  and 
vigor  of  mind  and  body  adequate  for  the  great  and  far-reaching 
responsibilities  which  he  must  now  assume.  Under  his  leader- 
ship we  confidently  expect  to  see  this  time-honored  institution 
attain  a  growth  and  development  unequalled  by  anything  in 
the  past. 

I  am  very  glad  I  am  not  requested  to  give  a  charge.  I  have 
had  to  do  that  on  certain  occasions,  and  it  is  not  a  task  to  be 
coveted  unless  the  old  English  meaning  of  the  word  ;s  borr* 
'?»  mind. 


110  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

Therefore,  before  introducing  the  president-elect,  a  few 
things  may  be  mentioned  on  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Trustees, 
in  appreciation  of  this  university  and  the  ideals  for  which  it 
stands. 

In  the  first  place,  the  University  of  Southern  California  has 
been  fortunate  throughout  the  years  in  having  faculties  that 
have  commanded  the  admiration  and  respect  of  the  leading  edu- 
cators of  this  and  of  other  countries.  While  we  place  the 
highest  value  upon  scholarship,  we  emphasize  no  less  strongly 
the  importance  of  character.  We  believe  the  teacher  should  be 
not  only  an  intellectual  ideal,  but  also  a  moral  ideal  to  his  stu- 
dents, and  we  desire  no  other  kind  of  teacher  on  the  faculties 
of  this  institution. 

Our  alumni  have  achieved  fame  and  they  have  gone  out  into 
all  the  ways  and  walks  of  life,  carrying  with  them  the  message 
and  the  meaning  of  modern  education.  They  grace  every  pro- 
fession and  calling  of  life,  and  are  making  a  real  contribution 
to  the  welfare  of  the  world. 

We  are  to  be  congratulated  upon  the  character  and  quality 
of  our  student  body — the  largest  in  the  history  of  the  institu- 
tion. To  every  one  who  is  honestly  seeking  after  truth  in  the 
realm  of  modern  education  and  who  is  capable  of  meeting  the 
requirements  for  admission  as  a  student,  we  open  wide  the 
doors  and  bid  him  welcome.  But  we  are  also  insistent  that 
there  shall  be  observed  and  cultivated  those  things  that  make 
for  real  culture  without  which  life  itself  would  be  a  failure. 

We  have  a  right  to  expect  that  students  of  this  university 
shall  so  conduct  themselves,  while  students  here,  as  to  bring 
credit  to  the  name  of  their  alma  mater. 

This  being  an  institution  of  the  Christian  Church,  very 
naturally,  the  Christian  religion  will  be  given  the  central  place. 
There  are  traditions  and  sentiments  which  will  be  safeguarded 
and  we  do  not  expect  that  either  member  of  a  faculty  or  stu- 
dent in  any  of  our  schools  shall  ruthlessly  violate  or  tear  down 
the  faith  of  any  student,  unless  in  tearing  down  that  faith  he 
can  be  given  something  better  than  he  now  possesses. 

This  university  has  sent  to  the  far  nations  of  the  world 
missionaries  of  the  Cross  of  Christ.  Student  volunteers  are 
here  in  large  numbers.     I  was  interested  yesterday  in  the  ad- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  111 

dress  that  was  given  before  the  Latin-American  Congress  by 
the  distinguished  gentleman  from  Chile.  He  warmed  our 
hearts  as  we  listened  to  his  eloquent  words.  The  originality  of 
the  address  and  the  very  remarkable  statements  it  contained 
commanded  our  profound  admiration.  But  I  would  have  to 
take  exception  at  just  one  point,  and  that  was  when  the 
declaration  was  made,  I  think  unwittingly,  that  all  of  those  who 
have  gone  as  representatives  of  Protestant  Mission  work  into 
Latin  countries  have  been  failure.  Graduates  of  this  university 
have  rendered  distinguished  service  as  missionaries  to  Latin- 
speaking  people  throughout  the  world.  I  do  not  refer  to  this 
with  any  unkind  criticism  of  the  scholarly  gentleman  who  him- 
self said  to  me  he  regretted  he  did  not  have  more  time  in  order 
that  he  might  mention  the  exceptions. 

This  institution  will  continue  to  send  out  her  best  sons  and 
daughters  to  those  nations  that  stand  so  greatly  in  need  of  the 
dynamic  gospel  of  the  Son  of  God. 

During  the  great  war  more  than  two  thousand  students  en- 
rolled in  this  university  answered  their  country's  call  to  service. 
We  are  proud  of  the  record  they  made  and  of  the  part  they 
had  in  the  great  conflict.  There  was  never  any  question  as  to 
the  loyalty  of  this  institution.  We  want  neither  teacher  nor 
student  who  is  not  loyal  to  the  flag  and  to  the  American  Con- 
stitution. 

Finally,  this  university  stands  for  those  cultural  values  which 
are  so  essential  in  all  genuine  scholarship.  We  do  not  wish  to 
send  forth  from  these  halls  of  learning  men  and  women  who 
are  intellectual  snobs,  but  rather  those  of  whom  it  may  be  said, 
"He  is  a  cultured  man,  she  is  a  cultured  woman — a  graduate 
of  the  University  of  Southern  California." 

The  trustees  have  been  fortunate  in  securing  as  the  president 
of  this  institution  one  who  is  familiar  with  the  problems  of 
modern  education,  a  scholar  of  wide  reputation,  an  adminis- 
trator of  large  experience,  a  man  of  broad  sympathies  and 
Christian  faith. 

Ladies  and  gentlemen,  as  the  president  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  and  on  their  behalf,  I  have  the  honor  of  presenting 
to  you,  Rufus  Bernhard  von  KleinSmid,  President  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Southern  California. 


112  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

A.  M.,  April  28 
ADDRESS 

by 

PRESIDENT  RUFUS  BERNHARD  von  KLEINSMID, 

Sc.D.,  J.D.,  D.M.C.P. 

This  is  an  hour  of  humility  and  gratitude :  humility  in  the 
presence  of  so  great  responsibility,  and  gratitude  in  the  pres- 
ence of  this  universal  manifestation  of  kindness  and  brotherli- 
ness,  that  there  have  come  from  long  distances  the  representa- 
tives of  nations  and  institutions  whom  we  love,  and  over  many 
weary  miles  those  who  bring  the  greetings  of  our  American 
institutions,  personal  friends  from  far  and  near,  and  this  splen- 
did body  of  university  folks  at  home — all  makes  me  very 
grateful. 

In  humility  the  college  president  of  today,  were  there  any 
tendency  otherwise,  must  soon  learn  not  to  be  outdone  by  the 
humblest  attache  of  the  institution  over  which  he  presides. 
He  comes  not  only  into  a  world  of  educational  contacts,  but  into 
a  world  of  men  and  women  of  broader  affairs.  The  ex-Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States,  Mr.  Taft,  on  the  occasion  of  pre- 
senting the  newly-installed  president  of  Yale,  said:  "We  do 
not  spell  his  name  with  a  single  '1,'  therefore,  I  take  it,  he  is 
not  closely  related  either  to  Gabriel  or  Michael,  but  belongs  en- 
tirely to  a  different  family  of  angels." 

The  college  president  of  today  finds  his  highest  ambition 
realized  in  the  opportunity  to  be,  not  an  angel,  though  ever 
is  he  in  search  of  good  angels  who  make  his  work  possible, 
but  an  evangel  who  speaks  the  word  of  truth  as  he  sees  the 
truth,  to  all  the  world  through  which  he  is  privileged  to  spread 
his  influence.  This  is  the  day  for  the  consideration  of  world 
aspects  of  education,  and  in  that  consideration  I  find  my  theme. 

This  is  a  great  day  for  education,  great  in  its  possibilities, 
with  demands  that  will  not  be  refused  and  opportunities  that 
must  not  be  denied.  Perhaps  it  required  a  great  world  struggle 
for  the  preservation  of  the  most  worthy  achievements  of  human 
experience  to  awaken  mankind  to  the  consciousness  of  the  con- 
tribution made  by  organized  means  of  education  to  human  wel- 
fare.    We  must  remember  that  the  greatest  piece  of  '      ca- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  113 

tional  legislation  during  the  century  was  "enacted  amid  the 
throes  of  the  Civil  War."  But  whether  or  not  such  mis- 
fortune was  required,  it  is  very  certain  that  the  late  war  has 
ushered  in  a  revival  of  learning,  the  like  of  which  has  never 
been  seen.  The  emphasis  in  this  later  day,  however,  is  laid 
upon  human  efficiency  and  service,  rather  than  upon  human 
acquirements,  not  with  the  idea  of  excluding  the  old  and  the 
valuable,  but  looking  toward  a  coalescence  of  the  most  worthy 
of  the  old  and  the  most  worthy  of  the  new. 

The  number  and  complexity  of  the  problems  arising  out  of 
present  conditions  are  such  as  to  confound  the  mighty  and 
baffle  the  thought  of  men  of  lesser  culture.  While  elementary 
and  secondary  schools  are  not  free  from  profound  trials,  the 
burden  of  analysis  and  interpretation,  the  responsibility  for 
solution  and  progress,  must  rest  with  institutions  for  superior 
education.  Within  these  institutions  not  only  have  old  prob- 
lems presented  new  characters,  but  new  ones  are  requiring  or- 
ganization and  administration  of  vastly  different  sort  than  here- 
tofore employed. 

Time  was  when  colleges  and  universities  were  wont  to  meas- 
ure their  progress  by  the  annual  increase  in  the  number  of 
students  enrolled,  but  now,  by  means,  both  wise  and  unwise,  by 
changed  scholastic  requirements  for  admission,  by  increase  in 
the  cost  of  tuition,  or  by  frank  and  unemotional  denial  of 
entrance,  thousands  of  applicants  are  turned  away  from  campus 
gates,  either  to  await  their  turn  at  some  later  day  or  to  swallow 
up  their  ambition  for  a  college  education  in  the  great  swirl 
of  commercial  and  industrial  life.  The  college  publicity  agent, 
president,  dean,  professor  or  student,  with  his  stock  of  "come 
on"  books,  as  George  Ade  calls  them,  is  all  but  unseen  and 
unheard  of  nowadays  among  the  high  schools  of  the  land,  the 
occasional  exception  being  the  case  of  one  with  ambitions  and 
covetous  eye  in  search  of  lads  of  athletic  promise.  Colleges 
whose  enrollment  normally  was  a  few  hundred  now  number 
thousands;  therefore  they  are  not  clamoring  for  more  students 
with  whom  to  divide  the  services  of  an  already  overburdened 
faculty  and  too  limited  equipment.  The  increase  of  students 
under  present  circumstances  means  not  only  more  of  the  same 
kind  of  service,  but  that  new  and  varied  demands  must  be  met, 
better  equipment  and  different,  and  in  increased  quantities  must 


114  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

be  supplied,  all  of  which  argues  new  and  larger  buildings,  and 
for  new  purposes. 

Time  was,  and  not  far  distant,  when  faculty  and  adminis- 
trators largely  concerned  themselves  with  minor  adjustments 
within  the  curriculum,  with  pedagogical  problems  of  method 
and  device,  with  thoughts  of  graduate  study  and  research,  of 
student  welfare  and  organization,  of  police,  of  program,  or  of 
publicity,  the  weight  that  wearied  in  those  days  was  the  re- 
sponsibility of  grading  and  recommendation  for  graduation. 
Not  that  these  considerations  do  not  still  exist,  in  some  meas- 
ure, but  they  have,  to  say  the  least,  become  secondary  in  the 
presence  of  the  great  outstanding  matters  confronting  the  insti- 
tutions in  our  changed  and  changing  conception  of  human  rela- 
tionships. 

The  fact  that  educational  institutions  met  the  demands  made 
upon  them  under  the  unusual  conditions  of  the  last  eight  years 
in  a  large  and  gratifying  way  gives  rise  to  a  lively  hope  but 
not  an  assurance  that  they  will  stand  the  test  of  the  years  to 
come.  American  colleges  and  universities  are  today  fighting  a 
battle  for  their  lives.  The  first  struggle  must  determine 
whether  they  will  continue  to  live  at  all,  the  second  whether, 
though  continuing  to  exist,  it  will  be  possible  for  them  to  pre- 
serve for  coming  generations  the  worth-while  heritage  of  the 
past  and  at  the  same  time  measure  up  to  the  needs  of  the  new 
day.  That  they  shall  lose  in  this  battle  for  self-preservation 
is  absolutely  unthinkable. 

As  Mr.  Hoover  is  quoted  as  saying,  "the  best  college  is  in- 
dispensable; our  intellectual  progress  is  dependent  upon  it," 
and  the  more  necessary  has  it  become  now  that  more  is  ex- 
pected of  it  than  ever.  Colleges  and  universities  in  origin  grew 
out  of  human  needs, — people  were  sick  in  body,  and  trained 
searchers  for  truth  able  to  diagnose  and  prescribe  were  the 
natural  consequence.  Men  were  confused  in  mind  and  phi- 
losophers evolved  logical  processes  through  which  they  were 
taught  to  think  soberly  and  truly;  men  sought  explanation  of 
environment  and  strong  leaders  amidst  a  maze  of  manifesta- 
tions sought  for  the  facts  behind  the  forms.  Limitations  had 
cramped  and  narrowed  the  lives  of  men,  and  venturesome 
heroes  crossed  boundary  lines  and  braved  the  seas  and  added 
unmeasured  treasure  to  human  knowledge.  The  outcome  of 
it  all  was  institutions  to  conserve,  to  inspire  and  to  encourage. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  115 

The  people  are  still  sick  and  need  physicians;  men  continue  to 
think  confusedly  and  must  be  taught  to  distinguish  premise 
and  recognize  sound  conclusion.  Environment  still  grows  more 
and  more  complex  as  knowledge  is  added  to  knowledge,  while 
the  truth  on  the  earth  and  the  sea  and  the  air  lure  us  on  to 
new  discovery. 

Millions  still  chafe  under  harrowing  and  harassing  limita- 
tions and  call  for  leadership  which  will  push  back  the  horizon 
and  reveal  new  worlds.  The  university  is  still  a  Sine  que  non 
to  conserve,  to  inspire  and  to  encourage.  But  grant  all  of  this, 
the  new  day  conditions  hinted  at  require  a  foundation  of  re- 
sources heretofore  unknown.  Actually  and  comparatively,  not 
only  are  the  demands  of  the  day  made  by  more  people  but 
more  demands  are  being  made.  Is  it  a  realization  of  this  fact 
that  has  led  to  the  appropriation,  on  the  part  of  state  and 
national  legislators  in  session  for  the  last  few  years,  being  a 
realization  of  this  fact,  I  say,  that  has  led  to  appropriations 
being  doubled,  trebled,  and  even  quadrupled.  The  people  of 
Michigan,  of  Wisconsin,  of  Washington,  of  New  York,  of 
Texas,  of  California  and  of  Arizona  seem  to  have  caught  the 
spirit  and  to  have  loyally  supported  their  representatives  in  a 
greatly  enlarged  program  of  the  present  day.  The  great  edu- 
cational foundations  among  us  have  not  been  slow  to  encourage 
institutions  on  private  endowment  with  conditional  contribu- 
tions of  millions,  while  the  attention  of  men  and  women  of 
large  means  is  centered  upon  the  service  of  the  college  as 
evidenced  by  numerous  generous  gifts  and  legacies.  Alumni 
and  students  have  caught  the  gleam  and  feel  a  new  power  for 
preserving  the  life  of  their  Alma  Mater  stirring  within  them. 
But  more  is  yet  required.  The  horn  of  plenty  has  not  yielded 
plentifully  enough  if  the  task  is  to  be  well  done,  while  its  bene- 
factions have  not  as  yet  been  turned  at  all  into  the  lap  of 
scores  of  worthy  institutions  still  struggling  for  existence. 
While  it  is  true  that  the  world  has  been  called  upon  to  give  as 
it  has  never  given  before,  so  in  its  very  response  it  has  learned 
to  give  beyond  its  former  knowledge  and  experience.  Emo- 
tionalism and  sentiment,  however,  are  no  longer  the  only  in- 
centive for  giving,  nor  yet  the  chief  one.  Institutions  of  learn- 
ing receiving  the  support  of  generous  donors  must  show  their 
need  to  exist,  reveal  their  insight  to  serve  and  prove  their  com- 
plete dedication.     On  this  basis  of  testing  in  the  next  few  years 


116  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

many  of  our  institutions  will  be  closed  entirely,  while  still  others 
not  now  existing  will  be  founded  to  carry  on. 

As  evidence  of  the  new  seriousness  in  the  matter  of  gifts 
to  educational  institutions  are  the  many  recent  college  cam- 
paigns of  an  outcome  so  discouraging  as  to  make  the  success 
on  the  part  of  other  institutions  stand  out  the  more  conspicu- 
ously. In  the  matter  of  organization  and  canvass  a  hesitancy 
on  the  part  of  men  of  means  to  contribute,  as  well  as  the 
money  stringency  of  the  times,  makes  accustomed  means  and 
avenues  of  approach  seem  many  times  of  little  avail.  Drives 
are  these  days  in  bad  odor,  and  the  methods  ordinarily  em- 
ployed in  the  day  of  drives  no  longer  meet  with  general  ap- 
proval. 

Does  this  mean,  then,  that  the  university  of  the  future  is 
to  be  a  publicly  supported  one,  and  that  with  the  exception  of 
the  few  on  large  foundations,  those  dependent  upon  private 
contributions  for  support  will  all  but  disappear?  The  answer, 
I  take  it,  grows  out  of  two  facts  at  least;  in  the  first  place  it 
will  be  a  long  time  before  the  public  will  consent,  in  the  pres- 
ence of  already  existing  institutions,  to  a  taxation  sufficient  in 
return  to  furnish  institutions  adequate  in  equipment  to  meet  the 
rapidly  growing  needs.  In  the  second  place,  within  privately 
supported  institutions  of  learning  themselves  are  elements  of 
strength  and  productiveness  never,  up  to  the  present  time,  thor- 
oughly tested.  Among  these  are  the  strength  and  spirit  of  the 
student  body  which  awaits  only  leadership  and  direction  to 
serve  their  college  in  multiplying  friends  and  gaining  support; 
the  loyalty  and  gratitude  of  the  alumni  who  may  be  encouraged 
to  labor  to  the  point  of  sacrifice  that  their  Alma  Mater  may 
continue  in  her  noble  service;  the  faith  and  concern  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees,  many  of  whom  have  attained  conspicuous 
success  themselves  in  the  affairs  of  the  world,  possess  those 
contacts  which  may  win  for  their  institution  the  approval  and 
assistance  of  those  who  are  able  to  help;  the  observing  public 
who  know  the  value  of  an  institution  to  the  community  in  which 
she  operates  and  trust  her  to  furnish  the  directing  force  in  civic, 
economic,  social  and  religious  life,  not  only  of  the  town  or  city, 
but  the  state  and  nation  as  well.  Should  these  forces  not  func- 
tion, the  doom  of  the  privately  endowed  institution  is  sealed 
To  my  mind  the  next  quarter  of  a  century  will  tell  the  story. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  117 

Perhaps  another  logical  means  of  providing  for  a  continu- 
ance of  colleges  and  universities  on  private  endowments  would 
be  that  of  state  and  national  subsidy.  Such  an  arrangement 
is  not  unknown  or  untried,  but  has  operated  in  certain  instances 
with  marked  success.  At  this  time  a  large  number  of  colleges 
are  open  to  returned  soldiers  completing  their  education  at 
government  expense,  through  an  arrangement  by  which  the 
Federal  Government  approves  the  course  of  instruction  of  the 
individual  students,  but  in  no  sense  controls  the  departments 
of  the  institution.  Further  than  this  the  Federal  Government 
may  not  go,  and  further  than  this  she  should  not  seek  to  go. 
Trainees  under  this  plan  are  completely  absorbed  within  the 
student  body,  while  the  charge  for  advantages  are  met  by  the 
Federal  Government  and  paid  directly  into  the  treasury  of  the 
college.  Few,  if  any,  institutions  of  learning  are  self-sustain- 
ing, which  means  that  the  cost  of  organized  education  is  greater 
than  the  income,  which  again  indicates  that  the  investment  made 
in  each  student  is  more  than  that  student  returns  to  the  college 
in  fees.  If  this  were  not  the  case  large  numbers  of  promising 
and  worthy  American  youths  would  be  deprived  of  the  advan- 
tages of  college  training.  If,  then,  it  is  essential  for  the  preser- 
vation of  the  nation  that  trained  leaders  in  large  numbers  be 
supplied  to  direct  the  activities  of  thousands  of  citizens  as  well 
or  less  generously  trained,  is  it  not  reasonable  to  hold  the  gov- 
ernment justified  in  contributing  to  the  upkeep  of  any  institu- 
tion which  it  employs  upon  the  cost  basis,  at  least,  and  that  stu- 
dents received  into  such  institutions  upon  government  assistance 
be  allowed  to  matriculate  only  after  they  have  been  favorably 
passed  upon  by  governmental  agencies  as  entitled  to  govern- 
ment aid?  Whatever  be  the  basis  of  the  arrangement  between 
the  individual  students  and  the  Federal  Government,  whether 
assistance  be  a  gift  or  a  loan,  the  institution  rendering  the  serv- 
ice must  be  assured  of  income  sufficient  to  enable  it  to  do  its 
work  with  due  respect  to  fundamental  business  principles 
and  commercial  integrity.  The  day  is  past  when  the  educa- 
tional institution  can  carry  on  its  work  on  the  basis  of  vague 
promises  and  hope  deferred.  Not  only  does  the  heart  grow 
sick  but  the  work  grows  weak,  even  as  the  courage  of  the  teach- 
ing staff  wanes  and  dies  away. 

Did  I  say  respect  for  fundamental  business  principles  and 
commercial  integrity?     Let  me   add,   educational  wisdom   as 


118  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

well.  The  uncalled  for  expenditure  of  large  sums  that  might 
be  drawn  upon  to  deepen  and  strengthen  the  work  of  funda- 
mental departments  is  in  these  days  too  often  scattered  broad- 
cast in  order  that  departmental  offerings  may  grow  long  and 
institution  catalogs  may  grow  fat.  The  modern  so-called  en- 
riched curriculum  seems  to  presuppose  that  all  study  on  the  part 
of  the  student  is  to  cease  with  graduation,  and  that  even  a 
college  graduate  cannot  learn  anything  for  himself  without  the 
guidance  of  an  instructor  within  a  college  classroom.  Within 
the  institution  itself,  universally  departments  are  organized 
without  sufficient  care  and  analysis  of  departments  already  ex- 
isting, the  consequent  likelihood  of  duplicating  courses  and 
proceeding  with  a  lack  of  coordination,  stultifying  to  thought 
rather  than  encouraging  to  mental  activity.  In  like  manner, 
college  after  college  is  chartered  with  too  little  reason,  in  view 
of  the  fact  others  already  exist  in  sufficient  number  in  the  same 
territory  with  adequate  provision  for  the  maximum  service  to 
be  rendered  to  that  region.  The  next  step  in  many  institutions, 
I  take  it,  if  they  would  hold  public  favor  and  the  respect  of 
educational  specialists,  is  consolidation  among  departments  and 
reciprocity  among  institutions.  To  this  point,  Dr.  Charles  B. 
Lipman,  in  one  of  the  most  constructive  criticisms  on  the  finan- 
cial support  of  our  universities  that  has  come  to  hand  in  recent 
years,  speaks  conspicuously  to  the  point:  "It  is  my  first  pro- 
posal that  a  real  cooperation  be  instituted  among  our  universi- 
ties and  colleges  such  as  they  have  never  had  and  which  shall 
have  for  its  object  the  furtherance  of  American  higher  educa- 
tion regarded  in  the  large;  and  that  this  cooperation  be  made 
to  result,  among  other  things,  in  the  consolidation  of  similar 
departments  or  of  similar  schools  in  different  universities  in 
such  manner  as  shall  conduce  most  fitly  to  effective  and  eco- 
nomical education.  I  do  not  wish  to  make  any  invidious  dis- 
tinctions, and  the  examples  which  I  have  chosen  to  illustrate  the 
point  are  chosen  at  random.  I  would  ask  why,  in  all  conscience, 
the  country  should  be  asked  to  support  so  many  mining  schools, 
each  with  only  a  few  students,  who  are  educated  at  very  large 
expense?  Why  can't  we  have  only  eight  or  ten  or  fewer  first- 
class  mining  schools  in  the  country,  each  having  all  necessary 
facilities  and  a  strong  faculty  and  supported  by  resources  now 
at  the  disposal  of  perhaps  twenty  or  thirty  such  schools?  These 
schools  can  be  properly  distributed  geographically,   and  the 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  119 

universities  giving  up  mining  departments  will  not  be  hurt  by 
the  renunciation  since  they  may  thus  have  more  resources  for 
the  remaining  departments,  which  may  be  reinforced  thereby 
into  strong  agencies  receiving  respect  everywhere.  This  will 
tend  not  only  to  make  every  university  particularly  noted  for 
the  excellence  of  its  teaching  in  five  or  six  fields,  but  in  its  gen- 
eral teaching  it  may  become  immeasurably  more  effective.  *  *  * 
But  the  undesirable  situation  is  not  confined  merely  to  schools 
and  colleges  in  our  universities.  The  smaller  administrative 
units  are  in  many  cases  subject  to  the  treatment  suggested  for 
colleges  and  schools.  Such  departments  as  those  of  Sanskrit, 
Oriental  languages,  Semitics  and  Slavic  languages,  might  well 
be  limited  to  two  or  three  institutions  in  the  country  where  the 
scholarship  in  these  fields  could  be  concentrated  and  maintained 
at  a  high  plane.  This  would  mean  an  appreciable  saving  to  a 
number  of  our  institutions  and  would  at  the  same  time  insure 
appropriate  support  for  those  departments  where  they  do  main- 
tain. Students  in  any  state  showing  aptitude  in  those  languages 
could  be  sent  by  the  state  from  the  state  university  to  the  proper 
institutions  at  smaller  cost  by  far  than  that  involved  in  the 
maintenance  of  many  separate  departments  in  all  the  principal 
universities.  The  theological  seminaries  would  likewise  be  the 
gainers  through  such  an  arrangement  as  this." 

It  is  far  from  any  thought  of  mine  to  indicate  that  the  con- 
ditions out  of  which  the  demands  for  future  expansion  of 
educational  service  are  anything  but  desirable.  While  it  is  true 
that  many  of  the  traditional  values  held  sacred  to  the  teaching 
profession  in  the  days  gone  by  seem  to  be  losing  ground,  and 
losing  ground  rapidly,  in  the  estimation  both  of  the  teaching 
profession  and  of  the  public  in  general,  the  dawning  conscious- 
ness of  new  and  wider  human  relationships  than  were  ever 
recognized  to  obtain  heretofore  calls  for  a  careful  evalution, 
all  too  tardily  encouraged  and  undertaken.  Education  is  a 
necessity  and,  if  a  necessity,  a  paramount  duty  of  organized 
society.  To  a  greater  or  less  extent  all  nations  of  the  world 
have  recognized  this  truth,  in  some  cases  proceeding  to  or- 
ganize and  conduct  the  means  of  education  directly  through 
governmental  agency,  in  others,  content  to  surrender  the  re- 
sponsibility to  priestcraft  or  teaching  order.  One  social  insti- 
tution after  another  seeking  to  direct  educational  effort  from 
peculiar  motive  or  for  definite  purpose  has  undertaken  to  or- 


120  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

ganize  its  own  schools  and  support  its  own  endeavors.  In  our 
own  time,  however,  no  one  questions  the  duty  and  obligation 
of  community,  municipality,  state  or  nation  to  provide,  not  only 
the  means,  but  the  legislation  by  which  the  means  of  education 
shall  be  available  to  all;  and,  in  hand  with  study,  providing  for 
university  education,  has  gone  and  must  continue  to  go,  the 
making  more  or  less  sure  of  compulsory  education  by  law.  This 
has  grown  out  of  the  recognition  of  the  fact  that  the  very  life 
of  our  people  depends  upon  the  training  and  intelligence  of  our 
citizens.  In  the  United  States  education  has  always  been  recog- 
nized as  a  function  of  the  state  and  its  various  subdivisions, 
funds  having  been  supplied  by  district,  town,  or  city,  county  or 
state.  More  recently,  in  order  that  educational  advantages 
might  be  more  evenly  divided  among  the  people  of  the  com- 
monwealth in  secondary  education,  as  well  as  in  elementary 
schooling,  some  states,  and  among  them  California,  have  under- 
taken through  legislation  to  contribute  a  substantial  per  capita 
amount  for  students  entering  high  school.  This  is  in  recog- 
nition of  the  fact  that,  after  all,  it  is  the  large  unit  of  the  state 
whose  fortunes  are  to  be  shaped  by  the  product  of  our  schools, 
and  that  too  great  variance  in  educational  opportunity  renders 
part  of  the  citizenship  at  a  disadvantage  amounting  to  unfair- 
ness. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  any  authority  of  the  national 
government,  wherever  she  may  concern  herself  with  popular 
education,  finds  its  origin  in  the  "general  welfare"  clause  of  the 
Constitution;  but  even  from  the  beginning  of  things,  while  the 
Constitutional  Convention  of  1787  "gave  slight  attention  to  the 
subject  of  education,"  there  were  some  stirrings  in  the  treetops 
which  indicated  a  consciousness  of  national  responsibility.  The 
jealousy,  however,  on  the  part  of  statesmen  to  protect  state's 
rights,  and  the  anxiety  of  the  Federal  Government  not  to  ap- 
pear to  wish  to  take  unto  herself  the  responsibilities  of  the 
various  states,  brought  us  to  the  middle  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century  without  any  definite  activity  on  the  part  of  the  Federal 
Government  that  educational  assistance  might  be  rendered  a 
citizen  of  the  nation  through  federal  contributions.  Previous 
to  this,  however,  many  acts  of  the  Federal  Government  indi- 
cated appreciation  of  the  necessity  of  conservation  of  learning 
and  the  recognition  of  the  need  of  statistical  study  and  research. 
In  the  year  1790  were  enacted  the  first  national  laws  relating 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  121 

to  the  census  and  to  the  proper  protection  of  patents, — the 
latter  law  based  on  the  power  of  Congress  "to  promote  the 
progress  of  science  and  useful  arts."  Then  followed  from 
time  to  time  the  patent  office  organization,  the  Coast  and  Geo- 
detic Survey,  the  Naval  Observatory,  and  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution, the  last  of  which  was  organized  by  Congress  for  the 
increase  and  diffusion  of  knowledge  among  men.  Previous  to 
1860  also  in  the  admission  of  certain  states  certain  land  grants 
had  been  authorized  for  the  support  of  education,  and  from 
1802,  with  the  admission  of  Ohio  into  the  Union,  until  the  time 
of  the  admission  of  Arizona,  the  latest  incomer  into  the  sister- 
hood of  states,  each  took  advantage  of  the  authority  of  Con- 
gress to  set  aside  definite  areas  of  the  public  domain  for  the 
support  of  public  schools  and  institutions  of  higher  learning. 
As  though  these  acts  on  the  part  of  the  Federal  Government 
did  not  sufficiently  commit  her  in  the  recognition  of  the  value 
of  popular  education  in  a  democracy,  the  first  Morrill  Act  of 
1862  following  the  establishment  of  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, granted  30,000  acres  of  public  land  for  every  senator 
and  representative  of  the  various  states  of  the  Union,  such 
lands  to  be  sold  at  the  option  of  the  states,  "the  revenue  to  be 
devoted  to  the  establishment  or  expansion  of  colleges  in  all  the 
states  which  accepted  the  terms  of  the  Act."  While  certain 
restrictions  were  placed  upon  these  colleges  to  assure  their  giv- 
ing attention  to  training  in  agriculture  and  the  mechanical  arts, 
these  did  not  prove  at  all  burdensome,  nor  did  the  interpreta- 
tion of  the  Act  seem  to  limit  the  educational  activities  of  the 
institutions  benefited. 

The  moneys  derived  from  the  Morrill  Act  were  twice  aug- 
mented, in  what  are  known  as  the  Hatch  and  Adams  Acts, 
which  definitely  increased  the  monetary  appropriation  of  the 
Morrill  Act,  making  possible  an  expansion  in  educational 
organization  in  keeping  with  the  development  of  the  years.  In 
1867  came  the  establishment  of  the  Bureau  of  Education, 
which  found  its  home,  for  lack  of  better  quarters,  in  the  De- 
partment of  the  Interior;  at  first  little  more  than  a  statistical 
office,  scarcely  ever  reaching  beyond  the  function  of  informing, 
influencing,  and  encouraging.  It  has  always  been,  nevertheless, 
an  interpretation  of  the  belief  that  the  National  Government 
is,  itself,  to  a  degree  responsible  for  education  within  the 
nation. 


122  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

With  the  passage  of  the  Smith-Lever  Act  in  1914a  new  type 
of  educational  cooperation  with  the  states  came  into  being.  By 
its  provisions  large  sums  of  money  are  offered  as  a  continuing 
appropriation  to  those  states  that  will  match  such  sums,  dollar 
for  dollar,  and  agree  to  carry  on  educational  extension  work  in 
keeping  with  general  plans  laid  down  by  the  Department  of 
Agriculture. 

Quite  along  the  same  line,  and  employing  the  same  principle 
of  procedure,  was  the  Smith-Lever  Act  for  Vocational  Educa- 
tion. All  of  this  educational  activity  on  the  part  of  the  Federal 
Government  merely  goes  to  show  a  growing  feeling,  even  if  all 
possible  attending  reasons  and  implications  may  be  stripped 
away,  that  the  Federal  Government  recognizes  education  after 
all  to  be  a  national  function  and  a  national  necessity. 

In  spite  of  the  growing  sentiment  to  the  effect  that,  if  not 
already  reached,  the  limits  of  Federal  control  in  education  may 
soon  be  attained,  for  the  good  of  the  state  it  must  be  admitted 
that  it  is  rightly  the  concern  of  the  Federal  Government  that 
the  future  citizens  of  our  Republic  receive  more  than  the  merest 
rudiments  of  training.  If,  as  Dr.  Capen  maintains,  "We  need 
from  the  Federal  Government  only  three  things :  unification  of 
the  government's  own  educational  enterprise,  the  study  on  a 
large  scale  of  the  educational  problems  of  the  country,  and 
leadership,"  it  must  be  remembered  that  we  do  need  at  least 
these  three  things.  4i 

This  discussion  is,  however,  more  with  the  fact  of  Federal 
relationship  than  with  the  extent  and  methods,  and  this  leads  to 
a  consideration  of  the  next  step:  The  governmental  policy  of 
"no  entangling  alliances"  so  well  proved  sound  policy  in  the 
days  of  its  utterance  and  for  years  thereafter  has  had  to  give 
way,  as  far-seeing  statesmen  have  long  believed  it  would  have 
to  give  way,  to  the  policy  of  international  cooperation.  The 
place  of  leadership  now  generally  and  unquestionably  accorded 
to  the  United  States  of  America  among  the  nations  of  the 
world  is  not  and  cannot  be  that  of  detached  relationship,  if 
indeed  the  very  expression  does  not  state  the  paradox.  Bap- 
tized in  agony,  baptized  in  blood  and  sacrifice,  a  new  world 
looks  out  upon  a  new  day,  where  every  nation  acknowledges 
not  only  an  acquaintanceship  with  sister  nations,  but  an  interest 
in,  if  not  at  least  a  partial  responsibility  for,  their  welfare. 
Leadership  in  such  companionship  of  nations  assuredly  does  not 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  123 

mean  control,  but  it  does  mean  the  exercise  of  influence  and 
that  encouragement  through  lawful  means  which  expresses 
good  will  to  all  and  the  desire  for  prosperity  to  all.  May  I 
say  that  the  responsibility  of  a  Christian  nation  in  this  regard 
is  a  heavier  one  than  that  which  might  be  acknowledged  by 
nations  of  other  faith?  The  missionary  zeal  and  enterprise 
which  found  its  origin  in  that  doctrine  of  responsibility  for  the 
weaker  and  less  richly  blest  will  be  found  in  the  end  to  have 
been  written  deep  in  the  very  nature  of  truth  itself.  We  are 
our  brother's  keeper;  but  from  quite  purely  selfish  reasons,  on 
the  other  hand,  it  may  be  argued  that  there  is  no  major  con- 
cern of  the  nations  of  the  world  that  is  not  at  once  the  interest 
of  our  own  nation  and  all  other  nations.  It  remains  to  be  seen 
how  far  this  concern  and  responsibility  on  the  part  of  the 
United  States  may  healthfully  and  helpfully  contact  with  the 
civic,  economic  and  social  life  of  other  nations,  in  every  case, 
respecting  their  rights,  their  wishes,  and  mindful  of  our  own 
limitations. 

Educationally,  in  the  past,  with  or  without  any  measure  of 
definite  purpose,  nations  of  progressive  ideals,  of  universal 
education,  of  sound  educational  doctrine  and  progressive 
method,  have  exercised  a  profound  influence  upon  our  own  edu- 
cational policies  even  as  our  educational  system  has  influenced 
that  of  other  nations.  From  England  there  went  a  great 
teacher  to  France,  to  express  a  new  thought  in  education,  more 
or  less  generally  accepted  in  Great  Britain,  while  a  French 
savant  went  to  England  to  carry  the  inspiration  of  his  methods 
conceived  in  France,  and  it  lacked  only  the  consent  of  one  man, 
and  that  Comenius  himself,  and  Harvard  University  would 
have  had  a  Moravian  president  from  the  heart  of  Europe. 
The  Herbartian  movement  transferred  the  seminar  at  Yena  to 
the  soil  of  the  New  World,  and  impressed  deeply  and  lastingly 
our  entire  educational  system.  These  and  the  score  of  other 
incidents,  spasmodic  and  more  or  less  detached,  have  hereto- 
fore marked  the  acts  of  international  influence,  if  not  conscious 
attempts  to  transfer  the  pedagogy  of  one  nation  to  the  educa- 
tional system  of  another.  The  effect  of  the  activity  was  that, 
in  substance  and  reality.  The  last  few  years,  however,  settled 
the  conviction  upon  us  that  the  educational  progress,  and  par- 
ticularly the  educational  contact  of  the  great  nations  of  the 
world,  are  of  vital  concern  to  all  other  nations  of  the  world's 


124  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

sisterhood.  We  are  stunned  by  a  consideration  showing  the 
figures  of  our  own  degree  of  illiteracy.  In  light  of  the  facts 
furnished  by  the  office  of  the  Surgeon-General  of  the  Army 
and  Navy  early  in  1918  Mr.  Lane,  then  Secretary  of  the  Inte- 
rior, said:  "What  argument  that  could  be  advanced  could 
be  more  persuasive  that  education  must  have  the  consideration 
of  the  central  government  and  make  the  same  kind  of  an  offer 
to  the  state  for  the  education  of  their  illiterates  that  we  make 
for  the  construction  of  roads,  and  in  five  years  of  this  program 
there  would  be  few,  if  any,  who  could  not  read  or  write.  If 
once  we  realize  that  education  is  not  solely  a  state  matter  but 
a  national  concern,  the  way  is  open." 

Did  I  say  it  is  a  matter  of  concern  to  the  United  States  and 
other  great  nations  of  the  world  as  to  the  educational  content 
of  other  nations?  In  the  same  way  it  is  a  vital  concern  to  our 
own  and  other  nations,  what  the  ideals  of  the  educational 
systems  of  other  nations  of  the  world  are.  But  what  of  the 
illiteracy  in  other  nations  of  the  world:  if  they,  through  their 
representatives,  are  going  to  sit  around  the  council  table  which 
in  the  future  will  help  to  settle  the  questions  for  the  weal  or 
woe  of  all  humanity,  we  are,  and  of  right  ought  to  be,  vitally 
concerned  in  educational  progress. 

Within  the  last  twelve  months  a  great  American  statesman, 
greater  than  whom  has  not  appeared  since  Lincoln,  called  the 
leading  nations  of  the  world  together  around  a  common  council 
table.  Perhaps  in  the  history  of  organized  society  the  invita- 
tion, "come,  let  us  reason  together,"  has  never  meant  more 
than  it  did  at  that  time.  A  world  torn  with  strife,  confused  in 
struggle  and  suspicious  in  peace,  suspicious  of  peace,  suspicious 
of  the  movement  of  each  before  the  other,  awaited  such  an 
invitation,  convinced  that  the  desirable  thing  for  humanity 
could  be  vouchsafed  only  through  common  consent.  With  a 
statement  of  purpose  startling  in  its  frankness  the  position  of 
the  United  States,  firm  in  the  belief  of  international  responsi- 
bility, found  clear  and  concise  expression  and,  in  the  councils 
which  followed,  whatever  the  contention  or  ulterior  motive 
may  have  been,  it  must  be  conceded  there  was  taken  a  step  far 
in  advance  of  that  which  could  have  been  attained  without 
recognition  of  the  truth,  that  the  welfare  of  the  world  in  peace 
is  dependent  upon  concerted  action  among  nations. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  125 

The  several  peace  conferences  at  The  Hague  which  pre- 
ceded, and  the  Genoa  Conference  which  has  followed,  are  but 
additional  evidences  of  that  interdependence  among  nations  for 
the  greatest  good  to  any  upon  the  sympathetic  cooperation  of 
all.  In  like  manner  the  world  has  never  felt  that  the  scientific 
accomplishments  and  scholarly  achievements  of  any  one  nation 
was  purely  national  in  its  character  but  a  result  in  which  the 
whole  world  should  rejoice  and  by  which  the  whole  world 
should  be  benefited.  Comes  he  from  Latin- American  republics; 
comes  he  from  England,  or  France,  or  China,  or  Japan — the 
truth  he  speaks — for  truth  it  be — should  carry  enlightenment 
to  the  whole  waiting  world.  From  time  to  time  efforts  have 
been  made  to  congregate  representatives  of  the  greatest  institu- 
tions of  learning  to  bring  about  a  clearer  understanding  of  the 
endeavors  of  each  other  in  the  field  of  educational  progress. 
Of  such  a  sort  was  the  Second  Pan-American  Scientific  Con- 
gress convoked  by  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  pursuant  to  a  resolution  of  the  First  Pan-American 
Scientific  Congress  convened  in  the  City  of  Washington  on 
December  27,  1915,  under  the  able  leadership  of  one  of  the 
guests  of  honor  of  this  occasion,  Chief  Director-General  of 
the  Pan-American  Union,  the  Honorable  John  Barrett,  for  the 
purpose  of  bringing  into  close  and  intimate  contact  the  leaders 
of  scientific  thought  and  of  public  opinion  in  the  American 
Republics  to  the  end  that  by  an  exchange  of  views  results  might 
be  reached  of  service  to  the  peoples  of  the  American  Continent, 
and  by  that  personal  intercourse  foundations  would  be  laid  for 
friendly  and  harmonious  cooperation  in  the  future.  In  large 
numbers  representatives  of  universities,  institutions,  associa- 
tions, learned  societies,  and  other  private  organizations,  and 
especially  invited  scientists,  scholars  and  publicists  attended  the 
Congress  and  participated  in  its  proceedings;  the  avowed  aims 
and  purposes  were  "to  increase  the  knowledge  of  things  Ameri- 
can, to  disseminate  and  to  make  the  culture  of  each  American 
country  the  heritage  of  all  American  republics,  to  further  the 
advancement  of  science  by  disinterested  cooperation,  to  pro- 
mote industry,  inter-American  trade  and  commerce,  and  to  de- 
vise the  ways  and  means  of  mutual  helpfulness  in  these  and  in 
other  respects."  This  meeting,  held  in  the  Capitol  of  the 
United  States,  was  not  the  first  held  at  the  instance  of  the 
Latin-American  republics,   for  one  had  convened  in   1898   at 


126  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

Buenos  Aires,  another  in  1901  at  Montevideo,  and  still  another 
in  1905  at  Rio  de  Janeiro.  These,  however,  were  purely  meet- 
ings of  Latin-American  scholars,  who  thought  to  disseminate 
throughout  their  own  continent  the  scholarly  attainments  in 
Spanish-American  thought  and  scientific  procedure.  It  is  sig- 
nificant to  note  that  the  Second  Pan-American  Congress  was 
one  officially  called  up  by  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
and  one  to  which  official  delegates  were  duly  appointed  by  each 
of  the  governments  of  Spanish-American  countries.  Interna- 
tional gatherings,  organized  for  Sunday  school  work  for  the 
advancement  of  the  temperance  cause,  for  the  consideration  of 
problems  peculiar  to  the  great  church  denominations,  for  the 
dissemination  of  the  principles  of  Rotary — all  of  these  have 
laid  emphasis  upon  the  universality  of  certain  human  influences 
and  the  desirability  of  the  nations  of  the  world  keeping  step  in 
progress  toward  the  realization  of  the  best  things  in  human 
experiences. 

As  recognizing  the  need  of  that  closer  understanding  sought 
to  be  brought  about  through  the  Pan-American  Congresses,  the 
idea  of  a  Pan-American  University  has  been  promulgated. 
Even  before  the  great  war,  with  its  emphasis  upon  national 
interdependence,  the  advantages  of  such  an  institution  for  the 
countries  of  the  western  hemisphere  seem  to  have  been  recog- 
nized. In  fact,  if  my  memory  serves  me,  the  Institute  de  Panama 
has  actually  gone  so  far  as  to  offer  its  plant  as  the  seat  of  such 
a  great  international  institution.  In  addition  to  this  a  corpora- 
tion of  this  nature,  with  headquarters  at  Riverside,  has  actually 
been  founded.  It  was  the  dream  of  a  one-time  secretary  of 
state  that  certain  institutions  of  collegiate  rank  in  the  United 
States  of  America  should  be  designated,  and  if  necessary  subsi- 
dized to  some  extent  as  those  to  which  students  from  Spanish 
America  could  prepare  with  great  profit,  organization  and 
administration  having  been  made  in  them  with  a  definite  view 
to  meeting  the  needs  of  Latin-American  registrants.  It  is  not 
fair  to  say  that  no  progress  has  been  made  in  this  matter. 
However,  it  is  scarcely  more  than  sufficient  to  give  recognition 
to  the  principle  involved.  The  Institute  of  International  Edu- 
cation is  organized  to  keep  "the  administrative  authorities  of 
our  colleges  and  universities  informed  of  the  presence  of  visit- 
ing scholars,  educators,  and  commissions,  and  likewise  to  give 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  127 

to  students  of  our  institutions  of  higher  education  as  full  infor- 
mation as  possible  concerning  educational  advantages  abroad." 

The  visitations  of  the  Commissions  from  time  to  time,  from 
England,  from  France,  and  from  Canada,  all  serve  to  empha- 
size the  conviction  that  educational  progress  in  any  nation  is 
of  international  significance. 

After  all,  would  not  a  great  international  clearing  house  of 
educational  accomplishment  be  our  next  step?  An  institution 
which  would  welcome  participation  in  interest  and  support  on 
the  part  of  Latin-American  countries,  thus  serving  to  unify  the 
nations  of  the  western  hemisphere,  but  one  which  would  go 
farther  than  that,  and  organize  in  definite  form  so  as  to  give 
ultimate  expression  to  the  educational  ideas  of  the  civilized 
world,  inviting  into  its  organization  and  into  its  administration 
the  support  of  all  of  the  nations  of  the  world.  We  have  not 
even  to  this  day,  two  hundred  years  after  his  birth,  given 
definite  form  to  the  ideals  of  Washington,  that  at  the  nation's 
capital  should  be  a  great  National  University,  supported  by  the 
Federal  Government,  and  giving  expression  through  its  courses 
to  the  ideals  of  Christian  culture  and  scientific  attainment. 
While  the  undergraduate  institutions  of  the  world  would  still 
be  open  to  a  generous  exchange  of  professorships  and  students 
to  a  larger  extent,  let  us  hope,  than  even  now  practiced.  Such 
an  institution,  of  course,  of  which  I  speak  is  purely  graduate  in 
its  character  from  which  the  educational  leaders  would  scatter 
into  all  parts  of  the  world  to  spread  the  gospel  of  brotherhood 
without  boundaries  and  truth  without  limitations.  While  such 
an  institution  would  exercise  its  potency  peculiarly  through  the 
colleges  and  universities,  still  another  step,  it  seems  to  me, 
would  be  in  the  right  direction.  What  has  been  accomplished 
in  bringing  to  the  attention  of  all  the  school  systems  of  the 
United  States,  the  accomplishments  of  any  through  the  great 
national  educational  system  could  be  done  on  even  a  larger 
scale  through  an  international  association  organized  on  the 
representative  plan  with  purpose  to  discuss  problems  of  elemen- 
tary and  secondary  education.  It  is,  after  all,  the  fundamental 
philosophy  of  life  which  determines  the  character  of  the  nation. 
It  is  not  merely  the  spread  of  educational  advantage  that  will 
save  us;  the  nation  with  the  lowest  percentage  of  illiterary  in 
all  the  world  is  not  the  safest  nation,  the  one  to  be  most  univer- 
sally honored  and  most  implicitly  trusted.     It  is  the  one  with 


128  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

the  largest  percentage  of  educated  men  and  women  of  high 
ideals  and  worthy  character.  It  is  the  character  of  educational 
means  and  matter  that  shapes  the  destiny  of  a  nation.  The 
first  business,  after  all,  of  any  educational  institution  is  to 
develop  the  right  kind  of  character.  A  recent  inaugural  address 
holds  up  three  motives  as  essential  in  the  education  of  youth: 
A  passion  for  thoroughness  in  whatever  task  he  undertakes;  a 
passion  to  discriminate  right  from  wrong;  and  a  passion  for 
unselfish  service.  If  a  realization  of  these  objectives  makes  for 
successful  living  in  the  individual  it  is  as  decidedly  true  that 
they  are  necessary  to  success  in  the  citizen  of  a  nation.  And 
while  superior  education  prepares  our  leaders,  elementary  and 
secondary  education  prepared  the  minds  and  hearts  of  those 
to  be  led.  What  of  good  might  we  not  expect  to  come  out  of 
a  world  congress  on  education  under  the  auspices  of  a  continu- 
ing membership,  who  by  the  very  fact  of  their  connection  with 
such  an  organization,  are  made  to  think  through  wider  circles 
than  would  otherwise  be  the  case? 

I  have  said  that  the  first  business  of  any  educational  institu- 
tion is  to  develop  the  right  kind  of  character.  How  long  will 
it  take  us  to  realize  that  the  greatest  resource  of  any  nation  is 
the  developing  youth  of  that  nation?  In  the  confusion  and 
disorder  of  our  wild  enthusism  of  the  age,  over  machinery, 
over  cubism,  over  jazz  and  over  radio,  are  we  not  overlooking 
the  real  values  of  the  human  soul?  Do  I  do  violence  to  Babson 
when  I  understand  him  to  say  that  more  of  the  prosperity  of 
this  nation  is  due  to  the  family  prayers  which  were  once  daily 
held  in  the  homes  of  our  fathers  than  to  activity  on  the 
"change"  or  than  to  our  foreign  commercial  contacts?  It  is 
with  the  spiritual  resources  of  the  nation  that  our  educational 
institutions  must  concern  themselves.  It  is  still  true,  as  it 
always  will  be,  that  if  we  first  seek  the  Kingdom  of  God  and 
His  Righteousness  all  these  other  things  will  be  added  unto  us. 
Sir  Auckland  Geddes,  speaking  from  this  platform,  said  to  our 
wonderful  and  inspiring  student  body,  "You  are  facing  the 
greatest  opportunity  ever  given  to  a  generation." 

So  might  these  words  have  been  said  before  all  bodies  of 
students  in  all  educational  institutions  the  world  over,  but  that 
opportunity  lies  in  the  emphasis  and  development  of  spiritual 
values  rather  than  in  the  exercise  of  mental  and  physical  energy 
in  things  of  the  material  world.     May  the  University  of  South- 


.  1 1 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  129 

crn  California  ever  stand  for  the  greater  manhood  which  looks 
toward  power  of  soul  and  for  the  outward  gaze  above  and 
beyond  that  makes  for  sympathetic  cooperation  of  all  men  of 
all  races  to  the  end  that  peace  on  earth  and  universal  good  will 
may  prevail. 

Honorary  Degrees  were  conferred  upon  : 

Frank  M.  Porter 

O.  W.  E.  Cook 

Cornelius  Cole 

Norman  Bridge 

John  Barrett 

Jose  Galvez 

Jose  Vasconcelos,  by  Gumaro  Villalobos 

George  Finley  Bovard 

BENEDICTION  BY 
BISHOP  CHARLES  EDWARD  LOCKE,  DD.,  LL.D. 

of  Manila,  P.  I. 

"May  the  grace  of  Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the  love  of  God 
Our  Father,  and  the  communion  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  abide  with 
us  all  forever  and  evermore.    Amen." 


April  Twenty-eighth 

AFTERNOON    SESSION 

Presentation  of  Delegates 


PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

Presiding 

The  exercises  this  afternoon  are  of  a  most  informal  nature, 
and  to  give  us  the  privilege  of  introducing  the  official  delegates 
from  foreign  countries,  from  foreign  universities,  and  from  the 
institutions  of  the  United  States. 

Out  of  a  very  busy  program,  the  chief  executive  of  the  city 
of  Los  Angeles  has  come  to  us  today,  to  give  us  the  privilege 
of  presenting  him  to  you,  and  to  listen  to  him  as  the  representa- 
tive of  this  great  municipality.  You  are  as  familiar  as  I,  many 
of  you,  with  that  captivating  editorial  which  appeared  in  the 
Los  Angeles  Times  of  a  recent  date,  to  the  effect  that  there  are 
only  three  classes  of  people  in  the  world,  after  all:  one  com- 
posed of  those  who  now  live  in  Los  Angeles  and  the  immediate 
vicinity,  another  of  those  who  had  made  up  their  minds  to  some 
time  or  other  come  to  Los  Angeles  and  vicinity  and  live,  and 
the  third  class  those  who  are  now  on  their  way  to  Los  Angeles 
and  vicinity. 

To  this  great  concourse  of  people  who,  in  their  own  language, 
are  inhabitants  of  the  fairest  city  of  the  fairest  state,  I  intro- 
duce Mayor  Cryer,  of  the  city  of  Los  Angeles. 

City  of  Los  Angeles 
HON.  GEORGE  E.  CRYER 

Mayor  of  Los  Angeles 

It  is  indeed  a  pleasure  to  be  present  upon  this  auspicious  oc- 
casion which  marks  the  induction  into  office  of  a  new  president 
of  the  University  of  Southern  California. 

Ours  is  indeed  a  great  city — someone  has  said  that  it  is  the 
largest  city  for  its  size  in  the  world.  It  is  indeed  a  great  city — 
great  not  only  in  population,  but  great  in  the  extent  and  di- 
versity of  its  manufacturing  enterprises,  great  in  natural  ad- 
vantages, great  in  every  business  and  commercial  sense;  nor 
does  our  claim  to  greatness,  our  claim  to  distinction,  rest  alone 
upon  these  material  things.  We  are  proud  of  our  splendid 
system  of  common  schools,  we  are  proud  of  our  wonderful  in- 


134  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

stitutions  of  higher  education,  and  it  is  well  that  it  is  so,  for  no 
city,  no  nation,  can  be  truly  great  where  interest  in  education 
is  ailowed  to  wane:  it  cannot  be. 

It  is  Napoleon  Bonaparte  who  is  credited  with  having  said 
that  "the  future  of  France  rested  not  with  her  arms,  but  with 
her  mothers";  that  "the  hand  that  rocks  the  cradle  rules  the 
world."  True  it  is  that  the  brain  which  directs  the  education 
of  our  children  marks  out  the  lines  along  which  the  nation  must 
progress.  If  our  institutions  of  education  shall  continue  to  be 
broad  and  liberal,  impartial  and  unprejudiced,  seeking  only  to 
bring  the  youth  of  the  land  face  to  face  with  the  great  truths 
in  nature,  in  science,  in  history  and  in  literature,  they  will  bring 
forth,  to  become  the  citizens  of  tomorrow,  strong,  broad- 
minded,  patriotic,  liberty-loving  men  and  women;  but  if  our 
educators  shall  become  narrow  and  prejudiced,  or  feeble,  if 
our  education  shall  ever  be  confined  to  the  few,  while  the  chil- 
dren of  the  many  are  allowed  to  grow  up  in  ignorance,  then 
will  jails  and  almshouses  be  filled,  and  the  high  places  of  the 
nation's  patriotism  will  be  empty  indeed. 

President  von  KleinSmid,  it  is  indeed  a  pleasure  and  a  privi- 
lege to  bring  you  a  message  of  greeting  and  of  encouragement 
upon  this  occasion.  The  constituency  which  I  have  the  honor 
to  represent  here  today  yields  to  none  here  represented  in  its 
admiration  for  you  and  in  its  respect  for  the  University  of 
Southern  California.  May  you  have  before  you  many  years 
of  splendid,  constructive  service,  and  may  the  great  institution 
of  which  you  are  now  the  honored  head  continue  to  grow  in 
the  respect  and  esteem  of  the  population  of  the  great  South- 
west. 

PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

The  type  of  educational  control  which  obtains  in  most  of 
the  states  of  this  great  union — a  force  to  be  reckoned  with  when 
it  realizes  its  own  responsibilities  and  duties  under  the  condi- 
tions of  its  organization — is  the  State  Board  of  Education. 
Peculiarly  in  the  State  of  California  is  its  activity  evidenced  in 
many  forms  of  educational  organization,  and  in  plans  looking 
towards  placing  at  the  disposal  of  every  child  of  the  state  the 
educational  advantages  of  our  schools. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  13S 

Representing  the  State  of  California,  we  have  today  with 
us  the  president  of  the  State's  Board  of  Education.  I  take 
pleasure  in  presenting  to  you  the  Honorable  E.  P.  Clarke, 
President  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  a  member  also  of 
the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  University  of  Southern  Califor- 
nia, who  represents  this  commonwealth. 


State  of  California 
HON.  E.  P.  CLARKE 

President  State  Board  of  Education 

Someone  might  ask  this  afternoon,  why  should  the  state  de- 
partment of  education  be  represented  on  this  program?  That 
organization,  they  would  say,  deals  with  the  public  schools  of 
the  state,  and  has  no  jurisdiction  over  privately  endowed  insti- 
tutions, and  no  direct  interest  in  their  affairs.  My  answer  is 
that  those  who  direct  the  public  schools  of  the  state  are  deeply 
concerned  in  the  success  and  efficiency  of  the  University  of 
Southern  California,  and  other  institutions  of  higher  education 
like  it.  Thousands  of  young  men  and  women  from  the  high 
schools  of  the  state  come  to  the  University  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia for  college  and  professional  work.  Moreover,  this  uni- 
versity is  training  a  large  body  of  teachers  for  the  public 
schools,  under  direct  authorization  of  the  State  Board  of  Edu- 
cation, and  under  standards  which  that  board  has  established. 
Viewing  the  matter  broadly,  therefore,  I  have  no  hesitation  in 
saying  that  the  members  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  the 
state  superintendent,  and  other  educational  leaders  in  the  de- 
partment, consider  the  University  of  Southern  California  a  part 
of  the  great  educational  machinery  of  the  state — an  important 
part,  too;  and  we  rejoice  in  the  coming  to  the  state  of  a  great 
leader  in  education  like  President  von  KleinSmid.  We  con- 
gratulate the  university  upon  his  inauguration,  and  we  hope  to 
work  with  him  in  the  great  aim  and  the  common  task  of  train- 
ing the  young  men  and  women  of  California  for  greater  useful- 
ness, and  for  finer  service. 

State  Superintendent  Wood  is  to  be  a  member  of  the  faculty 
of  the  University  of  Southern  California  at  the  coming  summer 
school  session  and  we  have  loaned  other  experts  for  the  uni- 


136  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

versity  summer  sessions  in  the  past.  We  are  glad  to  cooperate 
in  this  manner,  and  we  recognize  in  your  new  president  a  leader 
with  whom  cooperation  will  be  easy,  and  its  results  eminently 
satisfactory. 

One  of  the  problems  of  the  state,  of  cities,  and  of  school  dis- 
tricts, is  to  provide  school  facilities  fast  enough  to  keep  pace 
with  the  phenomenal  growth  of  school  attendance.  California 
today  is  spending  $31,000,000  on  new  school  buildings.  The 
school  enrolment  in  the  public  schools  is  practically  800,000, 
and  will  soon  be  1,000,000.  The  high  school  enrolment  alone 
today  is  close  to  200,000,  the  largest  of  any  state  in  the  union. 
The  State  University  and  the  various  public  junior  colleges  can- 
not begin  to  take  care  of  the  young  men  and  women  who  go 
out  from  our  high  schools  every  year  with  the  desire  and  pur- 
pose for  college  training.  We  must,  therefore,  look  to  privately 
endowed  colleges  and  universities  such  as  the  University  of 
Southern  California,  to  help  take  care  of  these  young  people; 
and  it  would  be  a  crime,  educationally,  to  deny  them  the  higher 
education  they  are  ambitious  to  enjoy. 

That  is  why  I  am  able  to  speak  officially  for  the  State,  and 
to  say  that  we  welcome  the  growth  and  development  of  U.  S. 
C,  and  we  rejoice  in  additions  to  its  facilities,  and  the  strength- 
ening of  its  faculty  by  the  acquisition  of  such  leaders  as  the  man 
who  has  just  become  your  president. 

President  Garfield  once  said  that  for  him  the  ideal  college 
was  a  log  with  Mark  Hopkins  sitting  on  one  end  of  it  and  him- 
self on  the  other.  We  would  not  detract  from  a  tribute  to  a 
great  educator,  which  Garfield  paid  in  this  epigrammatic  state- 
ment; but  it  would  nevertheless  be  unwise  to  accept  the  view 
that  the  traditional  log  on  which  Mark  Hopkins  sat  is  the  ideal 
equipment  for  a  college  or  university — or  was  even  in  those 
days.  The  receptive  student  and  the  inspiring  teacher  are  two 
essentials  for  education,  wherever  it  is  undertaken,  but  it  does 
not  follow  that  we  do  not  need  generous  provision  for  build- 
ings, equipment,  and  support.  California  today  is  spending 
nearly  $60,000,000  annually  on  public  education,  over  and 
above  the  amount  spent  on  buildings;  and,  speaking  on  this  oc- 
casion as  the  representative  of  the  state,  I  want  to  say,  in  my 
judgment,  that  instead  of  apologizing  for  this  expenditure  as 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  137 

an  extravagance  we  should  glory  in  the  fact,  as  the  finest  proof 
of  enterprise,  progress  and  good  citizenship  to  which  the  peo- 
ple of  the  State  can  point.  Even  that  great  sum  is  only  a  little 
over  $70  per  child,  and  when  we  look  at  the  matter  from  that 
standpoint,  it  is  a  question  whether  we  ought  not  to  spend  more, 
rather  than  less. 

The  task  we  have  before  us  in  education  cannot  be  done 
without  men  and  tools,  and  this  again  applies  to  the  University 
of  Southern  California,  as  well  as  the  public  school  system  of 
the  state.  Mr.  Mayor,  the  finest  investment  Los  Angeles  could 
make  today  would  be  to  provide  ten  million  dollars  for  new 
buildings,  new  equipment,  and  increased  endowment  for  U.  S. 
C.  The  proper  development  of  this  great  institution  is  worth 
more  to  the  city  than  hundreds  of  new  industries  and  several 
annual  crops  of  tourists.  That  would  be  an  investment  not 
merely  in  brick  and  mortar,  but  in  the  future  citizenship  of  the 
state  and  of  the  republic.  May  the  opportunity  be  taken  ad- 
vantage of  speedily. 

Nothing  is  so  precious  to  the  community,  the  state  and  the 
nation  as  the  lives  of  the  young  men  and  young  women  who  are 
to  be  our  rulers  in  future  in  this  great  democracy.  The  com- 
mon goal  for  all  who  are  engaged  in  education  is  the  develop- 
ment of  a  better  type  of  citizenship,  the  training  of  leaders  who 
will  be  sane,  unselfish,  patriotic,  and  consecrated  to  service, 
Upon  the  young  people  who  are  being  trained  in  the  schools 
and  colleges  of  today  will  rest  the  sacred  responsibility  of  keep- 
ing unsullied  the  lustre  of  the  stripes  and  the  glory  of  the  stars 
of  the  flag  we  love,  and  may  we  so  train  them  that  in  very  truth 
they  will  acquit  themselves  like  men. 

PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

On  one  of  the  most  beautiful  avenues  of  the  capital  city  of 
the  Republic  of  Chile  stands  a  great  building,  which  really  is 
constituted  by  a  group  of  buildings,  as  a  monument  not  only  to 
the  faith  of  that  progressive  republic,  but  a  monument  in  evi- 
dence of  her  purpose  to  lead  her  citizenship  to  the  highest  pos- 
sible accomplishments  in  education.  As  representing  that  great 
university,  national  in  its  support  and  national  in  its  scope  and 
service,  and  representing  the  Republic   of   Chile,    I    have  the 


138  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

honor  to  present  to  you  this  afternoon  Consul  General  Marcos 
Huidobro,  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  I  wish  he  might  know  how 
delighted  we  are,  and  how  honored  we  are,  with  the  presence 
of  these  many  delegates  from  our  sister  republics  on  the  South 
American  continent. 

Doctor  Huidobro. 


Latin-American  States 
MARCOS  HUIDOBRO,  Ph.D. 

Consul-G eneral  of  Chile,  San  Francisco 
I  can  hardly  express  in  words  the  sentiments  of  deep  pride 
and  joy  at  the  honor  granted  to  me,  the  least  worthy  of  the 
foreign  representatives  gathered  here,  of  extending  the  most 
sincere  congratulations  which  we  all  bring,  from  near  and  far 
countries,  to  this  splendid  assembly,  whose  object  is  to  present 
a  message  of  congratulation  and  good  wishes  to  the  Honorable 
Rufus  Bernhard  von  KleinSmid,  the  new  worthy  president  of 
the  University  of  Southern  California,  on  the  day  of  his  inaug- 
uration to  the  post  of  honor  and  confidence  which  he  has  at- 
tained in  his  intense  and  brilliant  intellectual  career. 

His  remarkable  personality,  developed  to  the  extreme  in 
every  single  branch  and  activity  of  intellectual  culture,  is  well 
known  all  over  the  world,  and  is  highly  appreciated  in  this 
country.  The  ceremony  of  today,  which  we  are  all  attending 
with  such  great  delight,  is  the  most  convincing  proof  of  my 
assertion.  In  South  America,  where  President  von  KleinSmid 
has  travelled  extensively,  and  where  he  and  Mrs.  von  Klein- 
Smid have  made  warm  friends,  very  especially  in  Chile,  his 
strong  and  powerful  mentality  is  also  admired.  That  is  why 
most  of  the  Latin-American  countries  have  sent  their  repre- 
sentatives here  today,  to  join  the  intellectual  feast  that  certainly 
is  a  great  treat  of  science. 

It  is  in  the  name  of  those  delegates  that  I  have  the  honor 
of  addressing  you,  honorable  president.  It  is  in  their  name 
that  I  raise  my  voice  to  wish  you  all  the  prosperity  that  you  de- 
serve, and  wishing  prosperity  to  your  honorable  self  I  wish  it 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  139 

also  to  the  institution  over  which  you  preside,  because  you  are, 
from  now  on,  the  heart,  the  mentality,  the  soul,  and  the  life  of 
this  university. 

Chile,  although  the  country  most  "ecarte,"  perhaps,  from 
this  great  center  of  vast  culture  in  its  different  forms,  has  most 
joyfully  and  sincerely  joined  these  inaugural  exercises.  One  of 
the  most  characterized  men  of  Chilean  political  life,  our  Am- 
bassador in  Washington,  His  Excellency  Don  Beltran  Mathieu, 
was  to  be  here  to  transmit  words  of  congratulation  and  good 
will  from  the  Chilean  Government  to  the  University  of  South- 
ern California.  Other  important  official  duties  have  kept  him 
in  Washington.  With  personal  regret  he  had  to  forego  his 
planned  trip.  He  requested  me,  in  his  note  appointing  me  to 
take  his  place,  to  express  to  the  honorable  new  president  the 
ardent  hope  of  the  Chilean  Government  that  this  university 
might  become  one  of  the  most  prominent  institutions  of  the 
scientific  educational  research  that  interests  the  world  most. 

Why  do  we,  the  Chileans,  take  special  pleasure  in  bringing 
our  warm  regards  to  this  marvelous  country  of  yours?  Very 
simply:  because  there  is  a  wonderful  parallelism  between  the 
two  nations — a  parallelism  of  political  and  social  ideals.  The 
archives  of  the  history  of  Chile  are  full  of  documents  showing 
that  Chile  is  a  real  democratic  sister  to  this  democratic  republic 
of  yours.  When  we  were  just  born  to  independent  life,  our 
first  real  President,  Carrera,  founded  in  1813  the  National 
Institute,  the  first  educational  institution  of  its  kind  in  the  new 
world.     The  decree  which  created  it  contained  these  words : 

"It  is  impossible  to  have  real  democratic  institutions  and 
government  without  public  education." 

About  the  year  1863  your  great  idealistic  democrat,  Abra- 
ham Lincoln,  in  his  very  famous  Gettysburg  address,  made 
public  and  scattered  all  over  the  world  the  very  same  theory 
that  fifty  years  before  had  modestly  been  stated  by  one  of  the 
apostles  of  South  American  liberty  and  democracy. 

Public  education  in  Chile,  as  here,  has  always  enjoyed  the 
constant  protection  of  the  national  government.  It  is  now  free 
and  compulsory  among  us.  Another  parallelism:  your  Mon- 
roe Doctrine,  of  world-wide  fame,  tending  to  maintain  the  in- 


140  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

tegrity,  sovereignty,  and  peace  of  nations,  was  practiced  also 
by  the  honest,  loyal,  peaceful,  respectful  and  industrious  Chile, 
called  by  you  with  a  very  endearing  term — "The  Yankees  of 
South  America."  On  several  occasions  our  small  army  and 
navy  have  saved  other  South  American  countries  from  invasion, 
from  destruction,  and  from  disintegration.  On  every  occasion 
our  advice  and  moral  support  have  been  ready  to  help  nations 
that  were  on  the  verge  of  an  internal  or  an  external  clash.  I 
might  add  still,  that  Chile  is  the  fourth  among  the  nations  of 
the  world  that  have  solved  a  large  number  of  problems  by 
means  of  arbitration.  These  quotations  of  mine  out  of  the 
archives  of  our  republic  are  powerful  arguments  to  prove  why 
Chile  enjoys  most  sincerely  the  privileges  that,  like  this  one, 
give  her  the  opportunity  of  stretching  out  her  hand  of  sincere 
friendship  to  your  great  nation. 

Please  accept,  honorable  president  of  the  University  of 
Southern  California,  the  heartiest  congratulations  of  the 
Chilean  Republic.  May  this  university  be  the  first  to  reach  the 
climax  I  already  have  wished  for,  and  may  each  and  every  one 
of  the  nations  of  the  New  World  increase  every  day  more  and 
more  their  knowledge  of  each  other,  their  understanding  of 
each  other,  so  that  all  our  countries  might  attain,  together  and 
at  the  same  time,  the  aspirations  of  peace  and  prosperity  which 
we  all  cherish. 

PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

I  wish  I  were  able  to  transport  the  audience  this  afternoon 
to  a  group  of  buildings  in  the  heart  of  the  capital  city  of  the 
Republic  of  Peru,  and  give  to  you  the  impressions  of  dignity 
and  solemnity,  and  give  to  you  the  inspiration  that  came  to  me 
from  those  wonderful  halls  and  those  beautiful  courts. 

As  representing  the  oldest  university  in  the  Western  Hemis- 
phere, the  Universidad  Mayor  de  San  Marcos  de  Lima,  and 
representing  the  government  whose  child  she  is,  comes  to  us 
today  Doctor  Augustin  T.  Whilar.  I  have  a  peculiar  personal 
pleasure  in  welcoming  Doctor  Whilar.  We  have  the  honor 
of  being  alumni  of  the  same  institution — the  Universidad 
Mayor  de  San  Marcos  de  Lima. 

Doctor  Whilar. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  141 

Latin-American  States 
AUGUSTIN  T.  WHILAR,  Ph.D. 

Universidad  Mayor  de  San  Marcos  de  Lima 

In  the  name  of  the  Government  of  Peru,  and  of  the  Greater 
University  of  San  Marcos  of  Lima,  as  well  as  in  my  own  name 
as  Doctor  of  the  School  of  Philosophy,  History  and  Letters,  of 
which  you  are  an  illustrious  and  distinguished  Honorary  Mem- 
ber, I  bring  you,  with  the  greatest  pleasure,  sincere  and  cordial 
congratulations  upon  your  installation  as  president  of  this  im- 
portant university.  This  high  and  well-merited  honor  is  a 
tribute  to  your  unusual  talents,  and  will  be  epoch-making  in 
the  history  of  this  institution,  and  also  in  the  history  of  higher 
education  in  the  State  of  California,  for  we  have  the  deepest 
confidence  that  you  will  spare  no  effort  or  sacrifice  to  place  this 
university  on  the  high  plane  demanded  by  the  educational  prog- 
ress of  this  great  nation.  These  words  of  mine  should  not  be 
interpreted  as  words  of  flattery  or  enthusiasm,  inspired  by  the 
nature  of  this  solemn  occasion  which  brings  us  here,  because, 
Mr.  President,  you  have  with  rare  wisdom  and  judgment  taken 
the  first  step  for  unity  and  sympathetic  understanding  by  calling 
the  first  conference  of  Latin- American  universities;  a  note- 
worthy event  of  vital  importance  in  the  history  of  education, 
and  in  the  wider  development  of  the  activities  of  universities, 
since,  as  these  delegates  know,  it  is  the  function  of  all  universi- 
ties to  further  the  most  noble  aspirations  of  the  spirit  of  the 
nation,  advance  the  fuller  development  of  science  as  evolved 
in  their  laboratories  and  expounded  in  their  lecture  rooms;  to 
examine  into  the  great  body  of  knowledge  which  constitute* 
the  course  of  liberal  arts;  to  cultivate  and  diffuse  those  ideals 
which  tend  to  give  the  right  form  to  the  collective  conscience; 
and  rightly  the  important  suggestions  which  form  the  basis  of 
this  conference  of  universities  which  is  being  held  here  con- 
stitute the  corner-stone  of  the  future  university,  in  which  must 
be  crystallized  the  true  Latin-American  culture;  the  linking  of 
an  epoch  or  of  a  people  with  the  institutions  of  higher  learning, 
as  in  the  present  instance. 

It  is  to  your  initiative  that  we  owe  the  happy  ideas  of  having 
these  various  universities  examine  and  elaborate  jointly  their 


142  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

new  plans  of  education,  in  order  that  these  institutions  of  higher 
learning  may  in  the  future  be  the  true  natural  instruments  to  be 
applied  to  the  vital  problems  of  society;  genuine  representa- 
tives of  organized  knowledge,  of  ideals  conceived  and  fostered 
under  the  stress  of  legitimate  necessity  and  urgent  occupations. 

Thus  we  realize  clearly  the  value  of  the  study  of  problems 
of  this  nature  from  the  scientific  and  sociological  point  of  view, 
for  the  purpose  of  producing  a  class  of  highly  trained  persons 
who  will  maintain  the  disinterested  development  of  science,  let- 
ters and  art,  supporting  the  spirit  and  practice  of  investigation, 
as  have  those  distinguished  masters,  Don  Valentin  Letelier, 
ex-Rector  of  the  University  of  Chile,  and  Don  Jose  Ingenieros, 
of  the  National  University  of  Buenos  Aires. 

Mr.  President,  the  Government  of  Peru  and  the  University 
of  San  Marcos  of  Lima,  in  whose  behalf  I  have  the  great  and 
undeserved  honor  to  address  you  upon  this  solemn  occasion, 
will  receive  with  the  profound  interest  and  enthusiasm  for 
which  they  are  distinguished  the  report  of  this  first  memorable 
conference  of  universities,  since  we  recognize  as  unquestionable 
the  efficacy  of  science  as  a  civilizing  instrument,  of  social  cul- 
ture in  preparing  for  the  exercise  of  high  social  functions,  of 
the  unifying  value  of  philosophy  in  illuminating  the  far-reach- 
ing field  of  the  unknown,  and  the  function  of  universities  in 
working  out  the  problems  of  human  happiness,  increasing  the 
capacity  of  man  and  society  by  means  of  the  sum  total  of  ac- 
crued knowledge,  eliminating  patiently  the  errors  which  tend 
to  destroy  the  unity  which  this  first  conference  is  trying  to 
establish. 

Peru,  upon  being  advised  of  the  important  deliberations  of 
this  distinguished  gathering,  will  receive  them  with  the  deep 
interest  which  they  merit.  At  the  same  time  it  is  for  the  Peru- 
vians a  matter  of  great  pride  that  the  eminent  president  of  the 
University  of  Southern  California,  who  has  evolved  this  brilli- 
ant and  far-reaching  idea  which  has  brought  us  together  in 
this  beautiful  city,  is  a  most  distinguished  honorary  member  of 
the  oldest  university  in  the  New  World,  and  the  most  illustrious 
institution  of  Peru. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  143 

PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

One  of  the  by-products  of  American  universities  is  college 
and  university  presidents.  The  University  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia has  furnished  to  the  College  of  the  Pacific  its  new  presi- 
dent. There  is  no  name  in  college  and  university  circles  in  this 
part  of  the  state  that  in  conjuring  can  produce  so  much  as  the 
name  of  Tully  C.  Knoles.  We  are  sorry  to  lose  him  from  this 
institution,  but  knowing  how  badly  he  is  needed  in  the  northern 
part  of  the  state  by  the  University  of  California  and  Stanford 
University  to  uphold  the  standards  of  educational  ideals  we 
have,  out  of  the  heart  of  our  unselfishness,  allowed  him  to  go 
from  us,  and  to  place  his  new  institution  immediately  between 
the  two  older  and  larger  institutions,  not  to  keep  apart  in  com- 
plications and  contests;  with  hand  outstretched  in  every  direc- 
tion to  bring  them  closer  together. 

President  Knoles. 


Alumni 
TULLY  C.  KNOLES,  D.D. 

President  of  the  College  of  the  Pacific 

It  is  impossible  for  me  to  use  the  grace  and  the  facility  of 
language  exhibited  by  our  delegates  from  South  America  and 
from  Mexico  and  from  Central  America;  however,  there  is  this 
compensation,  that  as  an  Irishman  I  can  say  some  things  which 
perhaps  they  cannot  say,  and  as  an  Irishman  I  can  perhaps  say 
some  words  of  congratulation  to  our  new  president  which  those 
of  you  who  are  not  Irish  could  not  possibly  say — and  yet  I  feel 
you  will  agree  with  the  sentiment,  although  you  could  not  say 
it  yourself. 

An  alumnus  of  the  U.  S.  C,  speaking  today,  must  represent 
a  very  widely  diversified  group  of  men  and  women,  not  only 
as  to  geographical  location,  but  as  to  service;  but  it  seems  to 
me  that,  in  memory  of  the  graduates  of  the  University  of  South- 
ern California,  there  is  to  be  found  the  largest  group  of  out- 
standing men  in  the  field  of  education.  I  have  no  doubt  that 
has  been  brought  about  as  the  result  of  the  fact  that  in  the 
institution  for  many  years  was  that  prince  of  all  educators, 
James  Harmon   Hoose,   and  that  while   he  did  not  put  im- 


144  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

mediately  before  us  the  lure  of  the  teaching  profession,  yet, 
by  his  constant  devotion  to  his  own  task,  and  by  the  persistence 
of  his  efforts  in  our  behalf,  and  by  our  somewhat  tardy  appre- 
ciation of  the  results  of  his  activities,  we  subconsciously  looked 
to  the  time  when  we  might,  in  a  small  measure,  do  the  things 
he  did  so  nobly.  And  so,  speaking  for  the  alumni,  I  am  think- 
ing of  college  presidents,  I  am  thinking  of  heads  of  depart- 
ments in  institutions  of  higher  learning,  from  Harvard  to  Ber- 
keley; I  am  think  of  men  and  women  in  the  teaching  profession 
in  every  department  in  nearly  every  state  in  this  land,  in  many 
of  the  South  American  countries,  and  in  one  distinguished  rep- 
resentative before  you  today,  and  others  who  preceded  him,  in 
the  great  republic  immediately  to  the  south ;  and  to  every  coun- 
try in  Asia.  And  as  an  alumnus  I  speak  for  the  alumni  teach- 
ing body,  and  from  these  teachers  I  bring  greeting  to  a  teacher 
who  has  been  tried  and  who  has  taught,  and  who  will  now  guide 
the  others  here  in  their  attempt  to  carry  on  those  magnificent 
traditions.  And  I  speak  not  only  of  teachers,  but  I  speak  of 
men  and  women  in  all  of  the  learned  professions,  in  the  min- 
istry, on  the  bench,  practicing  at  the  bar,  and  in  every  form  of 
service.  And  I  also  speak  for  that  great  body  of  men  and 
women  who  have  gone  into  business,  there  to  carry  the  same 
ideals  of  service,  the  same  ideals  of  sacrifice,  and  of  consecra- 
tion to  noble  tasks.  And  I  believe,  Mr.  President,  that  no- 
where will  there  be  found  a  more  loyal  body  of  alumni  than 
those  from  the  University  of  Southern  California,  from  the 
member  of  the  first  class,  our  most  highly  honored  president 
emeritus,  to  those  who  received  their  diplomas  in  February  of 
this  year. 

And  this  body  of  alumni,  with  the  traditions  of  the  past, 
and  with  the  ideals,  will  be  a  credit  to  the  institution,  and  their 
interests  will  center  here  in  this  new  administration. 

Now  for  the  Irish  part  of  it.  Mr.  President,  in  order  for 
you  to  do  as  well  as  George  Finley  Bovard  has  done,  you  must 
do  infinitely  better  than  he  has  done.  If  we  judge  him  by  the 
standards  of  nearly  twenty  years  ago,  we  shall  judge  you  by 
the  standards  of  the  next  generation,  to  which  you  will  give 
yourself,  we  trust  in  service,  in  this  grand  old  institution,  and 
1  mean  something  very  serious  by  that.  I  had  the  high  honor 
to  be  in  the  class  which  first  received  its  diploma  from  the  hand 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  145 

of  the  new  president,  George  Finley  Bovard.  Five  members 
of  that  class  are  in  professional  work,  and  we  have  followed 
the  development  of  Doctor  Bovard  with  wonderful  interest, 
because  we  were  the  first  to  receive  diplomas  at  his  hand.  The 
class  met  immediately  after  graduation,  and  decided  that  the 
school  could  not  exist  without  having  a  fair  proportion  from 
the  class  remain  somewhat  permanently  with  the  institution, 
and  one  of  us  has  been  here  ever  since — and  I  was  here  as  long 
as  they  would  let  me  stay. 

And  so,  as  I  think  back  to  that  enormous  student  body,  Mr. 
President,  of  59,  and  the  student  body  of  today,  I  want  to  tell 
you  that  if  you  make  an  increase  in  numbers  comparable  to 
that  in  a  period  of  eighteen  years  you  will  have  made  a  most 
excellent  record;  and  when  I  think  of  the  one  little  building  in 
the  midst  of  the  campus  into  which  President  Bovard  came, 
and  then  I  think  of  the  expansive  plans  for  the  university, 
located  so  near  the  great  city  park,  and  with  this  magnificent 
central  building,  I  suggest,  Mr.  President,  if  you  keep  up  to 
the  record  of  Doctor  Bovard  you  will  have  to  do  better  than 
he  did  in  order  to  do  as  well  as  he  did.  But  who  would  have 
dared  say  in  1903  that  this  expansion  would  have  been  pos- 
sible? When  I  came  to  the  village  of  Los  Angeles,  'way  back 
in  '87,  I  was  told  it  was  immensely  overbuilt;  that  it  would  be 
a  long  time  before  the  population  would  catch  up  with  the 
building.  I  rode  in  a  street  car  to  town  the  other  day,  as  a 
stranger,  and  a  man  leaned  over  and  said,  "Are  you  a  stranger 
in  Los  Angeles?",  and  I  said  "Yes."  "Well,"  he  said,  "I  have 
traveled  all  over  the  United  States,  and  this  is  the  most  over- 
built town  I  ever  saw  in  my  life." 

Who  would  dare  give  prophecy  as  to  the  future  of  the  city 
of  Los  Angeles,  and  yet  numerically,  and  judged  by  every  other 
standard  during  the  years  of  the  presidency  of  Doctor  Bovard, 
the  institution  has  outstripped  the  city.  Mr.  President,  you 
have  a  great  task  before  you,  and  the  body  of  the  alumni  from 
all  over  the  world,  through  me,  says  to  you  today  its  words  of 
confidence,  and  bespeaks  for  you  a  magnificent  administration, 
and  that  body  pledges  to  you  its  supreme  loyalty. 


146  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

One  of  the  characteristics  of  education,  particularly  in  the 
last  decade,  is  the  nearness  with  which  the  secondary  schools 
have  drawn  to  the  college,  and  the  sympathy  that  has  been 
shown  by  the  colleges  for  the  work,  of  the  secondary  schools. 
It  is  a  great  pleasure  this  afternoon  to  introduce  Principal 
Albert  E.  Wilson,  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  principal  of  the 
Manual  Arts  High  School,  in  Los  Angeles,  who  speaks  for 
secondary  education. 

Secondary  Schools 
ALBERT  E.  WILSON,  Ph.D. 

Principal  of  Mamual  Arts  High  School 

President  Knoles  gave  me  a  cue  for  the  few  remarks  that  are 
appropriate  on  my  part  at  this  time.  He  wished  to  address  the 
president,  or  address  the  new  president,  in  the  name  of  the 
serried  ranks  of  alumni  who  have  gone  forth  from  this  insti- 
tution. It  is  evidently  appropriate  for  me,  under  the  heading 
of  Secondary  Education,  to  greet  the  new  president  in  the  name 
of  the  serried  ranks  of  those  who  are  yet  to  come. 

It  has  been  very  pleasant  to  be  here  in  this  beautiful  room 
during  these  two  days.  I  have  been  greatly  tempted  to  pre- 
serve forever  this  copy  of  the  program.  I  hope  that  I  may 
have  one  more  copy,  because  if  I  do  not  get  one  more  copy  I 
shall  have  to  part  with  this  one.  When  I  was  a  very  young 
man  I  entered  into  a  competition  once  with  one  of  my  class- 
mates to  see  who,  at  the  end  of  the  week,  would  have  his  name 
appear  the  most  time  in  print  within  the  week.  I  may  say  that 
I  won  that  contest,  but  since  then  it  has  been  my  ambition,  the 
ambition  of  my  life,  to  keep  out  of  print;  but  on  this  occasion 
I  have  reached  a  climax  in  having  my  name  appear  no  less 
than  three  times.  You  can  see,  therefore,  how  anxious  I  am  to 
preserve  this  copy. 

You  must  allow  me,  Mr.  President,  to  greet  you  in  a  three- 
fold capacity.  I  would  not  be  discharging  a  sacred  obligation 
to  the  president  of  my  alma  mater,  Doctor  Gustav  Andreen, 
president  of  Augustana  College  and  Theological  Seminary,  at 
Rock  Island,  on  the  banks  of  the  Father  of  Waters,  did  I  not 
carry  out  his  injunction  to  extend  to  you  his  personal  greetings 
on  this  occasion.     I  may  say  that  Augustana  College  is  the  lead- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  147 

ing  educational  institution,  representing  the  300,000  Swedish 
Lutherans  in  this  country,  and  as  a  descendant  of  Swedish  im- 
migrants in  the  second  generation,  I  might  address  you  in  that 
language.  I  hasten  to  advise  you  that  even  with  the  interna- 
tional aspect  of  this  gathering  I  shall,  however,  refrain  from 
doing  that. 

Now,  the  second  reason  for  my  name  appearing  on  this  pro- 
gram is  that  I  am  the  principal  of  the  nearest  high  school  to 
the  University  of  Southern  California — the  Manual  Arts  High 
School,  located  only  on  the  other  side  of  Exposition  Park, 
which  we,  together  with  the  University  of  Southern  California, 
own  in  common,  and  where  we  are  at  the  present  time  having 
erected  a  stadium  to  seat  75,000,  which  we  also  expect  to  use 
and  share  in  common.  The  Manual  Arts  High  school  repre- 
sents a  student  body  of  3,200.  Now,  we  do  not  claim  that  we 
should  receive  any  notice  from  the  University  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia, but  I  want  to  say  to  the  president  of  the  university  that 
whatever  the  student  body  of  this  institution  does  that  is  com- 
mendable and  good,  we  are  quick  to  imitate.  I  want  to  say, 
too,  that  on  any  occasion  of  frivolity  on  the  part  of  the  student 
body  of  the  U.  S.  C.  we  are  equally  quick  to  imitate. 

I  also  represent  on  this  program,  by  election,  the  secondary 
principals  of  this  city,  and  when  I  say  secondary  principals  I 
must  give  a  brief  definition  of  a  secondary  school,  because  it 
has  undergone  a  revision.  Secondary  now  also  includes  junior 
high  school,  and  the  commissioner  of  secondary  education  in- 
formed me  recently  that  of  the  35  new  high  schools  formed 
within  a  recent  period  in  the  city  20  were  junior  high  schools, 
embracing  the  seventh,  eighth  and  ninth  grades.  President 
Clarke  has  already  told  you  there  are  200,000  students  in  the 
secondary  schools.  Part  of  that  is  due  to  compulsory  educa- 
tion. By  provision  of  the  State  law  all  students  are  required 
to  attend  high  school  full  time  until  their  sixteenth  year.  They 
are  also  compelled  to  attend  an  additional  two  years  in  con- 
tinuation schedules.  This  has  led  to  a  plethora  of  attendance 
in  the  schools.  Now,  these  serried  ranks  are  pressing  on 
through  the  high  schools  and  seeking  admission,  as  President 
Clarke  has  said,  to  the  college  and  university. 

I  recently  compiled  these  statistics  from  the  United  States 
census.  There  are  presently  engaged  in  agriculture  in  the 
United  States  13,000,000  people;  in  manufacturing  industries, 


148  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

8,000,000;  in  commerce,  6,000,000;  in  transportation,  5,000,- 
000;  in  domestic  service,  7,000,000;  in  home  making,  26,000,- 
000;  in  the  professions  only  1,500,000 — that  is,  including 
doctors,  lawyers,  teachers,  preachers,  editorial  writers,  etc. 
Only  1,500,000 — less  than  \l/2  per  cent,  of  the  total  of  our 
population.  This  does  not  mean  that  we  do  not  have  to  have — 
in  fact,  we  do  have  to  have — college  trained,  university  trained, 
men  for  agriculture,  manufacturing,  commerce,  transportation, 
etc.,  and,  of  course,  in  the  professions;  but  it  means  this:  that 
an  added  responsibility  has  come  upon  the  high  schools  and 
the  universities  to  cooperate  in  selecting  the  leadership  of  the 
nation,  and  selecting  those  who  are  to  be  led.  The  problem 
is,  in  the  first  place,  educationally,  one  of  the  instilling  of  cul- 
ture, and  of  full  realization  of  the  possibilities  and  the  joys  of 
living;  but  at  the  same  time  we  must  prepare,  since  we  have 
forced  the  people  into  schools,  prepare  them  to  earn  their  own 
living,  and  provide  training  to  give  them  a  livelihood.  It  is 
our  problem  in  the  high  schools  to  send  you  only  our  best;  it 
is  your  problem  to  keep  only  the  best  of  those  that  we  send  you. 

PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

Student  bodies  are  generous,  and  faculties  considerate,  in  not 
expressing  at  least  the  covetousness  with  which  they  eye  the 
presidents  of  other  institutions.  They  are  not,  however,  quite 
so  careful  in  failing  to  express  their  wish  for  just  the  kind  of 
campus  that  our  neighboring  institutions  own,  and  now  that 
Manual  Arts  High  School  has  said  we  have  only  a  half  in- 
terest in  Exposition  Park,  which  up  to  the  present  time  we 
thought  we  owned  in  toto,  we  shall  hear  more  frequently  than 
ever  expressions  of  envy  toward  Pomona  College,  with  its  won- 
derful campus,  its  wonderful  equipment.  From  that  institu- 
tion comes  President  Blaisdell,  whom  I  have  the  honor  to 
present. 

PRESIDENT  JAMES  A.  BLAISDELL 

Of  Pomona  College 

I  am  dismayed  that  on  this  fortunate  occasion  I  am  limited 
to  the  use  of  one  language,  but  I  consider  myself  fortunate  that 
on  this  occasion  I  have  a  full  command  of  the  language  of  Los 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  149 

Angeles.  I  count  it  a  privilege  to  bring  here  this  afternoon  the 
felicitations  of  the  group  of  colleges  gathered  around  the  Uni- 
versity of  Southern  California.  It  has  been  most  gracious  of 
this  university,  and  of  its  president,  that  on  this  day  of  fame 
for  this  university,  this  day  of  the  lifting  high  of  the  torch  of 
this  university  and  of  its  far  outlook  over  the  whole  world, 
they  have  been  pleased  to  remember  the  colleges  of  their  own 
neighborhood,  and  to  express  again  that  historic  spirit  of  neigh- 
borliness  which  has  always  obtained  here.  They  have  good 
Biblical  authority  for  this,  for  I  recall  that  one — a  certain  other 
mother  of  wisdom — who  found  after  long  search  the  piece  of 
silver  for  which  she  had  been  seeking  (a  piece  of  sterling  silver 
in  this  case)  and  the  first  thing  that  she  did  was  to  call  in  her 
neighbors  to  rejoice  with  her.  She  did  not  think  first  of  the 
kings  and  queens  of  the  earth,  those  who  sat  in  splendor  afar, 
but  she  thought  of  the  people  who  walked  with  her  the  same 
ways  of  life,  and  who  understood  best  her  joy.  We  are  here 
to  greet  this  president  in  that  same  spirit  of  neighborliness;  and 
if  you  have  been  able  to  interpret  in  a  single  word  the  whole 
fine  and  beautiful  spirit  which  has  dominated  this  occasion,  it 
has  been,  and  is,  just  that  one  word — neighborliness;  which  we 
who  know  Doctor  von  KleinSmid  and  venture  to  call  him  friend 
have  so  long  recognized  as  an  outstanding  characteristic  of  this 
Christian  gentleman.  Neighborliness!  This  is  what  we  have 
been  saying  the  past  day,  and  what  we  are  saying  as  we  sit  to- 
gether on  the  platform  this  afternoon.  After  all,  for  this 
troubled  world  of  ours,  in  its  distress,  there  are  just  two  things 
that  are  necessary.  First,  that  one  shall  learn  how  to  treat  his 
neighbor;  and  second,  that  every  man  in  this  wide  world  is  a 
neighbor. 

We  who  sit  together  here  today,  gathered  from  the  ends  of 
the  world,  from  seats  of  learning  that  are  scattered  far  and 
wide,  have  all  learned,  under  the  far-sighted  leadership  of  this 
hour,  a  new  and  profounder  sense  of  neighborliness  than  we 
have  known  before.  But  we  who  are  nearest  as  colleges,  and 
for  whom  I  have  the  honor  to  speak  this  afternoon,  bring  you, 
sir,  our  welcome.  We  have  come  to  feel  that  we  represent  a 
certain  unique  group  of  institutions,  and  the  fellowship  into 
which  you  come,  sir,  is  one  that  we  prize.  It  is  not  an  easy 
service;  it  is  a  service  that  has  great  mortalities  in  it.  A  mere 
stripling,  as  you  see,  I  have  outlived  all  the  presidents  of  South- 


150  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

ern  California — of  all  the  schools  and  universities — though 
some  of  them  seem  to  be  immortal,  or  are  ready  to  begin  lifo 
over  again.  I,  with  my  luxuriant  curly  locks,  black  as  the  Ace 
of  Spades,  am  the  nestor  of  them  all.  Into  this  fellowship  of 
striving,  of  toil,  we  welcome  Doctor  von  KleinSmid.  There 
has  been  a  singular  fellowship  among  us  all,  a  singular  unity,  a 
singular  homogeneity.  We  like  to  think  we  have  a  certain 
grouping  of  fellowship  that  is  unique  even  in  the  educational 
world  of  friendships — a  sort  of  a  Southern  Cross.  We  are  all 
young  together,  and  we  are  all  fronting  the  future  that  is  to 
come.  We  have  not  yet  been  world  wearied;  we  have  undis- 
covered lands  before  us;  we  have  the  sinews  of  a  great  new 
civilization;  we  have  a  common  spiritual  purpose;  singularly 
are  we  unified  in  this,  and  as  comrades  in  one  great  endeavor, 
the  finest  that  a  new  civilization  ever  looked  upon,  we  can 
afford  to  have  no  shadow  of  disguise  among  us :  we  speak  heart 
to  heart,  and  the  triumph  of  anyone  of  us  is  the  triumph  of 
us  all. 

We  are  right;  this  is  no  ordinary  day;  for  it  is  never  an 
ordinary  day  when  a  great  man  is  enlisted  in  a  great  crusade, 
and  if  there  is  a  greater  crusade  than  that  of  Christian  edu- 
cation, if  there  is  a  higher  service  to  the  commonwealth  than 
that  to  which  this  educator  puts  his  hand  today,  I  have  not  yet 
heard  its  name.  Behind  him  I  can  see  men  and  women,  citizens 
of  this  great  Southland,  who  in  their  various  forms  of  capacity, 
with  him  and  under  his  guidance,  build  here  a  tower  of  learning 
whose  light  shall  shine  to  all  the  children  of  men. 

Doctor  von  KleinSmid,  we  greet  you  as  a  brother. 

PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

Just  before  the  dedication  of  the  great  campanile  which 
adorns  the  campus  of  the  University  of  the  State  of  California 
a  former  president  remarked,  when  referring  to  a  criticism 
that  had  been  offered  on  the  expenditure  of  money  for  the  ac- 
complishment of  just  that  structure,  that  "after  all,  it  would 
cause  us  to  look  up;  that  too  many  of  us  went  about  with  our 
eyes  upon  the  ground" — and  how  truly  he  spoke.  The  cam- 
panile is  but  a  symbol  of  the  great  university  which,  up  on  the 
bay,  looking  out  over  all  the  western  world,  has  spoken  a 
sounder  and  a  truer  note  for  education  in  such  a  way  that  the 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  151 

world  has  paused  to  listen  and  catch  its  message.  From  that 
campus  comes  today  Dean  Hatfield.  I  am  peculiarly  person- 
ally appreciative  of  his  presence.  As  a  student  on  another 
campus  I  had  the  privilege  of  walking  and  talking  at  times 
with  a  great  educator  by  the  name  of  Hatfield. 
Dean  Hatfield  will  address  you. 

Universities 
HENRY  RAND  HATFIELD,  Ph.D. 

University  of  California 

I  appeal  to  you  against  the  decision  of  the  Chair.  Is  it  a 
fair  thing,  in  this  company  of  presidents  and  principals  and 
mayors,  to  ask  a  mere  modest  dean  to  attempt  to  voice  the 
sentiments  of  the  universities  of  this  country?  Universities 
which  are  scattered  over  all  the  land,  differing  in  environment, 
in  organization,  in  the  clientele  to  which  they  appeal  for  sup- 
port and  whom  they  attempt  to  serve?  How  can  I,  or  anyone, 
attempt  to  express  that  polyphonic  voice,  the  harmonization  of 
which  still  awaits  some  master  musician?  The  radio  has  been 
able  through  a  single  receiver  to  disseminate  words  to  a  thou- 
sand, indeed  to  a  myriad,  people,  stirring  their  hearts  by  the 
wireless  message;  but  I  know  of  no  modern  wizardry  by  which 
that  process  is  reversed,  or  no  way  in  which  the  expressions 
gathered  from  all  of  the  country  can  come  and  be  presented 
here  by  a  single  vocalization.  Indeed,  if  I  were  to  attempt 
this  I  feel  that  I  should  have  to  sing.  Oh,  for  a  thousand 
voices  to  sing  the  great  von  KleinSmid's  praise  1  Presumptuous 
and  difficult  would  be  the  task.  I  feel  it  also  as  somewhat  of 
a  danger,  for  I  wonder  if  you  realize  the  strain  of  yesterday 
and  today — and  tomorrow,  I  suppose — which  is  being  put  upon 
President  von  KleinSmid's  modesty.  Indeed,  as  I  listened  to 
the  speeches  today,  it  seemed  to  me  there  was  a  certain  conson- 
ance in  the  timbre  Te  Deum  that  was  sung,  and  as  I  heard  this 
group  of  bishops  joining  in  the  common  paean  I  felt  indeed: 
"Glorious  coming  of  the  apostles — praise  them."  And  then  I 
heard,  this  morning  and  this  afternoon,  professor  after  pro- 
fessor joining  in  the  same  strain,  I  heard:  "Goodly  fellowship 
of  the  prophets — praise  them."  And  this  afternoon,  as  I 
looked  at  this  band  of  diminished  number — but  of  heroic  forti- 
tude— who,  on  this  fourth  session,  listening  to  the  ninth  speech, 
I  have  said:    "Noble  army  of  the  martyrs — praise  them." 


152  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

And  yet  I  am  not  sure  that  the  real  danger  lies  along  this 
line.  I  have  seen  many  a  perfectly  good  president  spoiled  by 
not  having  a  little  support  and  praise  of  the  university  to  which 
he  belongs,  and  so,  while  I  have,  as  you  all  have,  the  greatest 
confidence  in  the  success  of  the  new  administrator,  and  while 
I  urge  you  all  to  join  in  support — weighing  indeed  his  merits, 
but  at  the  same  time  pardoning  his  offenses — supporting  him  in 
every  good  work,  I  feel  that  his  greatest  reason  for  expecting 
success  is  not  merely  his  past  attainments,  his  skill  as  a  scholar, 
his  experience,  but  because  I  believe  he  has  the  quality  to  retain 
that  loyal  support  which  is  now  so  freely  offered  him. 

I  cannot  speak  for  all  of  the  universities;  I  believe  I  can 
sound  perhaps  a  single  note  in  which  they  all  would  join — a 
note  of  rejoicing  over  this  day  of  fulfilment  and  anticipation; 
a  note  of  hope  for  the  future,  in  which  this  institution  will  be 
content  not  merely  with  building  more  spacious  and  ever  yet 
more  spacious  mansions  for  its  academic  soul,  but  under  your 
wise  government,  President  von  KleinSmid,  the  inner  essence, 
the  spirit  of  the  institution,  will  expand  and  will  not  be  con- 
fined by  this  material  shell.  A  note  of  congratulation  that  at 
last  the  right  man  has  been  brought  to  meet  the  right  institu- 
tion; a  note,  perhaps,  having  a  small  word  of  adjuration: 
Whom  the  trustees  have  joined  together  let  no  man  put  asunder. 

Some  word  of  reminiscence  has  been  given.  My  own  ex- 
perience with  this  university — the  first  one — was  many  years 
ago;  long  before  I  entered  academic  life,  when  I  came  as  a 
tourist  and  went  out  to  visit  the  University  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia. I  found  in  those  early  days,  a  faculty  underpaid,  dis- 
couraged, almost  discordant,  but  what  struck  me  most  forcibly 
was  that  when  I  went  out  to  the  university  library  to  try  to 
vertify  a  quotation  I  was  unable  to  find  in  the  university  library 
a  copy  of  Homer's  Odyssey.  The  university  has  progressed  in 
these  thirty  years. 

We  all  rejoice  in  this  progress,  for  there  is  no  competition 
as  between  the  different  institutions  of  learning.  We  have 
come  to  believe  that  even  in  ordinary  commerce  both  sides  may 
profit,  but  in  this  finer  commerce  that  takes  place  between  in- 
stitutions everything  is  a  gain,  and  there  is  no  question  whatever 
of  one  being  injured  by  the  debut  of  another,  and  the  universi- 
ties, as  they  delve  deep  into  the  heart  of  knowledge,  as  they 
weave  the  fine  fabric  for  the  garment  of  truth,  have  no  thought 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  153 

whatever  of  overstocking  the  market.  The  ethereal  goods  in 
which  the  universities  deal  cannot  compete  against  each  other. 
They  create  their  own  market.  What  is  produced  in  intel- 
lectual achievement  in  this  university  marks  an  increase  in  the 
intellectual  work  of  every  other  university  in  the  land. 

We  rejoice,  then,  all  of  us,  in  the  prosperity  of  any  institution. 
Some  of  us  rejoice  particularly  in  the  prosperity  of  this  kind 
of  an  institution.  In  the  history  of  western  education  there 
have  grown  two  types,  side  by  side.  Close  to  the  University  of 
Wisconsin  is  Beloit  College;  Hamilton  stand  at  the  very  door 
of  the  University  of  Minnesota;  Grinnell  is  in  the  same  State 
with  the  University  of  Iowa;  and,  so,  throughout  all  our  land, 
we  have  had  the  state-endowed  institutions  and  the  institutions 
supported  by  denominational  funds.  These  have  generally 
been  small  colleges.  The  University  of  Southern  California 
marks  a  new  type  of  denominational  institution,  which  is  ex- 
panding from  a  small  college  to  the  dimensions  and  character 
of  a  great  university;  and  so  we  particularly  rejoice  in  finding 
this  kind  of  an  institution;  and  if  I  may  indulge  in  an  impro- 
priety, if  I  may,  symbolically  at  least,  divest  myself  of  these 
trappings  of  officialdom  and  speak  not  as  a  representative  of 
any  institution,  but  only  personally,  it  gives  me  particular  joy 
in  the  case  of  this  institution,  founded  by  the  particular  denomi- 
nation for  which  my  forebears  labored  and  lived,  and  to  which 
I  myself  owe  allegiance.  It  is  true  that  the  Methodist  Church 
has,  generally  speaking,  been  typically  a  pioneer  church,  and 
since  the  days  of  the  circuit-rider  it  has  appealed  to  the  public 
rather  more  for  its  zeal  and  fervor  and  heroism  and  hardihood 
than  because  of  any  cloistered  academism;  but  yet  we  must  rec- 
ognize that  this  church  is  itself  the  product  of  a  cloistered 
English  university,  and  that  its  great  founder,  whose  statue 
adorns  the  portals  of  this  building,  appreciated  to  the  full  the 
value  of  learning,  and  that  even  in  the  days  of  its  struggle  and 
poverty  this  church  has  stood  for  the  cause  of  education;  and 
so  I  particularly  rejoice,  not  only  in  the  prosperity  of  any  uni- 
versity, not  only  in  the  prosperity  of  a  denominational  institu- 
tion, but  particularly  do  I,  as  an  individual,  rejoice  in  the  pros- 
perity of  this  Methodist-founded  institution. 

And  so  I  am  sure  I  can,  in  behalf  of  the  universities,  rejoice 
in  the  goodly  days  which  have  come,  and  which  are  to  come, 
and  I  can  say,  I  am  sure,  President  von  KleinSmid,  that  all 


154  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

of  the  universities,  without  jealousy  and  without  insinuation, 
rejoice  with  you,  congratulate  the  institution  as  well  as  your- 
self, and  wish  you  godspeed  in  your  new  career. 


PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

I  have  spoken  of  the  pleasure  of  having  with  us  the  repre- 
sentatives of  the  countries  and  institutions  of  South  America, 
and  the  delight  which  we  feel  in  the  presence  of  those  of  Cen- 
tral America  and  Mexico.  I  wish  to  add  that  it  is  a  peculiar 
pleasure  to  welcome  the  representatives  of  the  institutions  of 
foreign  countries.  Speaking  for  those  institutions  comes  one 
from  the  University  College  of  South  Wales  and  Monmouth- 
shire, Professor  J.  W.  Scott,  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  who  is 
sojourning  for  the  time  being  in  one  of  our  own  great  universi- 
ties of  learning. 

Doctor  Scott. 


Foreign  Universities 
J.  W.  SCOTT,  Ph.D. 

University  College  of  South  Wales  and  Monmouthshirt 

Mr.  President  and  friends,  and,  might  I  say,  in  the  spirit  of 
the  ancient  Stoics,  fellow  citizens  of  the  world,  it  is  a  great 
privilege  to  have  come  so  far,  as  some  of  us  have  done,  and 
be  here  with  you  today  to  participate  in  your  felicitations.  To 
us  on  the  other  side  of  the  Atlantic  there  is  something  of  ro- 
mance in  the  very  name  of  California,  and  to  associate  great 
seats  of  learning  is  to  touch  this  romance  with  a  suggestion  of 
the  sublime.  For  I  think,  in  spite  of  all  its  sunshine  and  flow- 
ers, in  spite  of  all  its  symptoms  that  are  everywhere  of  youth, 
its  wealth,  health  and  prosperity,  the  idea  most  associated  with 
California  is  perhaps  none  of  even  these  things,  but  something 
that  touches  the  human  heart  deeper  still,  and  that  is  the  idea 
of  liberty.  One  feels  that  the  liberty  so  long  fought  for  in 
England  and  in  Europe,  and  only  won  there  after  centuries  of 
struggle,  when  it  is  planted  down  here  in  these  great  spaces, 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  155 

these  plains  and  hills,  and  broad  skies  and  seas — it  seems  to 
grow  as  on  its  native  soil.  And  it  does  touch  the  sublime  when 
one  sees  a  land  of  liberty  given  over  to  the  spread  of  liberal 
ideas;  it  suggests  that  the  main  battle  of  liberty  has  been  won, 
and  that  its  conquests  are  at  least  being  made  secure,  because 
it  is  here  in  institutions  devoted  to  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences, 
it  is  here  men  learn  to  understand  what  it  means  to  be  free — 
and  the  cause  of  liberty  can  hardly  be  said  to  be  won  until  the 
idea  of  liberty — until,  I  say,  the  idea  of  liberty  is  understood. 

That  is  why  the  birth  of  universities  among  the  orchards 
and  cornfields,  and  thriving  industries  and  thrumming  popula- 
tions of  this  far  western  state,  can  be  regarded  with  great  hope 
so  long  as  they  do  not  forget  their  mission,  their  great  mission 
of  helping  the  world  to  live. 

Do  not  neglect  to  teach  us  how  to  enjoy  new  conditions,  the 
while  you  teach  us  so  magnificently  how  to  make  them. 

For  such  joy  is  the  soul  of  Liberty:  I  often  wonder  whether 
acquaintance  with  this  inwardness  of  Liberty  does  not  lie  more 
easily  open  to  us  who  have  been  brought  up  in  the  older  Euro- 
pean order  than  to  you  who  have  not,  just  because  the  oppor- 
tunity for  fresh  creation  has  been  so  much  more  restricted  with 
us  than  with  you.  There  is  no  paradox  in  that,  I  think.  It 
comes  back  to  a  simple  point  which,  I  fear,  I  have  become  fond 
of  making  but  which,  perhaps,  you  may  allow  me  to  make  here 
again. 

The  point  is  this:  You  here  have  room.  But  we,  in  the 
older  order,  not  having  the  room,  have  had  to  learn  to  be  free 
within  what  room  we  have.  That  also  is  an  art.  Nay,  I  won- 
der whether  it  may  not  be  the  greater  of  the  two.  I  often 
wonder  whether  the  art  of  getting  maximum  freedom  within 
what  room  we  have  is  not  almost  more  important  than  the  art 
— also  a  great  one — of  making  more  room.  It  is  at  least  indis- 
pensable. I  always  think  that  the  art  of  getting  maximum  free- 
dom out  of  whatever  room  we  have  is  the  secret  which  makes 
the  poets  value  the  happy  heart;  as  Burns,  for  example,  does 
when  he  says, 


156  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

If  happiness  have  not  her  seat 
And  centre  in  the  breast, 
We  may  be  wise  or  rich  or  great, 
But  never  can  be  blest. 

Being  rich  or  great  are  ways  of  having  much  room.  But  it 
is  not  the  wide  house  which  makes  freedom.  It  is  the  happy 
heart. 

And  so,  to  this  great  Western  University,  planted  out  here 
where  all  is  new,  where  there  is  so  much  to  be  done  and  where, 
therefore,  the  claims  of  the  useful  sciences  are  so  rightfully 
great,  I  would  fain  make  a  plea  in  behalf  of  those  resources 
within  ourselves  which  liberal  culture  gives;  so  that  while  ex- 
ternal nature  lavishes  her  bounty  and  fills  full  your  quiver, 
there  may  still  be  developed  in  your  midst,  and  developed  in 
the  highest,  those  treasures  of  the  spirit  which  are  our  peculiar 
human  heritage,  and  without  which  the  fullest  earthly  treasury 
must  remain  empty  and  disappointing.  If  a  stray  voice  were 
to  be  borne  to  you  today  from  across  the  eastern  seas,  this,  or 
something  like  it,  is  what  I  would  most  wish  that  you  might 
hear  it  saying. 

This  mission  of  theirs,  this  mission  of  the  universities,  might 
be  summed  up,  it  seems  to  me,  in  terms  of  the  two  great  factors 
of  all  living,  the  two  great  ways  whereby,  if  I  might  put  it  so, 
a  people  living  badly  can  learn  to  live  better,  and  a  people 
living  well  can  continue  to  live  well.  The  two  ways  are  simply: 
the  power  to  create  new  conditions,  and  the  power  to  enjoy 
them.  The  universities  can  give  the  lead  in  both  of  these. 
The  first  by  their  devotion  to  the  useful  sciences,  by  their  dif- 
fusion of  the  useful  sciences  they  can  teach  people  how  to 
change  their  conditions;  the  second  by  their  devotion  to  the 
liberal  arts,  by  their  diffusion  of  the  liberal  arts  they  teach 
people  how  to  get  full  value  out  of  the  conditions  they  have 
created. 

I  know  not  which  of  these  two  is  the  more  important — the 
useful  side,  the  active  side,  or  the  other;  the  power  to  alter 
things  or  the  power  to  enjoy  things;  but  I  think,  in  days  when 
the  economic  considerations  are  so  largely  in  the  saddle  with 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  157 

us  all,  it  is  well  not  to  forget  the  power  to  enjoy,  and  so,  if  I 
may  bring  a  message  to  you  from  across  the  Atlantic,  I  would 
fain  let  it  be  something  of  a  plea  for  liberal  culture  in  the  uni- 
versities. 

(The  list  of  delegates  from  foreign  countries,  from  institu- 
tions in  foreign  countries,  from  institutions  in  the  United  States, 
from  high  schools  and  boards  of  education,  learned  societies 
and  educational  associations,  and  from  professional,  religious, 
social  and  civic  organizations,  was  then  read  by  the  Grand 
Marshal,  and  these  delegates  presented  to  the  conference.) 


April   Twenty-eighth 

EVENING   SESSION 

Trustees'  Dinner  to  Delegates 


DOCTOR  BOGARDUS 

Before  introducing  to  you  the  toastmaster  of  the  evening  I 
have  two  announcements  to  make. 

I  wish  to  call  attention  to  the  third  and  last  session  of  the 
conference  which  is  to  be  held  tomorrow  morning  at  ten  o'clock. 
The  addresses  are  upon  the  important  themes  of  industry  and 
commercial  relations  in  connection  with  Pan-American  prob- 
lems. They  are  to  be  given  by  distinguished  citizens  not  only 
of  this  country  but  of  other  countries — Captain  Perigord, 
Consul  Anaya,  and  the  Honorable  John  Barrett;  and,  also,  at 
ten  o'clock,  speaking  in  Spanish,  an  address  by  Doctor  Jose 
Galvez. 

At  this  time,  as  a  member  of  the  Committee  on  Arrange- 
ments, I  wish  to  express  our  appreciation  to  the  Board  of  Trus- 
tees of  this  University. 

In  regard  to  the  toastmaster,  I  wish  to  present  one  who  has 
been  a  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  University  for  14  years, 
and  in  that  time  has  developed  an  unusually  successful  record 
as  a  teacher  in  the  field  of  history,  economics  and  sociology. 
In  addition  to  his  teaching  record,  his  administrative  ability  is 
evidenced  by  the  fact  that  for  14  years  he  has  been  head  of  the 
Department  of  Economics,  and  that  he  is  the  founder  and 
present  director  of  the  College  of  Commerce  and  Business  Ad- 
ministration of  the  University,  a  college  which,  although  it 
has  been  established  only  one  and  one-half  years,  has  already 
commanded  the  respect  of  the  business  men  of  Los  Angeles  and 
Southern  California  in  a  most  remarkable  fashion.  Further- 
more, his  administrative  ability  is  evidenced  by  the  fact  that 
he  has  been  secretary  of  the  Graduate  Council,  and  is  at  present 
the  distinguished  dean  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences — again  a  young  institution  as  a  school,  but  which  at 
the  present  time  numbers  among  its  students  representative  men 
and  women  of  excellent  caliber  from  more  than  35  of  the 
oldest  and  best  institutions  of  learning  in  this  country,  from 
Harvard  and  Yale  on  the  east  to  Berkeley  and  Stanford  on  the 
west,  as  well  as  students  from  foreign  countries. 

This  teaching  ability,  combined  with  administrative  ability, 
is  supplemented  by  another  fundamental  characteristic  that  is 
represented  by  the  term  productive  scholarship.     Despite  his 


162  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

arduous  teaching  and  administrative  duties,  the  productive 
scholarship  record  of  the  toastmaster  of  the  evening  is  such 
that  he  ranks  at  the  top,  or  near  the  top,  in  the  University 
of  Southern  California.  The  real  test,  after  all,  I  suppose,  of 
a  university  man  is  the  respect  with  which  students  in  the  long 
run  regard  him.  I  should  like  to  quote  from  a  university 
annual  which  was  published  some  years  ago,  and  dedicated  to 
the  toastmaster  of  the  evening,  a  statement  which  represents 
the  judgment  of  the  students  of  the  university.  That  state- 
ment runs  as  follows: 

"Dedicated  to  one  who,  as  a  critical  scholar,  and  inspiring 
teacher,  a  sincere  friend,  has  been  constant  in  his  support  of 
every  enterprise  for  the  betterment  of  the  university." 

Now,  if  I  were  not  sitting  so  close  to  the  toastmaster  of  the 
evening  I  would  add  to  those  characteristics  which  I  have  thus 
briefly  summarized  many  others.  There  is  one  other,  however, 
that  I  shall  mention,  and  that  is  his  modesty.  That  is  shown 
by  the  fact  that  only  five  minutes  ago  he  said,  "When  you 
speak,  introducing  me,  don't  say  anything  about  me."  Now, 
you  observe  that  I  have  followed  his  instructions. 

I  take  pleasure  in  presenting  to  you  my  distinguished  col- 
league and  friend,  Dean  Rockwell  D.  Hunt. 

ROCKWELL  D.  HUNT,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Dean  of  the  Graduate  School 
Toastmaster 

I  had  the  impression  before  I  came  here  that  most  of  us 
were  inclined  to  take  ourselves  too  seriously,  and  I  am  very 
sure  that  my  good  friend  who  introduced  me  has  taken  me 
altogether  too  seriously.  We  have  been  having  a  good,  solid 
meal,  and  we  have  been  having  a  rather  heavy  diet  during  the 
day,  and  I  think  our  slumbers  will  be  sounder  and  our  con- 
sciences clearer  if  we  keep  away  from  those  heavy  philosophic 
reflections  that  are  so  in  danger  of  obsessing  us  all. 

There  is  among  us  one  of  the  youngest  of  our  alumni,  whose 
name  does  not  appear  upon  the  program,  and  it  is  only  right 
and  proper  that  this  young  man  should  have  a  little  further 
initiation.     You  know  him — we  all  know  him;  but  we  wish  to 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  163 

know  him  better,  and  we  crave  the  opportunity  of  hearing 
more  from  him.  There  are  among  our  good  friends  here  the 
representatives  of  many  nations  and  climes.  We  can  not  hear 
from  them  all  this  evening  in  the  way  of  speeches  and  ad- 
dresses— the  time  is  too  short.  But  what  better  could  we  do 
at  this  time  than  to  set  the  ball  a-rolling  by  calling  upon  one 
who  is  a  representative  of  many  of  the  nations  here  repre- 
sented; calling  upon  our  good  friend,  our  young  alumnus,  to 
show  a  little  of  his  metal,  and  to  ask  him  to  ring  that  metal. 
John  Barrett. 

DOCTOR  BARRETT 

I  almost  forgive  him  for  thus  taking  advantage  of  me,  by 
reason  of  his  calling  me  a  young  alumnus,  when  I  am  indeed, 
after  all,  the  real  patriarch  of  Pan-Americanism.  You  know 
I  feel,  standing  up  here  tonight,  almost  as  Senator  Cole  did 
when  he  was  given  that  degree  today — a  man  who  had  known 
or  had  lived  in  the  day  of  every  president  since  George  Wash- 
ington. In  the  same  way  I  feel  like  the  patriarch  of  Pan- 
Americanism.  The  only  prize  I  ever  won  in  college  was  by 
writing  a  paper  on  the  first  Pan-American  Conference,  held  in 
Washington  in  the  winter  of  '89  and  '90,  and  I  was  a  delegate 
to  the  second  Pan-American  Conference,  and  I  had  the  honor 
of  having  to  write  the  programs  for  the  third  and  fourth;  and 
at  last  achieved  the  honor  of  being  present  at  this  great  Pan- 
American  Conference.  I  want  to  say  to  you  I  really  feel  to- 
night so  old  in  the  presence  of  youngsters  like  von  KleinSmid, 
and  Galvez,  and  Uriburu — why,  you  know,  Doctor  Bovard 
and  Doctor  Wheeler  and  I  all  worked  together  in  the  same 
class,  'way  back  in  the  last  century.  We  were  pioneers  in  our 
respective  lines.  I  want  to  prove  to  you  how  emphatically  I 
feel  this.  Just  before  coming  out  here  I  went  to  Worcester, 
Massachusetts,  where  I  was  invited  by  the  faculty  to  attend  a 
meeting  of  their  students  and  alumni — I  was  the  guest  of  honor 
— and  afterwards  they  had  a  grand  ball,  and  it  seemed  to  me  I 
had  never  seen  so  many  pretty  flappers  in  all  my  life.  One  of 
these  little  flappers,  about  14,  caught  my  eye.  I  demanded  an 
introduction,  and  I  took  her  hand  and  gazed  into  her  eyes,  and 
I  saw  there  something  of  the  past,  a  memory  of  my  days  as  a 
student  at  Worcester,  and  I  said,  "Little  girl,  I  am  so  happy 


164  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

to  meet  you.  I  know  you  are  the  daughter  of  that  glorious 
sweetheart  I  had  when  I  was  in  Worcester  Academy."  She 
looked  me  in  the  eye,  and  I  heard  her  say,  "Thank  you,  Mr. 
Barrett.  This  is  a  great  honor.  However,  you  are  slightly 
mistaken.     It  was  not  my  mother,  but  my  grandmother." 

Well,  I  am  the  grandfather  of  Pan-Americanism,  and  here 
are  my  children  around  this  table;  these  wonderful  Latin- 
Americans,  who  have  fascinated  you  by  their  eloquence. 

My  friends,  I  am  done.     I  thank  you. 

DEAN  HUNT 

On  one  occasion  there  was,  as  you  have  heard,  a  vessel  sail- 
ing north,  and  the  captain  said  to  the  steersman,  "All  you  have 
to  do  is  to  follow  the  North  Star."  The  steersman  found  that 
yery  easy — so  delightfully  easy  that  he  lay  back  and  in  a  short 
time  was  sound  asleep.  When  he  awoke,  in  the  course  of  an 
hour  or  two,  he  saw  that  the  North  Star  was  behind  him,  in- 
stead of  in  front,  so  he  yelled  to  the  captain,  "We  have  passed 
the  North  Star.     Where  do  we  go  from  here?" 

Which  reminds  me  that  there  is  in  this  city  the  tallest  presi- 
dent of  the  biggest  chamber  of  commerce  to  be  found  in  the 
United  States  of  America,  or  on  the  Western  Hemisphere. 
This  chamber  of  commerce  has  been  instrumental  in  doing 
great  work  for  this  community.  It  tries  to  tell  the  truth,  but 
can  not  quite  attain  unto  it.  I  have  the  honor  of  calling  upon 
the  distinguished  president  of  our  chamber  of  commerce  to 
speak  for  us  a  little  while.  Captain  J.  D.  Fredericks,  well 
known  in  California  and  in  the  United  States. 

CAPTAIN  JOHN  D.  FREDERICKS 

Los  Angeles  Chamber  of  Commerce 

As  representing  the  biggest  chamber  of  commerce,  not  in  the 
United  States  alone,  nor  the  Western  Hemisphere,  but  in  the 
world — I  will  not  go  any  farther  than  that — this  year,  I  wish 
to  congratulate  the  new  president  of  the  University  of  Southern 
California,  the  worthy  successor  of  a  great  man,  filling  the  posi- 
tion in  a  great  university;  and  these  words  of  congratulation 
are  all  I  need  to  say,  unless  it  would  be  perhaps  to  give  you 
the  reason  why  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  this  great  chamber 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  165 

of  commerce  in  the  most  rapidly-growing  section  of  the  world, 
feels  as  it  does  toward  the  University  of  Southern  California, 
and  why  the  business  and  commercial  interests  of  this  great 
community  feel  as  they  do  towards  that  great  institution.  That 
feeling  is  engendered  by  the  fact  that  when  many  of  our  insti- 
tutions of  learning  have  been  allowing  to  creep  into  their  cur- 
riculum and  their  teaching  force  some  of  the  economic  ideas 
that  have  been  discredited  a  thousand  years  ago,  the  University 
of  Southern  California  has  stood  like  a  Rock  of  Gibraltar  for 
sound,  substantial  economic  conditions.  That  is  why  we  believe 
in  the  University  of  Southern  California.  Men  of  commerce, 
who  toil  and  work  and  plan  and  scheme  and  struggle  with  the 
affairs  of  the  world  (we've  got  to  do  that  because  we  are  here 
and  they  are  the  only  affairs  we  have  to  struggle  with) ,  get  the 
idea  somehow  or  other,  perhaps  erroneously,  that  in  the  strug- 
gle and  in  their  experience  they  have  learned  something  of  the 
principles  of  commerce,  something  of  economic  ideas.  Now, 
we  have  that  idea — maybe  we  are  wrong — but  it  would  seem 
to  us  that  an  intimate  knowledge  and  experience  with  economic 
affairs  has  given  us  some  modest  right  to  have  an  opinion  along 
these  lines,  and  it  has  occasioned  a  great  deal  of  chagrin  at 
times  that  our  children  have  come  back  to  us  from  some  of 
the  other  institutions  of  learning,  bringing  with  them  the  half- 
baked  and  discredited  economic  ideas  that  have  blown  up  wher- 
ever they  have  been  tried,  through  all  the  ages,  and  in  all  times. 
But  when  they  come  back  to  us  from  the  University  of  Southern 
California,  they  do  not  come  back  to  us  with  those  ideas.  We 
are  just  hard-headed  enough  to  have  the  impression  that  if  all 
the  laws  in  the  universe,  the  man-made  laws  or  statutes,  were 
wiped  out  of  existence  with  one  motion,  that  the  laws  of  com- 
merce would  be  as  they  are  now,  and  have  always  been,  as 
immutable  as  the  mountains.  We  are  almost  foolish  enough 
to  believe  that  the  laws  of  commerce  and  service  and  industry 
were  tried,  proven  and  old,  and  serving  humanity,  when  the 
pyramids  were  young,  and  the  more  tinkering  that  is  attempted 
with  those  laws,  fostered  by  the  unhealthy  conditions  of  other 
countries,  which  do  not  obtain  here,  the  worse  for  our  country. 
So  these  are  the  reasons — some  of  them — why  Los  Angeles 
business  men  have  always  felt  a  strong  and  kindly  feeling  for 
the  great  man  who  has  for  years  been  at  the  head  of  this  great 
institution.     We  transmit,  no,  we  do  not — we  continue  that 


166  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

same  feeling  of  appreciation  and  respect  towards  his  successor, 
for  we  have  learned  and  know  that  he  is  a  man  of  the  same 
mould,  and  that  our  boys  and  girls  will  get  the  same  strong, 
healthy,  sound  economic  doctrine  that  they  have  always  gotten 
from  that  great  institution. 

DEAN  HUNT 

There  is  in  our  midst  somewhere  a  gentleman  who  could  lead 
us  somewhat  into  the  secrets  of  the  history  of  our  newly-inaugu- 
rated president,  and  I  was  tempted — until  I  had  a  good  meal — 
to  give  him  the  opportunity  of  turning  himself  loose,  but  I  feel 
very  kindly  disposed  at  the  present  time,  and  therefore  I  think 
we  had  better  not  ask  too  much  along  that  line. 

The  small  boy  in  the  family  where  there  was  a  visiting 
clergyman  spilled  the  beans;  that  is,  to  use  a  mixed  metaphor. 
There  was  not  enough  soup  for  a  second  helping,  but  little 
Johnny  wished  for  another  bowl  of  soup  most  mightily,  so  he 
said,  "Gimme  thum  thoup."  The  mother  tried  to  quiet  him, 
and  gave  him  a  sign  to  keep  still,  but  Johnny  was  very  obtuse, 
and  again  asked,  "Give  me  thum  thoup."  "Ssh !  Ssh!" — but 
Johnny  blurted  out,  "If  you  don't  gimme  thum  thoup  I'll  tell." 
That  aroused  the  interest  of  the  clergyman,  who  encouraged 
the  boy.  "Johnny,  what  it  is?  Go  ahead."  "My  new  pants 
was  made  out  of  ma's  petticoat." 

Now,  I  want  to  caution  the  next  speaker  not  to  be  too  cruel, 
but  to  remember  that  this  is  an  occasion  of  good  spirit — to  say 
all  the  good  things  we  can  say,  and  to  keep  all  of  the  evil  spirit 
away.  Dean  Lockwood,  of  Arizona,  will  talk  upon  the  subject 
of  "The  pit  from  which  he  was  digged." 

FRANK  C.  LOCKWOOD,  Ph.D. 

University  of  Arizona 

I  think  it  was  an  American  who,  commenting  upon  the  Book 
of  Daniel,  pointed  out  that  Daniel  had  at  least  one  consolation 
when  he  entered  the  lions'  den — that  there  would  be  no  after- 
dinner  speaking.  I  have  not  been  able  to  alleviate  my  misery 
with  that  reflection  during  this  sumptuous  banquet.     My  dis- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  167 

comfiture  Is  further  heightened  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  I 
must  appear  in  the  role  of  the  rejected  lover,  and  still  more 
to  embarrass  me,  the  toastmaster  now  deprived  me  of  the  privi- 
lege of  exhibiting  some  of  the  profound  philosophical  cogita- 
tions I  have  been  preparing  during  the  last  three  or  four  weeks, 
and  insists  that  I  shall  be  amiable,  and  shall  help  make  this 
occasion  contribute  to  the  gaiety  of  nations.  I  am  very  glad, 
indeed,  though,  that  this  is  the  case,  that  this  hour  is  to 
be  carefree  and  joyous,  and  I  wish  to  remark  at  once  that  we 
of  Arizona,  acute  as  we  are  in  our  animosities — acute  as  our 
cactus  needles  and  jagged  mountains — are  also  as  bland  and  as 
genial  as  the  purple  or  rose  hues  that  soften  those  exquisite 
mountains — so  we  hold  no  asperities.  We  feel,  in  the  words 
of  the  knightly  Sir  Philips,  "Thy  necessity,  neighbor,  is  greater 
than  ours,"  and  so  we  pass  over  this  gentleman  to  you  a  per- 
fected product,  knowing  that  it  is  far  better  to  give  than  to 
receive;  happy  that  you  may  enjoy  a  president  whom,  through 
seven  years  of  the  most  severe  determination,  effort  and  labor, 
we  have  perfected  for  such  an  occasion  as  you  are  enjoying 
today,  and  for  those  rich  years  before  you.  Of  course,  you 
people  in  Los  Angeles,  I  suppose,  know  of  the  latest  slogan 
in  Tucson,  "Tucson  has  what  Los  Angeles  advertises" — Mr. 
President  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce.  But  why  should  we 
deprive  your  cold,  wet,  fog-beset,  earthquake-shaken  com- 
munity of  some  warmth  and  some  light  and  some  joy?  So  we 
have  transferred  to  you  this  radiant  personality  to  warm  and 
cheer  you  through  the  coming  years. 

After  all,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  there  is  much  in  a  name, 
there  is  much  in  a  name.  When  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the 
University  of  Arizona  had  elected  our  president  they  tele- 
graphed: "Come  on  at  once  yourself;  your  name  may  follow 
by  freight."  I  feel,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  that  this  name,  Rufus 
Bernhard  von  KleinSmid,  is  sufficiently  radiant,  sufficiently  ex- 
pansive, and  extensive,  to  form  a  rainbow  from  these  reticent 
outskirts  of  civilization  to  golden  Tucson,  over  which  Ange- 
lenos  and  Tucsonians  may  cross  and  recross,  even  as  Jacob 
on  his  stony  pillow  saw  angels  ascending  and  descending  from 
heaven.  And  so  I  feel,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  that  there  shall 
be  only  an  added  era  of  good  will  and  good  feeling  as  we  come 
and  go  over  this  expanse,  this  rainbow  expanse,  which  this 
great  name  affords  us. 


168  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

I  feel,  somehcnv,  that  our  conference  has  come  closer  and 
closer  to  the  hearts  of  all  concerned.  The  day  before  yestef- 
day,  or  rather  yesterday,  we  were  Pan- Americans;  this  after- 
noon we  were  neighbors;  and  this  evening  we  are  a  family 
circle.  And  it  is  my  delight  to  share  in  this  family  circle,  even 
though  my  friends  and  myself  do  sit  here  in  the  role  of  the 
forgotten  lovers.  We  are  reconciled  more  or  less,  as  I  have 
tried  to  imply.  We  have  indeed  a  great  personality  in  your 
midst.  I  came  here  to  tell  you  that,  but  I  have  heard 
some  intimation  of  it  today  in  other  quarters,  so  I  feel  that  I 
have  been  slightly  forestalled.  It  took  six  or  seven  years  to 
shape  and  form  this  presidential  personality,  but  now  a  great 
new  star  has  risen  in  the  West.  There  are  a  great  many  stars 
here  in  Los  Angeles;  but  one  star  differeth  from  another  star 
in  glory.  There  are  stars  corruptible,  and  stars  incorruptible; 
there  are  stars  of  Universal  City,  and  there  are  stars  of  the 
University  of  Southern  California.  And  now  you  have  here 
this  particularly  brilliant  star.  He  will  keep  you  guessing.  He 
comes  and  he  goes;  he  travels  east  and  he  travels  north;  he 
travels  far  and  he  travels  wide.  He  has  both  the  telescopic 
and  the  miscroscopic  eye — and  what  he  sees  he  appropriates. 
Te  takes  what  he  likes.  Now  a  university  professor  from  some 
unwary  institution;  now  a  million  dollars  from  some  opulent 
individual  by  the  same  sleight  of  hand;  for  there  is  a  magic, 
an  air,  that  this  gentleman  possesses  that  you  must  get  used  to. 
Yesterday  he  takes  a  degree  from  the  oldest  university  on  the 
Western  Hemisphere;  the  next  day  he  creates  a  link  of  scholar- 
ly interest  and  of  interchange  of  educational  sympathy  with  the 
great  republic  on  the  Western  Hemisphere;  the  next  day  he 
creates  a  link  of  scholarly  interest  and  of  interchange  of  educa- 
tional sympathy  with  the  great  republic  to  the  southland;  and 
today  he  drops  upon  us  this  great  idea,  this  idea  of  real  genius, 
of  a  Pan-American  Educational  Conference;  tomorrow,  I  sus- 
pect, he  will  pick  up  the  islands  of  the  sea,  or  far  Cathay,  and 
bring  them  to  your  borders  and  annex  them. 

I  wish  to  turn  aside  for  a  second  to  say  that  your  great  cap- 
tain has  a  captain.  That  causes  our  greatest  disturbance  out 
in  Arizona.  We  might  find  a  president  that,  while  not  wholly 
satisfactory,  might  reconcile  us  to  our  forlorn  condition,  within 
reason.  There  are  men  of  sufficient  caliber,  of  sufficient  bril- 
liancy and  productiveness  to  fill  that  position;  but  how  in  the 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  169 

world  to  solve  our  embarrassment  in  finding  a  wife  for  that 
president — a  president's  wife  to  fill  the  place  of  this  lady — 
seems  the  impossible.  You  know,  some  old  English  wit  and 
genius  said  that,  "Doubtless  God  could  have  made  a  better 
berry  than  the  strawberry,  but  doubtless  He  never  did,"  and  I 
have  no  doubt  that  He  could  have  made  a  better  president's 
wife  than  the  wife  of  our  president,  but  I  am  very  sure  He 
never  did.  The  sense  of  irreparable  loss  in  my  city,  both  as 
neighbors  and  as  citizens,  over  the  loss  of  Mrs.  von  KleinSmid 
is  too  keen  to  mention. 

I  have  spoken  briefly  of  what  President  von  KleinSmid  has 
brought  to  you.  It  has  not  been  very  illuminating,  because  you 
have  discovered  that  for  yourselves.  I  shall  also  tell  you  now 
what  he  left  in  Arizona.  In  the  first  place,  he  left  a  tradition, 
a  von  KleinSmid  tradition;  a  mascot,  also — Rufus,  our  wildcat. 
Rufus  will  forever  go  down  in  the  history  of  the  University  of 
Arizona  as  our  mascot,  named  for  our  distinguished  president. 
He  left  not  only  a  tradition  in  our  mascot;  he  sprinkled  that 
beautiful  campus  with  buildings  of  beauty — and  we  have  one 
of  the  most  beautiful  campuses  and  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
groups  of  buildings  in  the  United  States.  There  they  stand, 
imperishable  in  beauty,  substantial  in  quality,  artistic  in  effect, 
as  monuments  to  his  artistic  taste,  and  his  ability  to  build 
solidly  and  durably.  We  shall  forever  cherish  them  as  his 
product. 

More  than  that,  he  left  ideals  of  scholarship,  ideals  of  co- 
operation, lofty  conceptions  of  comradeship,  and  warm  and 
genial  affections  that  link  him  so  closely  to  us  as  a  brother  that 
we  miss  him  not  so  much  as  an  executive,  irreparable  as  that 
loss  seems,  but  as  a  comrade  and  friend,  as  a  devoted  neighbor. 
He  combined  suavity  with  force,  eloquence  with  effectiveness — 
a  combination,  it  seems  to  us,  of  almost  the  rarest  qualities  that 
a  university  president  can  have,  in  these  stern  and  difficult  days. 

And  so,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  we  commit  him  to  your  good 
favor.  It  has  been  most  agreeable  to  note  the  warmth  of  the 
acceptance  on  your  part  of  our  own  beloved  Doctor  von  Klein- 
Smid and  Mrs.  von  KleinSmid.  We  are  not  jealous;  we  shall 
also  benefit  from  this  great  era ;  and  shall  more  and  more,  I  am 
sure,  come  into  closer  and  closer  accord  with  your  great  uni- 
versity, your  great  city,  and  your  great  future. 


170  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

DEAN  HUNT 

If  the  dean  will  only  invite  us  to  Tucson,  he  can  not  do  it 
too  soon. 

The  educational  current  that  has  been  set  in  motion  in  this 
country  flows  in  many  directions  and  many  different  channels, 
and  sometimes  in  opposite  directions,  much  as  the  colored  min- 
ister said  when  he  proclaimed  that  education  was  "the  palla- 
dium of  our  liberties,  the  pandemonium  of  our  civilization." 
So  much  depends  upon  the  fundamental  work  in  education, 
which  can  not  possibly  be  over-stressed.  We  believe  we  have 
in  this  city  of  Los  Angeles  one  of  the  very  best  and  greatest 
educational  systems  in  this  country.  We  believe  there  is  a 
larger  percentage  of  boys  and  girls  who  are  in  the  schools,  a 
larger  proportion  of  them  pursuing  their  studies  on  through  the 
high  schools  (high  schools  are  numbered  almost  by  the  dozen 
in  Los  Angeles),  those  splendid  temples  of  learning,  the  great 
people's  colleges;  and  at  the  head  of  this  great  system  there  is 
a  distinguished  lady.  This  lady,  Mrs.  Susan  Dorsey,  is,  I  pre- 
sume, without  a  peer  among  the  women  superintendents  of 
schools  in  the  United  States.  It  is  with  the  keenest  regret  that 
I  have  to  announce  that  on  account  of  illness  Mrs.  Dorsey  is 
unable  to  be  with  us  tonight.  She  seemed  to  know,  however, 
that  the  person  who  is  to  represent  her  is  one  of  our  very  own. 
We  have  the  honor  of  having  with  us  tonight  her  representa- 
tive, who,  if  I  am  correctly  informed,  holds  more  academic 
degrees  from  the  University  of  Southern  California  than  any 
other  man  or  woman.  This  gentleman,  who  is  now  Assistant 
Superintendent  of  Schools  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles,  has  re- 
ceived his  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree,  his  Bachelor  of  Laws  De- 
gree, his  Master  of  Arts  Degree,  his  Master  of  Laws  Degree, 
and  his  degree  of  Doctor  of  Jurisprudence,  all  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Southern  California.  Therefore,  may  we  not  claim 
him  as  our  own?  We  shall  have  the  pleasure  of  some  words 
from  Ernest  J.  Lickley,  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Schools  of 
the  City  of  Los  Angeles. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  171 

ERNEST  J.  LICKLEY,  A.M.,  J.D. 

Assistant  Superintendent  of  the  Schools  of  the 
City  of  Los  Angeles 

Mrs.  Dorsey,  for  whom  I  have  the  honor  of  substituting  to- 
night, is  unable  to  speak  to  you  because  of  a  cold  which  has 
deprived  her  for  a  few  days  of  her  voice.  Mrs.  Dorsey  was 
to  have  represented  two  organizations  at  the  inaugural  exer- 
cises this  week:  Vassar  College,  of  which  she  is  an  honored 
graduate,  and  the  City  Schools  of  Los  Angeles,  of  which  she  is 
the  distinguished  superintendent.  Not  being  able  to  be  present 
this  afternoon  at  the  inaugural  exercises,  she  requested  me  to 
read  a  letter  sent  to  her  by  Doctor  MacCracken  of  Vassar 
College : 

"Vassar  College  takes  pleasure  in  participating  in 
the  inaugural  exercises  for  President  Rufus  Bernhard 
von  KleinSmid,  through  representation  by  Mrs. 
Susan  M.  Dorsey,  Superintendent  of  Schools,  Los 
Angeles,  California;  and  desires  to  extend  greetings 
and  best  wishes  for  a  new  period  of  prosperity  and 
growth.  "(Signed)    H.  N.  MacCracken." 

Mrs.  Dorsey  also  requested  me  to  read,  in  her  behalf,  the 
following  statement  which  she  prepared,  addressed  to  Doctor 
von  KleinSmid  and  friends  of  the  University  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia : 

"On  this  happy  occasion  of  the  inauguration  of 
your  honored  president,  I  am  asked  to  say  what  a 
university  may  mean  to  high  school  students.  So 
many  beneficent  influences  flow  forth  from  a  great 
school  to  bless  communities  and  prospective  students 
that  it  is  difficult  to  select  those  which  are  the  most 
helpful. 

"May  I  venture  the  suggestion,  however,  that 
chief  est  of  all  is  opportunity?  Over  the  main  en- 
trance of  a  city  school  there  appears  an  arch  on 
which  is  inscribed  the  one  word,  'Opportunity.'  That 
is  the  offering  made  to  every  student  who  passes 
within  the  gates  of  that  school.  In  an  especial  sense 
a  great  university  offers  the  priceless  boon  of  oppor- 
tunity to  high  school  students.     What  more  can  be 


172  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

asked?  For,  after  all,  is  not  the  chance  to  BE- 
COME the  only  thing  that  counts  in  life?  Given 
that,  does  not  all  else  follow?  Especially  favored 
are  the  high  school  students  who  have  a  university 
in  their  community,  and  need  not  travel  afar  for 
their  opportunity. 

"A  great  university  means  inspiration.  High 
thought  and  mighty  emprise  have  ever  been  the  goal 
of  those  who  linger  in  the  shadows  of  Academ.  To 
be  as  the  great  have  been  is  the  very  breath  of  aspir- 
ing youth.  To  the  university  they  look  for  inspira- 
tion. 

"Still,  there  is  another  intangible  something  about 
a  university  which  we  call  atmosphere,  that,  more 
than  all  else,  lures  the  young  student  to  years  of 
effort  that  know  not  weariness  and  end  in  wisdom. 

"May  it  be  the  happy  lot  of  the  University  of 
Southern  California  to  offer  opportunity  and  inspira- 
tion to  all,  and  may  the  atmosphere  of  a  great  school 
of  learning  prove  yet  more  and  more  alluring  to  the 
youth  of  Southern  California. 

"With  congratulations, 

"(Signed)  SuSAN  M.  DORSET." 

DEAN  HUNT 

It  was  said  to  me  some  few  years  ago  by  the  venerable  editor 
of  the  Educational  Review  that  in  his  judgment  there  was  no 
finer  system  of  public  schools,  running  into  and  through  the 
high  schools,  in  the  United  States,  than  were  to  be  found  in 
this  city,  and  Doctor  Winship,  as  some  of  you  know,  has 
crossed  the  continent  on  educational  journeys  no  less  than  45 
or  50  times.  He  did  at  that  time,  however,  have  some  hesita- 
tion in  speaking  similar  words  of  commendation  for  the  higher 
institutions  of  learning,  which,  in  his  opinion,  at  that  time  did 
not  really  exist;  that  is  to  say,  there  was  need,  as  he  saw  it,  of 
a  great  crowning  institution  of  learning  which  continued  not 
only  the  work  of  the  colleges  to  the  university  professional 
schools,  but  the  philosophical  and  scientific  departments  on 
through  to  the  highest  realms  of  research  and  investigation. 

There  is  in  the  city  and  about  the  city,  here  in  Southern  Cali- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  173 

fornia,  a  group  of  institutions  of  higher  learning.  We  are  very 
proud  at  the  University  of  Southern  California  to  enjoy  cordial 
relationships  of  friendship  and  amity  with  these  colleges.  We 
have  Occidental  College,  we  have  Pomona  College,  Whittier 
College,  Redlands  University,  and  other  institutions  about  us 
here,  forming  the  beginnings  of  a  very  fine  system  of  colleges, 
junior  colleges;  and  yet  not  too  many  to  serve  the  needs  of 
this  great  community.  One  of  the  foremost  of  these  institu- 
tions to  which  I  refer  is  Occidental  College;  Occidental  College 
has  had  several  presidents,  but  at  the  present  time  Occidental 
College  has  a  veteran — I  think  he  has  been  here  for  fully  six 
months,  and  he  is  a  well  known,  old  residenter  at  the  present 
time.  It  is  with  great  pleasure,  therefore,  that  I  have  the 
honor  to  introduce  to  you  President  Bird  of  Occidental  Col- 
lege. He  will  speak  as  a  representative  of  that  institution, 
and  of  the  other  colleges  of  Southern  California.  President 
Bird. 

REMSEN  du  BOIS  BIRD,  D.D. 

Occidental  College 

It  is  a  very  great  privilege  and  pleasure  for  me  to  address 
this  gathering  as  a  representative  of  the  nearest,  and,  I  am  sure, 
the  friendliest  of  the  many  friendly  rivals  of  the  University  of 
Southern  California.  Occidental  College  and  the  University 
of  Southern  California,  in  higher  education,  share  the  great 
City  of  Los  Angeles.  These  two  worthy  institutions  were 
founded  about  the  same  time,  the  university  choosing  one  field 
and  Occidental  choosing  another,  and  the  years  of  relationship 
have  been  full  of  contest  and  conflict  and  good  will.  We  are 
very  happy  in  this  past  year  in  having  that  relationship  made 
even  more  cordial  in  the  kindly  co-operation  of  the  students  of 
the  U.  S.  C.  in  the  burning  of  a  trophy  which  had  found  its 
way  into  their  archives  from  Occidental  College.  However,  I 
don't  know  just  how  completely  that  feeling  has  been  estab- 
lished. The  other  day  I  was  driving  my  car  down  through 
the  congested  thoroughfares  of  our  City  of  Los  Angeles,  and 
unfortunately  passed  a  street  car,  and  a  policeman  said,  "You 
are  arrested."  I  said,  "What  have  I  done?"  and  met  with  the 
response,  "You  are  arrested.  Go  to  the  police  court  immedi- 
ately."    I  went  there  and  reported,  and  the  man  said,  "Your 


174  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

name?"  I  gave  it,  and  he  said,  "Are  you  the  president  of 
Occidental  College?"  and  I  said,  "Yes."  "Well,"  he  said, 
"I'm  a  graduate  of  U.  S.  C." 

It  has  been  my  pleasure  to  come  to  Southern  California  at 
the  same  time  as  our  great  friend  began  his  work  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  Southern  California.  I  share  the  conviction  that  has 
been  expressed  here,  and  at  the  other  gatherings  of  this  noble 
occasion.  Southern  California  is  famous  for  its  climate;  it  is 
famous  for  its  scenery;  it  is  famous  for  the  pure  breed  of  its 
stock;  but  it  is  destined  to  be  even  more  famous  throughout  the 
world  for  something  more  important  than  its  climate,  its 
scenery,  or  the  purity  of  its  American  stock:  and  that  is  for  the 
spirit,  ideals,  and  accomplishments  in  the  Field  of  Education. 
People  shall  seek  to  know,  not  in  order  that  they  may  exploit 
their  fellowmen,  but  that  with  knowledge,  and  culture,  and 
efficiency,  they  may  be  rendered  more  worthy  servants  of 
society,  to  the  honor  of  God  and  for  the  good  of  all  mankind. 
It  is  a  rare  privilege  to  share  this  intimate  relationship,  which 
is  ours  in  Occidental,  with  the  University  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia and  its  great  President,  Rufus  B.  von  KleinSmid. 

DEAN  HUNT 

A  few  minutes  ago  our  good  friend,  Doctor  Barrett,  made 
use  of  a  word  that  has  never  been  admitted  onto  the  campus 
of  the  U.  S.  C. — officially — and  we  are  inclined  to  challenge 
him  to  give  a  correct  definition  of  the  word,  but  perhaps  we 
had  better  not  venture.  That  word  is  "flapper."  Now,  I 
think  that,  so  far  as  I  know,  we  in  this  day  and  age  are  afflicted 
with  a  word,  that  is,  the  content  of  a  word,  that  I  have  taken 
the  liberty  of  coining.  That  word  is  "flapperolotry" ;  and 
there  is  upon  our  program  tonight  a  person  who  is  entirely 
capable  of  bearing  the  dignities  of  administration  of  the  class- 
room of  educational  meetings,  of  scientific  gatherings,  but  who, 
when  it  comes  to  the  question  of  "flapperolotry,"  is  a  veritable 
iconoclast.  We  have  the  special  privilege  tonight  of  hearing 
some  words  from  the  outstanding  president  of  a  woman's  col- 
lege on  the  coast  of  the  Pacific.  It  is  a  great  and  rare  pleasure 
that  I  have  to  present  to  you  a  woman  who  has  gone  up  and 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  175 

down  this  state,  and  other  states,  as  an  exponent  of  sound  doc- 
trine for  young  women,  and  for  all  young  people — but  let  her 
tell  her  story.     Dr.  Aurelia  Reinhardt,  of  Mills  College. 

AURELIA  REINHARDT,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

President  of  Mills  College 

You  tempt  me  to  tell  a  story  before  I  greet  the  new  and 
honored  president.  There  is  an  old  and  delightful  tale  of  the 
great  president  of  Minnesota,  Cyrus  Winthrop.  He  once  went 
on  a  journey  to  New  York  City,  where  he  was  introduced  by 
the  renowned  Chauncey  Depew.  Chauncey  Depew,  after  a 
very  eloquent  speech,  said,  "I  have  the  honor  to  introduce  a 
cyclone  from  the  West,"  and  Mr.  Winthrop  replied  softly, 
"Thank  you,  honorable  sir;  I  am  glad  you  are  such  a  good 
judge  of  wind." 

President  von  KleinSmid  and  Mrs.  von  KleinSmid,  I  bring 
you  the  greetings  of  a  little  college  to  the  north.  I  wish  I  could 
bring  that  greeting  with  more  than  breathing  courtesy.  I  wish 
I  could  say  to  the  delegates  who  have  come  from  far  lands  to 
hear  discussed  the  present  relationships  of  our  various  coun- 
tries, and  the  even  more  happy  relationships  that  are  to  be  in 
the  future — I  wish  that  I  might  greet  them  in  their  more 
familiar  and  more  beautiful  speech.  Someone  told  me  that  I 
might  say  without  harm,  "bien  venido." 

We  rejoice  to  say,  President  von  KleinSmid,  that  you  have 
our  affection,  our  greeting  and  our  good  wishes,  and  if  it  is 
possible  to  be  your  fellows  in  this  great  job  of  education,  won't 
you  let  us?  To  be  sure,  at  Mills  are  only  women — I  mean 
those  who  are  learning.  Half  of  those  who  teach  are  men.  I 
heard  a  certain  learned  gentleman  say  that  men  should  not  live 
alone,  and  I  dare  say  to  him  that  women  sometimes  do,  but 
they  don't  want  to.  Don't  take  me  too  seriously.  So,  up  at 
Mills  there  are  men  in  the  faculty  to  be  your  yoke-fellows,  and 
educationally  our  women  would  like  to  be,  too.  I  don't  know 
that  we  have  acquired  sufficient  wisdom.  I  heard  of  wisdom 
being  attributed  to  a  certain  professor  because  he  could  dis- 
course in  seven  languages;  and  it  was  George  Eliot,  I  think, 
who  replied  that  it  would  be  a  wiser  person  who  could  keep 
silent  in  seven  languages.  We  are  sometimes  silent  at  Mills,, 
although  the  students  are  women. 


176  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

It  is  difficult  to  convey,  Mr.  President  and  delegates,  my 
impressions  of  such  a  conference  as  this:  a  gathering  of  men 
and  women  endeavoring,  in  the  midst  of  our  troubled  world, 
to  solve  that  age-old  problem  of  national  discord,  and  to  bring 
into  being  national  and  international  amity.  Such  a  conference 
as  this  is  the  making  of  inspiring  educational  history. 

I  must  not  speak  longer,  but  I  should  like  to  tell  you  a  little 
story  which  I  read  in  an  English  paper,  and  in  which,  to  my 
mind,  there  is  something  rather  beautiful,  as  well  as  something 
that  brings  a  smile.  In  the  story,  as  I  read  it,  John  Burns  was 
taking  through  London  a  group  of  representatives  from  Wash- 
ington. He  was  not  talking  very  much  with  them,  but  he  drove 
them  about  London,  showing  them  some  of  the  relics  of  the 
different  eras  through  which  that  wonderful  city  has  passed 
since  the  days  when  the  Romans  built  their  towers  and  that 
magnificent  northern  wall  in  Britain,  but  when  John  Burns  led 
the  Americans  into  Parliament,  he  seemed  deeply  moved.  He 
pointed  here  and  there,  and  finally  he  stepped  out  on  the  balcony 
over  the  Embankment,  and  he  said,  making  a  gesture  toward 
the  river,  "There,  gentlemen,  flows  the  Thames."  One  gen- 
tleman from  the  north,  apparently  not  much  impressed,  said, 
"Mr.  Burns,  did  you  ever  see  the  St.  Lawrence  River?",  and 
another  gentleman  from  the  middle  west  inquired,  "I  would 
like  to  ask  Mr.  Burns  if  he  ever  saw  the  Mississippi?"  "Yes," 
said  Mr.  Burns,  "I  have  seen  them.  The  St.  Lawrence  is  a 
great  body  of  water,  and  the  Mississippi  is  a  great  body  of 
muddy  water;  but  there,  gentlemen,  is  the  Thames — and  that 
is  liquid  history." 

And  so,  Mr.  President,  Dean  Hunt,  Dean  Lockwood — out 
there  among  the  cacti  of  Arizona,  on  that  beautiful  campus — 
you  are  making  history,  not  quite  liquid  history,  but  fluid  his- 
tory, and  may  you  in  the  constructing  of  that  history,  Mr. 
President,  somehow  bring  into  being,  shapen  by  the  processes 
of  learning,  of  thinking,  and  of  searching  for  truth,  forces  that 
will  help  you  to  create  men  and  women  who  will  truly  make 
the  history  of  this  democracy  the  noblest  of  any  country  that 
has  lived  under  the  great  sun. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  177 

DEAN  HUNT 

It  is  said  that,  upon  one  of  his  great  expeditions,  Philip  of 
Macedon  received  word  that  a  son  had  been  born  to  him,  and 
he  remarked,  "I  know  not  at  which  to  rejoice  the  more:  that  I 
have  a  son  born  to  me,  or  that  Aristotle  is  to  be  his  teacher." 
Speaking  of  Aristotle  reminds  me — although  there  is  not  a  very 
close  connection,  I  will  admit — that  the  boy  was  asked,  "What 
is  the  Latin  Race?"  "Why,"  he  said,  "it  is  a  contest  between 
the  Latin  pony  and  the  professor's  goat." 

Tonight  we  have  with  us  a  man  who  came  from  the  classic 
halls  of  a  Southern  university,  it  seems  not  so  very  long  ago, 
but  who  in  the  meantime  has  served  for  two  full  decades  as 
president  of  the  great  University  of  California.  We  are  hon- 
ored in  having  with  us  here  tonight  Benjamin  Ide  Wheeler, 
and  I  am  sure  you  will  be  delighted  to  hear  a  few  words  from 
President  Wheeler. 

BENJAMIN  IDE  WHEELER,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

President  Emeritus  of  the  University  of  California 

I  cannot  tell  you  how  pleased  I  am  that  I  received  an  invita- 
tion here,  so  that  I  can  come  on  my  own  hook.  I  just  scam- 
pered along  the  railway,  with  a  bag  of  clothing,  and  came  to 
sec  you — and  it  is  the  first  time  for  a  great  long  while  that  I 
haven't  represented  somebody.  I  just  came  all  alone,  and  I 
am  glad  to  see  you,  and  well  aware  that  everything  is  going 
well  with  you.  I  can  see  that  by  the  way  you  move,  and  the 
way  you  look  at  each  other.  Well,  I  rejoice  in  your  success, 
and  the  way  that  opens  before  you.  I  know,  I  think,  what  it 
means.  A  great  part  of  my  life,  as  I  look  back  upon  it,  has 
been  connected  with  that  long,  wearisome  service  they  call  the 
presidency  business.  You  have  got,  evidently,  a  good  presi- 
dent; now  be  decent  to  him.  Sometimes  you  see  presidents 
who  started  out  with  a  fair  outlook,  and  by  and  by  the  birds 
begin  to  peck  at  them,  and  the  troubles  begin.  It  seems  the 
fate  of  our  presidents  all  over  the  country  that  they  are  to  be 
gradually  pecked  to  death. 

Now,  you  have  got  a  president.  Stand  by  him,  get  behind 
him,  help  him.     It  is  almost  an  impossible  position  if  you  don't. 


178  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

Students  must  take  a  hand  at  it,  the  alumni  must  have  a  strong 
hand  at  it,  and,  of  course,  the  regents  and  trustees — they  are, 
after  all,  the  totality  of  things. 

We  are  all  interested  in  our  educational  work  in  California. 
No  matter  how  they  name  us,  no  matter  how  they  get  at  it 
with  reference  to  authority  or  the  sources  of  control :  we  are 
one  body,  and  what  is  good  for  you,  and  to  your  advantage,  is 
unquestionably  and  immediately  to  the  advantage  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  California.  We  have  no  right  to  know  any  different. 
There  are,  here  and  there,  things  in  which  we  may  well  differ — 
these  forms  of  authority — we  should  not  try  to  get  on  without 
the  things  that  are  peculiar  to  us.  They  represent  things  that 
have  to  be,  that  must  be,  that  are  of  advantage  to  this  com- 
munity. 

My  blessing  on  you.  I  shall  feel  as  I  go  back  to  my  work 
that  things  are  going  splendidly  well  here,  that  it  is  well  for 
us,  and  well  for  you,  and  well  for  our  beloved  State  of  Cali- 
fornia. 

DEAN  HUNT 

There  is  a  group  of  states  in  that  part  of  the  country  in 
which  we  now  are  that  are  more  and  more  coming  to  feel  their 
solidarity  and  sense  of  unity. 

We  have  the  great  fortune  to  have  with  us  tonight  the  presi- 
dent of  another  of  the  state  universities  in  our  neighborhood. 
I  do  not  know  just  what  the  symbol  of  that  university  is,  or 
just  exactly  what  kind  of  a  wildcat  or  tiger  they  may  have 
there,  but  we  are  going  to  be  told  something  of  the  great  state 
university  of  New  Mexico,  and  the  difference  between  real  cul- 
ture in  this  country  and  in  the  world,  and  mere  utility.  I  call 
upon  President  David  Spence  Hill  for  a  few  remarks  present- 
ing this  topic :  Culture  versus  Utility. 

DOCTOR  HILL 

President  of  the  University  of  New  Mexico 

I  was,  a  moment  ago,  brooding  in  genuine  humility,  because 
I  knew  I  was  to  be  called  upon  to  follow  President  Wheeler, 
and  I  felt  like  saying,  "What  shall  a  man  say  who  comes  after 
the  King?"  Men  like  President  Wheeler  and  President  Bovard 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  179 

and  President  James  are  indeed  encyclopedias  of  university 
practice  and  experience,  which  we  recently  entered  contestants 
in  that  most  precarious  of  callings,  the  presidency,  might  well 
follow.  I  was  also  brooding  over  the  fact  that,  as  Los  Angeles 
is  rejoicing  over  the  acquisition  of  a  new  president,  we  in  the 
arid  regions  of  the  Southwest  are  grieving,  because,  while  I 
do  not  care  to  add  one  word  of  flattery,  I  want  to  say  sincerely 
that  we,  who  think  we  are  doing  pioneer  work  in  the  great 
desert  regions  of  those  states  mentioned  by  your  toastmaster, 
look  up  to  Doctor  von  KleinSmid.  I  love  to  think  of  the  old 
pioneers  who  came  to  some  of  those  inaccessible  mountains 
which  stand  over  the  far-reaching  deserts,  uninhabited,  forbid- 
ding at  first  aspect,  and  to  think  of  them  as  saying,  "I  hear  the 
tread  of  pioneers  of  nations  yet  to  be,  the  first  low  wash  of 
waves  where  yet  may  roll  a  human  sea;"  and  just  as  those  old 
Spanish  and  other  pioneers  penetrated  the  dangers  of  the  des- 
ert, I  want  to  say  that  von  KleinSmid  came  to  Tucson  when 
there  was  a  small  institution,  and  that  he  has  made  of  it  a 
great  institution,  and  I  endorse  every  word  which  his  former 
colleague,  Dean  Lockwood,  said.  Indeed,  I  think  too  much 
has  been  said  in  felicitating  President  von  KleinSmid.  I  think 
we  ought  to  felicitate  and  congratulate  Los  Angeles  that  they 
have  been  able  to  acquire  this  man  who  comes  to  you,  like  a 
John  the  Baptist,  from  the  desert. 

I  will  now  discuss  briefly  the  subject  given  me  by  your  ex- 
cellent toastmaster;  this  subject  of  reconciling  the  apparent  con- 
flicts between  the  culturistic  and  the  utilitarian.  I  fear  that 
many  engaged  in  education,  not  alone  in  America  but  in  other 
countries,  are  considering  the  different  forms  of  education  as 
though  they  were  separate  propositions,  to  the  detriment  of 
the  great  cause.  We  should  not  forget  that  the  school  is  not 
the  only  agency  of  human  education.  There  is  the  church,  the 
press,  the  theatre,  the  library,  and  the  private  as  well  as  the 
public  school,  and  if  we  could  get  these  different  agencies  per- 
meated with  the  spirit  of  human  education  there  would  perhaps 
be  a  little  more  unity  of  effort,  not  only  with  regard  to  the  dis- 
semination of  culture,  an  appreciation  and  perpetuation  of  the 
greatness  of  history  and  of  literature,  but  also  with  reference 
to  the  preparation  for  bread-winning,  which,  of  course,  is 
necessary  for  every  human  being  who  does  not  become  a  para- 
ge.   We  can  not  carry  on  education  for  culture  and  education 


180  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

for  utility  in  entirely  separate,  tank-like  compartments.  We 
who  have  to  do  with  the  direction  of  young  people  should  re- 
member, I  believe,  that,  rich  or  poor,  every  person  should  be 
trained  to  make  a  living;  and  we  must,  in  our  respective  class- 
rooms and  institutions,  emphasize  that  every  man  must,  in  the 
obtaining  of  his  education,  maintain  to  the  utmost  a  foundation 
of  health;  we  must  emphasize  the  cultivation  of  a  habit  of  de- 
cision, of  choice,  as  opposed  to  vacillation  and  an  obstructed 
will;  the  necessity  of  specific  preparation,  in  order  that  each 
student  may  be  able  ultimately,  to  do  some  thing  better  than 
anyone  else  can  do  it:  the  question  of  placement  after  gradua- 
tion, and  the  avoidance  of  the  blind  alley  in  life,  from  which, 
alas,  too  many  fail  to  escape,  must  be  emphasized,  and  the 
idea,  finally,  that  education  should  have  in  mind  not  merely  the 
importance  of  self,  but  this  great  idea  of  culture,  which  means 
an  appreciation  of  the  truth  in  science  and  the  beautiful  in  art, 
and  nature,  and  of  all  good,  whether  in  literature  or  in  man, 
that  we  may  thereby  bring  into  being  the  principles  of  altruism, 
and  solve  this  great  puzzle  of  education,  namely,  the  apparent 
conflict  between  utility  and  culture. 

DEAN  HUNT 

I  regret  very  much  to  state  that  it  has  been  found  impossible 
for  Bishop  Locke  to  be  present  with  us,  on  account  of  another 
engagement,  thus  depriving  us  of  the  pleasure  of  his  presence 
here. 

We  have  heard  from  the  Nestor  among  our  educators — I 
refer  to  President  Wheeler — and  I  think  it  might  in  some  sense 
be  proper  to  designate  the  next  speaker  as  the  Janus.  I  am 
sure  it  would  not  be  satisfactory  to  this  splendid  gathering 
unless  they  had  an  opportunity  once  more  to  look  upon  the  tall 
form  of  this  Son  of  Anak,  and  to  hear  some  words  of  greeting 
from  George  Finley  Bovard. 

DOCTOR  BOVARD 

President  Emeritus,  University  of  Southern  California 

Mr.  Toastmaster,  President  and  Mrs.  von  KleinSmid,  Presi- 
dent Wheeler,  Honored  Guests  and  Friends : 

It  affords  me  very  great  pleasure  to  speak  a  few  words  of 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  181 

greeting  on  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  University 
of  Southern  California.  The  Trustees  regard  it  a  very  great 
privilege  to  have  you  at  this  dinner  as  their  guests.  Some  of 
you,  undoubtedly,  have  greatly  inconvenienced  yourselves  in 
order  that  you  might  add  to  our  joy  on  this  notable  inaugural 
occasion.   I  assure  you  that  we  keenly  appreciate  your  presence. 

I  listened  to  the  words  of  President  Wheeler  with  intense 
interest.  He  is  so  familiar  with  the  educational  problems  of 
California  that  we  shall  do  well  to  heed  his  counsel.  We  thank 
you  most  cordially,  President  Wheeler,  for  your  presence  and 
your  words  of  wisdom.  This  is  not  the  first  time  you  have 
evidenced  your  interest  in  the  University  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia. You  will  always  be  a  welcome  visitor  at  the  University 
whenever  you  find  it  convenient  to  call. 

And  now,  what  can  I  say  to  you  delegates,  one  and  all?  We 
are  glad  to  have  had  this  opportunity  to  get  acquainted  with 
you.  We  like  you,  and  we  hope  you  like  us.  You  have  made  a 
large  contribution  to  the  success  of  the  Pan-American  Confer- 
ence and  the  inaugural  program.  We  have  been  helped  by  the 
able  addresses  and  the  discussions.  We  think  so  much  of  you 
we  invite  you  to  come  again.  It  is  a  rare  opportunity  we  have 
enjoyed.  The  University  of  Southern  California  will  be  more 
deeply  interested  in  Pan-American  problems  than  heretofore. 
Our  educational  institutions  must  get  together  in  solving  some 
of  the  problems  of  vital  interest  to  humanity.  I  am  sure  that 
good  seed  has  been  sown.  The  result  will  be  beneficial.  You 
have  helped  us.     We  want  to  help  you.     Command  us. 

President  and  Mrs.  von  KleinSmid:  We  are  very  happy 
that  you  are  now  the  official  head  of  our  University  Family. 
You  have  been  the  Acting  head  for  several  months.  The  inau- 
gural service  of  today  completes  all  the  formalities  of  inducting 
you  into  this  high  office.  You  are  both  our  very  own.  We 
acknowledge  your  leadership,  and  pledge  to  you  our  loyalty 
and  hearty  co-operation.  Your  vision  of  the  educational  prob- 
lems as  set  forth  in  the  very  able  inaugural  address  today  en- 
courages us  to  expect  great  advancement  under  your  adminis- 
tration. May  the  years  of  your  official  connection  with  the 
University  be  many.  All  Los  Angeles  and  Southern  California 
join  me  in  saying  Thrice  Welcome.  The  City,  with  its  untold 
advantages,  is  yours.  Use  it  to  accomplish  the  task  set  be- 
fore you. 


182  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

Again  assuring  you  that  it  gives  the  Trustees  very  great 
pleasure  to  have  so  many  educational  leaders  as  their  guest9, 
I  close  my  words  of  greeting. 

DEAN  HUNT 

I  want  to  take  issue  with  Doctor  Bovard — as  though  he  had 
been  bearing  all  of  this  great  burden  alone!  I  am  going  to 
do  a  very  delicate  and  risky  thing  now.  I  want  you  to  know 
that  there  is  a  little  lady  in  this  room  who  has  made  it  possible 
for  him  to  bear  these  burdens.  I  want  you  to  have  the  oppor- 
tunity of  looking  upon  Mrs.  George  Finley  Bovard  for  a 
moment. 

(Mrs.  Bovard  rises.) 

DEAN  HUNT 

In  a  moment  we  are  going  to  have  the  reluctant  pleasure  of 
dismissing  this  meeting.  You  have  heard  something  of  the 
president's  wife.  I  am  going  to  step  aside  in  just  a  moment, 
but  before  doing  that,  and  before  giving  you  one  fond,  last, 
lingering  look  upon  the  president,  I  am  going  to  ask  that  we 
may  have  the  privilege  of  looking  upon  Mrs.  von  KleinSmid. 
(Mrs.  von  KleinSmid  rises.) 

DEAN  HUNT 

Now,  I  wonder  if  you  can  discover  any  great  and  real  change 
in  Doctor  von  KleinSmid  since  he  was  inaugurated,  or  is  he  the 
same  man  that  he  was?  As  the  man  said  when  he  began  to 
fall  sick,  uDo  you  see  any  change  in  me?"  "Why,  no;  what's 
the  matter?"  "I  just  swallowed  a  dime."  Now,  please  don't 
stand  upon  your  feet — at  least  for  ten  seconds — until  you  can 
get  a  look  at  Rufus  Bernhard  von  KleinSmid. 

PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

The  story  runs  that  a  maid  of  Mrs.  Bryan,  the  wife  of  the 
former  Secretary  of  State,  was  sent  by  her  mistress  to  the 
grocery  store  for  oranges.  After  securing  the  fruit  she  said  to 
the  merchant,  "Charge  these  to  Mrs.  Bryan,"  and  the  merchant 


PAN-AMERICAN   CONFERENCE  183 

said,  "I  should  be  very  glad  to  charge  anything  to  Mrs.  Bryan 
that  she  will  tell  me  to  charge  to  her."  "Well,  I'se  Mrs. 
Bryan's  maid,"  said  the  colored  lady.  "Well,  that's  all  right," 
said  the  merchant;  "it's  a  fine  thing  to  be  Mrs.  Bryan's  maid, 
but  how  do  I  know  you  are  her  maid?"  "Well,  just  'cause 
she  sent  me  for  the  oranges."  "But,  Mrs.  Bryan  should  tell 
me  if  she  wants  me  to  charge  oranges  to  her.  It  doesn't  make 
any  difference  what  you  say,  Mrs.  Bryan  will  have  to  tell  me 
you  are  her  maid."  "Oh,  go  on,  man,"  said  the  maid;  "you 
make  me  plumb  freckle-minded." 

You  surely  do  not  expect  anything  from  me.  I  am  "plumb 
freckle-minded"  after  all  the  good  things  that  have  come  dur- 
ing the  day. 

It  has  been  a  great  delight  to  have  you  all  here  during  these 
days.  As  Doctor  Wheeler  has  said,  it  has  been  good  for  us 
to  be  here;  we  have  come  to  know  each  other  better;  to  trust 
each  other  more,  and  to  lean  one  upon  the  other  just  a  little 
more  heavily. 

I  am  glad  for  the  presence  of  Doctor  Wheeler  here.  When, 
some  eight  years  ago,  I  came  into  the  West,  it  was  a  matter 
of  distinct  comfort  that  I  thought  I  should  be  near  enough  to 
the  campus  on  which  worked  one  of  the  greatest  administrators 
that  an  American  State  institution  ever  had,  to  somehow  catch 
the  inspiration  of  his  service  and  the  encouragement  of  his 
presence.  I  am  glad  to  be  able  to  testify,  as  I  know  that 
President  Hill  would  testify,  as  I  know  that  President  Clark 
of  Nevada  would  testify,  and  Presidents  Campbell  of  Oregon 
and  Suzzalo  of  Washington  would  testify,  to  the  great  assist- 
ance that  this  master  educator  has  been  to  us,  simply  in  the 
fact  that  he  was  near  at  hand  and  his  work  was  open  for  the 
observation  of  us  all. 

I  have  been  much  delighted,  and  much  encouraged,  through 
the  reception  of  messages  from  institutions,  near  and  far,  even 
from  across  the  seas,  from  men  and  women  who  have  come 
from  those  institutions,  from  the  great  concourse  who  have 
assembled  on  our  campus  to  show  their  interest  in  the  work 
we  are  trying  to  do.  I  have  been  delighted  in  the  presence  of 
our  Pan-American,  our  Spanish-American,  friends  here.  Some- 
how, the  note  of  the  future  is  to  be  a  fuller,  a  rounder,  and  a 
deeper  one,  because  more  voices  have  joined  in  the  great 
anthem,  significant  of  a  definite  purpose  to  serve  the  world. 


April  Twenty-ninth 

MORNING   SESSION 

Conference  on  Pan-American 
Commerce  and  Industry 


Prayer 
DOCTOR  COOK 

Our  Father,  we  rejoice  in  these  days  of  special  privilege 
We  rejoice  because  Thou  has  permitted  us  to  unite  with  our 
brothers  in  the  consideration  of  these  tremendous,  great  things. 
We  thank  Thee  for  the  vision  that  is  ours  of  what  Thou  art 
doing,  and  what  Thou  canst  do,  through  human  lives  conse- 
crated and  dedicated  to  the  great  purposes  which  we  believe  are 
here  common  to  us  all.  We  thank  Thee,  dear  Master,  for  the 
tremendous  idealism,  for  the  vision  of  the  splendid  opportuni- 
ties, the  splendid  possibilities;  for  all,  dear  Father,  that  may 
bring  together  in  the  bonds  of  Christian  fellowship,  of  educa- 
tional activity,  of  better  understanding,  of  Christian  brother- 
hood, the  nations  of  the  world.  We  thank  Thee  very  espe- 
cially, Our  Father,  that  our  brothers  to  the  south,  in  the  great 
Latin-American  field,  are  with  us,  and  together  that  we  have 
the  privilege  of  comprehending  the  common  interest,  and  the 
common  tasks,  and  the  common  opportunities  of  this  great 
western  world.  Bless,  we  pray  Thee,  the  institution  in  which 
we  meet.  Bless  this  new  president  inducted  into  office.  We 
pray  for  him,  Our  Father,  a  wonderful  future,  guided  by  that 
wisdom  which  can  come  only  from  above;  and  do  Thou  give 
to  him  the  assurance  of  the  helpfulness  of  those  who  shall  be 
members  of  the  faculty  of  the  University,  who  shall  be  the 
members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  the  great  student  body 
who  shall  here  form  their  characters  during  four  golden  years 
of  their  lives,  and  go  out  to  take  a  large  place  and  to  do  a  great 
work  in  their  generation. 

Bless  us,  Our  Father,  this  day  that  we  come  to  the  close  of 
these  days  of  privilege.  Do  Thou  grant  that  all  may  be 
crowned,  and  that  even  more  than  we  can  hope  a  great  faith 
shall  come  from  what  we  have  done,  what  we  have  tried  to 
begin  here.  We  ask  it,  Our  Father,  that  through  it  Thy  Name 
may  be  glorified,  in  Jesus  Chirst.    Amen. 

DOCTOR  BOGARDUS 

There  are  two  meetings  in  session  at  the  present  time,  one 
being  addressed  in  Spanish  by  Doctor  Galvez,  and  this,  which 
represents  a  continuation  of  the  exercises  which  were  held  on 


188  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

Thursday,  the  27th.  A  smaller  meeting  is  also  in  session,  and 
perhaps  it  is  the  most  important  of  all,  for  it  represents  the 
committee  on  resolutions,  which  was  provided  for  at  the  meet- 
ing on  Thursday  afternoon,  and  of  which  President  von  Klein- 
Smid  is  the  chairman.  Within  a  short  time  that  committee  will 
have  completed  its  work,  and  will  be  ready  to  make  a  report  to 
this  meeting,  whenever  the  presiding  chairman  of  the  forenoon 
wishes  to  call  upon  the  committee. 

After  the  exercises  of  yesterday,  extending  from  9  o'clock  in 
the  morning  until  nearly  1 1  o'clock  in  the  evening,  at  which 
about  25  addresses  were  given,  I  am  sure  that  we  all  feel 
pretty  much  as  President  von  KleinSmid  said  he  felt  last  night, 
namely,  somewhat  freckle-minded.  We  who  are  here  this 
morning  are  those  who  are  most  interested  in  carrying  for- 
ward the  fundamental  principles  that  are  represented  by  the 
educational  conference  on  Pan-American  affairs  that  the  presi- 
dent of  this  university  has  planned  and  called.  There  are 
others,  equally  interested  with  us,  who  have  sent  their  regrets, 
who  could  not  be  here  in  person,  for  a  great  variety  of  im- 
portant reasons;  and  although  not  physically  present,  they  are 
here  in  spirit  with  us  this  morning.  A  little  time,  I  suppose,  is 
necessary  in  order  to  enable  us  to  pick  up  the  many  threads  of 
thought,  which  were  introduced  to  us  on  Thursday  at  the 
sessions  of  the  congress,  beginning  with  the  able  address  by 
Doctor  Galvez  in  the  morning,  and  ending  with  the  different 
but  equally  able  address  by  Doctor  Barrett  in  the  afternoon. 

This  is  no  ordinary  conference.  As  I  sat  through  the  ses- 
sions on  Thursday,  a  deeper  sense  of  certain  fundamental 
truths  began  to  dawn  upon  me.  I  began  to  appreciate  the 
fact  that  behind  the  differences  which  are  represented  by  races 
and  colors,  behind  the  differences  which  are  perhaps  a  hundred 
years,  or  several  hundred  years,  or  even  a  thousand  years  old, 
there  is  evidence  of  a  fundamentally  common  human  nature. 
It  seems  to  me,  after  all,  behind  all  of  our  historical  differences, 
and  differences  of  present  circumstances,  there  is  a  common 
heart  throb,  and  a  common  mental  response  to  the  deepest 
things  in  life.  The  conference  on  Thursday  seemed  to  me  a 
substantial  proof  of  the  psychological  and  sociological  doctrine 
of  the  unity  of  the  human  mind;  more  than  that,  to  substantiate 
the  truth  of  the  poetic  and  religious  docrine  of  the  brotherhood 
of  man. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  189 

Personally,  I  wish  to  express  to  our  distinguished  delegates, 
representatives  of  foreign  governments  and  of  foreign  institu- 
tions, together  with  the  representatives  of  our  American  institu- 
tions, governments  and  educational  institutions  alike,  a  most 
hearty  degree  of  appreciation.  You  do  us  a  gracious  honor  by 
your  presence  at  these  meetings  which  have  centered  around 
the  inauguration  of  our  new  president,  and  especially  do  you  do 
us  honor  by  your  participation  in  these  meetings. 

It  seems  that  the  idea  of  our  president  in  calling  a  Pan- 
American  Conference  dealing  with  educational  problems  ought 
not  to  end  with  mere  expressions  of  thought,  and  it  is  to  that 
end  that  the  special  committee  on  resolutions  this  morning  is 
meeting,  providing,  if  possible,  for  carrying  forward,  for  nour- 
ishing, and  for  developing  the  fundamental  things  which  we 
all  feel,  and  which  we  are  so  incapable  of  expressing. 

The  presiding  chairman  this  morning  is  an  integral  part  of 
the  life  and  welfare  of  this  community  of  Southern  California, 
not  only  as  a  citizen,  but  also  as  an  ever  active  and  alert  mem- 
ber of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  this  institution,  and  of  the 
Executive  Committee.  He  has  worked  without  stint  in  behalf 
of  everything  for  the  good  of  the  university.  As  acting  mayor 
of  the  city  of  Los  Angeles  at  one  time,  and  as  a  prominent 
member  of  the  city  council,  he  allied  himself  with  all  that  is 
for  the  fundamental  interest  and  progress  of  this  region.  We 
heard  yesterday  that  Exposition  Park  is  claimed  by  Manual 
Arts  High  School;  we  also  heard  it  inferred  that  the  university 
claims  Exposition  Park.  After  all,  more  important  than  any 
claim  that  an  institution  has  upon  Exposition  Park,  this  mag- 
nificent institution  at  our  very  doors,  with  its  splendid  equip- 
ment, magnificent  buildings,  its  treasures — after  all,  if  there  is 
one  man  more  responsible  than  any  other  for  Exposition  Park, 
with  its  vast  contribution  to  the  cultural  and  esthetic  life  of 
this  city,  it  is  he  who  is  your  chairman — Judge  William  M. 
Bowen. 

WILLIAM  M.  BOWEN,  LL.B. 

Board  of  Trustees 
Presiding 

I  feel  that  when  this  conference  shall  have  completed  its 
work  today,  that  a  new  and  very  important  milestone  will  have 


190  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

been  set  in  the  progress  of  civilization  upon  the  western 
hemisphere. 

We  have  heard  the  relation  of  education  to  our  combined 
activities  and  associations  as  governments,  as  countries,  empha- 
sized, discussed,  and  explained  in  detail;  also  the  intricate  and 
delicate  relations  that  bind  us  together  as  nations,  as  a  great 
brotherhood.  Today  we  are  going  to  take  up  and  discuss  and 
consider  the  very  important  relationship  that  exists  between  us 
as  independent  nations  and  countries  on  the  commercial  side, 
and  I  predict,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  that  in  this  important 
area  of  the  world — the  most  important,  in  my  judgment,  from 
a  commercial  standpoint,  in  the  history  of  the  world — that  the 
great  development,  the  great  burden,  and  the  great  responsi- 
bility, is  going  to  rest  upon  the  countries  that  are  represented 
here  in  this  conference,  and  the  countries  on  the  Pacific  coast. 
And  why?  Because  of  the  fact  that  for  all  worthy,  real,  in- 
trinsic value  in  this  world,  speaking  commercially,  we  have  to 
look  to  Mother  Earth,  and  in  those  countries  that  are  repre- 
sented here,  and  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  lie  the  millions  and  mil- 
lions of  undeveloped  resources  of  the  world,  and  it  is  to  us, 
and  to  the  countries  which  you  represent,  that  the  world  must 
look  for  commercial  development,  for  increase  of  wealth,  in 
the  coming  years  of  reconstruction  of  the  world.  So  while 
we  have  considered  the  very  important  matters  relating  to  the 
education  of  the  world,  the  relationship  of  one  to  the  other,  it 
is  not  less  important  that  we  should  consider  in  this  closing 
session  the  business  side,  by  which  the  other  phases  that  have 
been  discussed  may  be  put  into  operation,  and  the  world  be 
made  better. 

The  discussion  will  be  led  this  morning  by  an  address  on 
Latins  and  Anglo-Saxons  in  the  New  World,  by  Captain  Paul 
Perigord,  A.  M.,  from  the  California  Institute  of  Technology, 
one  of  our  great  institutions  of  learning  situated  here  in  South- 
ern California.  I  now  have  great  pleasure  in  introducing  to 
you  Captain  Perigord. 

Latins  and  Anglo-Saxons  in  the  New  World 
PAUL  PERIGORD,  A.M. 

California  Institute  of  Technology 

So  much  has  been  said,  and  so  well  said,  in  the  last  few  days 
that  I  am  at  a  loss  to  find  something  that  might  even  appear  to 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  191 

you  as  being  a  bit  new.  Nevertheless,  I  have  accepted  the  invi- 
tation to  take  this  part  in  this  conference  for  other  reasons  than 
the  possibility  that  I  might  bring  to  you  something  new.  I 
have  accepted  because  I  found  in  this  acceptance  an  opportunity 
to  express  my  personal  regard  for  the  new  president  of  this 
institution,  and  the  very  high  regard  and  esteem  we  all  feel 
for  this  University  of  Southern  California.  And  perhaps  even 
for  a  greater  reason:  in  order  to  be  able  to  express  my  faith 
and  my  interest  in  this  wonderful  movement  of  which  you  are 
such  a  vital  part,  that  is,  the  fostering  of  better  relations  be- 
tween the  north  and  south  of  this  great  hemisphere.  Of  course, 
I  shall  first  of  all  bring  to  you  the  greetings  of  that  sister  insti- 
tution, the  California  Institute  of  Technology,  that  is  also 
endeavoring  in  the  field  of  science,  and  now  I  am  very  sure  also 
in  the  field  of  arts,  to  contribute  something  worth  while  to 
the  education  of  the  youth  of  this  nation,  and  in  a  measure 
necessarily  as  a  result  to  improve  the  welfare  of  the  world. 

Now,  the  subject  matter  of  our  discussion,  of  course,  may 
be  old,  but  it  is  possible  the  point  of  view  may  be  new.  If  one 
does  not  come  before  his  audience  with  a  very  learned  address, 
but  simply  speaks  out  of  the  abundance  of  his  heart  of  his 
personal  experience,  he  is  bound  to  bring  a  new  point  of  view, 
and  although  this  conference  this  morning  is  intended  to  bear 
primarily  on  commerce  and  industry,  as  you  are  going  to  have 
very  competent  authorities  to  discuss  this  aspect  of  the  question 
for  you,  I  take  it  for  granted  that  perhaps  they  relied  upon  me 
to  lay  a  foundation  for  the  discussion  of  this  business,  commer- 
cial and  industrial  development. 

You  know  very  well  it  is  very  important  for  peoples,  and 
almost  necessary  before  they  begin  to  enter  into  very  extensive 
commercial  relations,  to  try  to  understand  each  other.  Now, 
you  will  say,  what  claim  have  I  to  try  to  become  an  interpreter 
of  these  two  sections  of  America?  Well,  perhaps,  there  is  a 
reason.  I  think  that  those  who  invited  me  to  come  here  this 
morning  realized  that  in  my  personal  life  I  have,  in  a  measure, 
solved  the  problem  of  bringing  together  the  Latin-American 
and  the  northern  or  Anglo-American.  Born  a  Frenchman,  edu- 
cated in  the  city  of  Toulouse,  the  old  Tolosa  of  the  Romans, 
right  in  the  shadow  of  the  Pyrenees,  and  having  learned  there 
all  through  my  youth  the  wealth,  the  beauty  and  the  value  to 
men  of  Latin  civilization,  and  then  having  come  to  this  country 


192  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

and  having  adopted  this  country  as  my  second  home,  and  hav- 
ing finally  decided  to  become  more  closely  identified  with  the 
people  of  this  nation  by  becoming  a  citizen  of  the  United  States, 
I  suppose  my  friends  who  invited  me  here  this  morning  thought 
that  I  might  be  used  as  an  object-lesson  to  show  what  can  be 
done  in  the  way  of  bringing  together  of  Latin  temperament, 
or  of  Latin  education,  and  of  Anglo-Saxon  practical  realiza- 
tions. And  this  is  why,  perhaps,  this  appearance  before  you 
today  of  a  Frenchman,  or  essentially  a  Latin,  that  has  become 
an  American,  might  have  an  additional  significance. 

It  seems  to  me  that  the  mistake  which  has  ever  been  made 
is  to  try  to  hold  out  one  type  of  civilization,  hold  it  up  to  the 
admiration  of  our  fellow  men,  to  the  detriment  of  the  other 
type.  Now,  I  have  doubted  very  much  the  wisdom  of  that. 
First  of  all,  I  am  personally  convinced  of  the  fact  that  it  is 
hardly  necessary  to  choose  between  these  types  of  civilization. 
It  seems  to  me  it  is  very  much  better  to  have  in  this  world  of 
ours  variety,  than  to  have  a  very  monotonous  resemblance  all 
through  the  various  fractions  of  our  civilization,  and  of  our 
civilized  world,  and,  therefore,  I  will  not  be  guilty  of  a  com- 
parison between  the  Latin  civilization  and  the  Anglo-Saxon 
civilization.  I  would  much  rather  be  interested  in  taking  the 
thing  from  the  objective  point  of  view  and  try  to  see  why  things 
are  as  they  are;  why  the  Latin  thinks  and  behaves  as  he  does, 
and  why  the  Anglo-Saxon,  the  North  American,  acts  and  thinks 
and  behaves  as  he  does. 

Now,  whenever  I  think  of  the  accomplishments  of  the  two 
sections  of  this  hemisphere,  very  sincerely,  perhaps,  to  the  great 
surprise  of  many  of  you,  I  am  not  able  to  make  up  my  mind 
which  of  the  two — the  Latin  in  South  America  or  the  citizen  of 
this  northern  section — can  be  the  proudest.  Now,  of  course, 
we  all  are  very  much  impressed  by  the  wonderful  development 
of  this  country  of  ours,  by  the  things  we  have  achieved  in  the 
shade  of  a  stable  democracy,  in  the  bringing  to  the  multitudes 
that  live  within  these  borders  the  very  high  standards  of  living 
and  of  education  that  have  been  brought  to  them,  but,  im- 
pressed by  this  development,  we  are  likely  to  minimize,  per- 
haps, the  results  attained  to  the  south  of  us;  but,  very  honestly, 
I  wonder  at  times  which  one  of  these  two — the  Latin  in  the 
south  or  the  inhabitant  of  the  north — can  be  proudest  of  his 
record.     Because  you  must  not  judge  a  civilization  alone  by 


>JF.l 


•*" 


■        I 


"ll 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  193 

the  results  that  have  been  attained,  but  as  well  by  the  obstacles 
that  had  to  be  conquered,  and  from  the  very  beginning  the 
Anglo-American  has  had  the  advantage  over  the  Latin-Ameri- 
can; that  is,  all  of  the  advantages  in  the  development  of  this 
type  of  civilization  have  been  with  the  American  of  the  north- 
ern section  of  this  hemisphere.  Now,  think  for  a  while  of 
the  beginnings  of  the  Latin  republics,  and  then  you  will  see 
what  is  the  merit,  what  is  the  amount  of  credit,  that  should  be 
given  to  a  modern  inhabitant  of  these  southern  republics.  First 
of  all,  the  settlers  that  reached  those  lands  came  upon  a  coun- 
try which  by  geographical  situation,  which  by  climate,  which 
because  of  its  topography,  was  not  as  well  situated  as  ours  for 
the  rapid  development  of  its  resources,  and  also  for  the  rapid 
settlement  of  the  country,  and  then  the  first  settlers  that  went 
to  South  America  were  of  entirely  different  type  than  those 
which  came  to  the  north.  First  of  all,  when  they  arrived  there 
they  found  a  well-populated  country,  a  civilization,  an  Indian 
civilization,  which  had  already  reached  a  high  grade  of  de- 
velopment; and  Indians  in  very  large  numbers,  representing 
very  compact  units.  To  the  contrary,  those  coming  to  the 
north  found  a  very  sparsely  settled  country,  and,  therefore, 
from  the  very  beginning  the  problem  was  of  an  entirely  differ- 
ent nature. 

The  first  settlers  of  the  south  were  conquerors,  and  they  went 
there  to  exploit  and  to  rule  and  to  conquer,  and  although 
shortly  afterwards  they  were  followed  by  men  who  came  there 
to  remain,  with  their  families  still  those  represented  the  elite 
of  the  Spanish  nation,  who  had  been  in  the  beginning  closely 
identified  with  the  destinies  of  the  country  which  they  had  come 
into  to  rule  for  a  foreign  nation.  On  the  contrary,  those  that 
came  here  to  the  north  were  settlers  who  came  in  order  to 
make  their  homes  here.  They  had  come  from  a  country  which 
already  had  the  essentials  of  a  free,  sound  democratic  condi- 
tion, and  those  who  came  here  formed  a  well-knit  political  unit 
which  gave  them  power  to  develop  marvelously  along  those 
lines,  politically,  educationally,  religiously  and  economically. 
And  this  is  why  we  here  so  soon  arrived  at  this  magnificent  re- 
sult of  a  well-ordered  democracy.  To  the  contrary,  to  the 
south  of  us  the  mixture  of  races  was  a  very  severe,  a  very  seri- 
ous, obstacle  in  the  rapid  growth  and  development  of  that  same 
form  of  government,  and  when  these  people,  also  moved  by 


194  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

the  same  ideals  of  democracy,  when  stirred  by  the  French  revo- 
lution, when  moved  very  deeply  by  the  example  of  the  Ameri- 
can revolution,  decided  to  change  their  form  of  government, 
although  they  had  the  same  love  and  enthusiasm  for  these 
democratic  ideals,  they  did  not  possess  the  experience  in  that 
form  of  government,  the  political  experience,  to  enable  them 
to  make  of  that  democracy  a  success  as  rapidly  as  we  here  in 
the  north;  and  so  it  happens  that  the  obstacles  which  the  Latins 
found  in  their  way,  in  the  attempt  to  groAv  into  that  type  of  a 
nation  that  was  so  quickly  developed  here  within  these  frontiers, 
was  a  very  great  struggle,  and  that  is  why  I  truly  do  not  agree 
with  those  who  are  surprised  by  the  lack  of  greater  democratic 
development  in  Latin  America.  Far  from  it.  On  the  contrary, 
I  am  surprised  that  the  Latins  of  the  south  have  been  able  to 
accomplish  so  much,  realizing  their  difficulties  and  the  prob- 
lems they  had  to  solve.  Just  think:  even  today  there  are  18,- 
000,000  pure  Indians  in  South  America,  and  while  I  am  very 
far  from  believing  that  these  Indians  in  the  future  may  not 
repeat  again  some  of  the  wonderful  examples  of  cultural 
growth  and  development  that  their  forefathers  have  given  evi- 
dence of  in  the  remote  past,  still  they  are  today  a  burden  to 
these  Latin-Americans,  and  they,  as  well  as  the  other  mixed 
groups,  have  to  be  carried  along,  intellectually  and  politically. 
This  is  why  I  do  say  that  the  Latin-American  perhaps  can  be 
just  as  proud  of  his  record  as  the  American  of  the  north;  and 
when  I  meditate  on  the  question  of  the  Indian  I  sometimes 
wonder,  although  the  Indian  has  perhaps  not  been  treated 
with  too  great  fairness  in  the  south,  whether  the  Latin-Ameri- 
can will  not  be  very  much  prouder  of  his  record  in  the  solution 
of  the  Indian  problem  than  the  citizen  of  these  United  States. 

And  now,  in  spite  of  all  these  obstacles,  what  do  we  really 
find?  Why,  look,  my  friends:  in  those  countries  of  Latin- 
America  we  find  an  intellectual  class,  for  example,  that  is  easily 
the  equal  of  the  intellectual  class  of  any  of  our  large  cities,  or 
even  in  Europe.  Not  only  do  you  find  a  large  intellectual  class, 
but  you  find  men  who  have  reached  a  high  degree  of  reputation, 
of  fame,  of  efficiency  in  the  field  of  arts  and  letters;  and  you 
find  men  who  are  also  the  leaders  in  political  thought,  for 
Latin-America  has  this  distinction,  of  having  contributed  per- 
haps more  than  any  other  group  of  nations  to  the  development 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  195 

of  those  things  which  we  call  the  brotherly  relations  of  nations, 
especially  arbitration. 

Now,  when  Mr.  Clemenceau,  the  great  Prime  Minister  of 
France  during  the  war,  went  to  visit  South  America,  fond  as 
he  is  of  those  Latin  peoples,  as  he  left  he  said:  "A  nation,  no 
matter  what  its  form  of  government,  is  only  strong  in  the  pro- 
portion in  which  her  men  are  strong.  When  I  see  a  people 
that  is  capable  of  producing  men  of  such  intelligence  and  char- 
acter as  I  have  frequently  met  in  my  visit  to  this  country,  I 
say  this  nation  can  confidently  face  all  the  problems  of  the 
future." 

And  our  own  Secretary  Root,  when  visiting  these  Latin- 
American  countries,  also  impressed  by  the  history  of  culture, 
which  is  so  well  represented  and  so  well  exemplified  in  the  fact 
that  before  our  own  Harvard  University  was  founded  there 
had  been  founded  in  the  preceding  century  in  Latin  America 
as  many  as  five  universities,  which  are  still  famous  to  this  day; 
Secretary  Root  said:  "I  bring  to  you  from  my  country  greet- 
ings to  her  elder  nations  in  this  civilization  of  America." 

Now  I  know  that  many  of  you,  especially  after  this  confer- 
ence has  taken  place,  are  aware  of  all  these  things,  and  you  will 
say:  "All  very  well.  We  grant  unhesitatingly  the  achieve- 
ments of  those  nations;  we  grant  they  have  no  superiors,  in- 
tellectually, artistically,  scientifically,  and  therefore  we  have  a 
great  respect  for  them;  but  there  are  some  things  in  which 
they  seem  to  have  failed.  They  do  not  seem  to  have  developed 
those  qualities  that  seem  to  be  necessary  today  for  a  nation  to 
face  successfully  the  struggle  for  life;  those  qualities  seem  to 
be  found  in  higher  degree  amongst  the  northern  peoples,  and 
especially  the  Anglo-Saxon  people.  If  you  ask  them  to  be 
more  precise,  ask  them  just  what  are  those  qualities,  you  are 
told  the  qualities  of  energy,  of  stability,  of  political  organiza- 
tion, of  commercial  and  industrial  organization — that  practical 
sense,  if  you  please,  seems  to  be  lacking  in  our  Latin  tempera- 
ment. I  dare  say  there  we  are  very  much  mistaken.  If  you 
wish  to  have  clearer  evidence  than  it  is  quite  possible  for  the 
Latins  to  develop  those  qualities,  look  simply  at  some  of  the 
Latin  nations  of  the  Old  World.  Surely  when  I  speak  of 
France  and  Italy  you  recognize  there  Latin  nations — pre- 
eminently Latin — although  not  absolutely  Latin,  perhaps,  in 
their  blood,  racially — still  they  are  surely  Latin  in  their  culture. 


196  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

Now,  would  you  say  that  France  and  Italy  lack  these  qualities 
of  energy,  of  stability,  of  political  and  industrial  organization? 
If  I  were  to  bring  you  to  Northern  Italy,  nowhere  in  the  world 
could  you  find  a  higher  example  of  the  finest  technique  in  in- 
dustry. The  science  of  electricity,  which  demands  such  careful 
technique,  has  perhaps  reached  its  highest  development  in 
Northern  Italy. 

And  when  we  speak  of  stability,  did  not  the  boys  of  France 
and  Italy  show  stability  in  the  trenches  during  the  war,  there 
in  the  terrible  mountains  of  the  Alps  or  in  the  trenches  of 
Northern  France.     Did  not  their  stability  manifest  itself? 

As  to  political  and  industrial  organization — the  practical 
sense;  are  not  the  peasants  of  France  and  Italy,  industrious, 
painstaking  and  thrifty  as  they  are,  are  they  not  endowed  with 
the  deepest  of  practical  sense?  It  is  simply  a  question  of  these 
nations  of  Latin  America  overcoming,  those  obstacles  which 
nature  has  placed  in  the  way  of  rapid  development,  and  which 
have  retarded  the  expression,  the  flowering  of  those  qualities. 
The  gentleman  from  Chile  stated  that  the  Chileans  are  called 
"The  Yankees  of  South  America."  What  is  the  meaning  of 
that?  It  simply  means  that  there  is  evidence  in  the  Latin  tem- 
perament of  the  possession  of  those  qualities  that  have  been 
of  such  significance  in  the  development  of  the  northern  half 
of  this  hemisphere,  and,  therefore,  you  can  hope  to  see  in  Latin 
America,  as  time  goes  on,  the  development  of  a  civilization 
that  is  going  to  meet  all  of  your  requirements,  that  is  going 
to  contain  the  artistic,  the  intellectual,  the  esthetic,  the  social; 
and  also  those  more  practical  virtues  that  we  need  in  a  world 
which  for  its  wealth  and  development  depends  so  much  upon 
the  economic  factors.  That  is  why  I  am  not  at  all  in  the  mood 
to  apologize  for  Latin  America. 

I  dare  say  it  is  a  mistaken  notion  that  has  been  presented 
to  us  by  travelers  or  writers,  or  people  who  failed  to  see  the 
individual,  and  simply  obtained  general  impressions.  It  is  not 
true  to  say  that  there  is  such  a  clearcut  division  between  Ameri- 
cans of  the  north  and  south;  that  the  north  possesses  all  of  the 
practical  traits,  and  the  south  possesses  all  of  the  intellectual 
and  artistic  traits.  This  is  simply  fiction.  You  find  individuals 
in  all  these  nations  that  possess,  to  a  greater  or  lesser  degree, 
these  various  traits.  It  is  a  question  of  emphasis.  If  a  nation 
is  anxious  to  put  emphasis  on  intellectual  and  artistic  life,  in 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  197 

order  to  bring  out  that  in  her  people,  we  see  development  along 
that  line;  or  if  a  nation  must,  because  of  special  conditions, 
develop  the  other  type  of  man,  we  witness  the  bringing  out  of 
that  side  of  his  nature. 

Now,  although  I  know  it  is  important  to  analyze  and  pre- 
sent what  there  is,  in  reality  or  in  potentiality,  in  the  Latin 
mind,  I  think,  it  is  perhaps  even  more  important  to  explain  the 
North  American  to  the  Latin.  In  my  relation  with  Latin 
America,  particularly,  not  very  long  ago,  in  a  visit  I  paid  to 
Mexico,  and  frequently  amongst  the  Latins  I  have  met,  par- 
ticularly in  the  Old  World,  I  discovered  that  the  Latins  failed 
to  understand  the  American — the  North  American — just  as 
much,  and  perhaps  more,  than  the  American  fails  to  under- 
stand the  Latin.  That  is  why  I  should  like  to  see,  more  and 
more,  a  true  picture  of  the  citizen  of  the  United  States  brought 
before  the  minds  of  the  Latin-Americans,  and  I  dare  say  that 
if  we  are  going  to  bring  to  the  Latin-American  that  picture  of 
a  citizen  of  the  United  States  we  must  be  quite  sure  ourselves 
of  the  things  we  wish  to  bring  before  them.  Alas,  many  Ameri- 
cans who  have  come  to  those  Latin-American  countries  are  not 
really  the  best  representatives  of  this  sections  of  the  world,  or 
of  the  type  of  civilization  we  are  attempting  to  develop,  and 
because  of  that  there  is  a  mistaken  notion  of  what  America 
stands  for.  Now  I  can,  I  believe,  speak  with  that  highest  type 
of  authority  which  is  based  on  actual  experience. 

When  I  first  came  to  this  country  I  came  with  a  great  preju- 
dice. I  had  been  brought  up  under  those  influences,  and  I  had 
been  told,  for  example,  that  this  was  not  a  nation,  that  there 
was  not  a  soul  in  this  nation,  that  it  was  simply  a  conglomera- 
tion of  peoples  coming  from  the  various  quarters  of  the  world 
that  came  here  simply  seeking  relief  from  pressure  elsewhere, 
or  seeking  comfort  or  wealth;  that  this  was  no  real  nation, 
here  on  this  northern  continent.  What  was  my  amazement, 
my  surprise,  when  I  realized  that  they  had  developed  in  this 
country  a  soul,  a  national  soul,  as  beautiful,  as  attractive,  as 
lovable  as  any  of  the  older  nations  of  the  world.  Now  I  shall 
simply  endeavor  to  give  you  a  very  general  outline  of  that  rev- 
elation of  an  Anglo-Saxon,  that  revelation  of  a  Northern 
American,  to  a  Latin,  to  a  Frenchman.  Allow  me  to  give  you 
a  very  brief,  a  very  crude,  outline  of  what  I  call  that  soul  of  the 
American.     I  was  first  of  all  impressed  largely  by  the  begin- 


198  INAUGURAL   CEREMONIES 

nings,  the  first  revelation  of  that  American  spirit;  I  was  im- 
pressed by  the  history,  the  strivings,  of  those  who  first  came 
to  these  shores,  moved  as  they  were  by  the  highest  ideals — the 
desire  for  religious  tolerance,  for  the  free  exercise  of  mystical 
aspirations,  and  then  their  search  for  political  freedom;  their 
attempt  to  establish  here  a  democracy.  What  wonderful  in- 
tellectual vision  did  these  people  give  evidence  of,  when  the 
whole  world  was  skeptical  about  the  possibility  of  realizing  a 
democracy.  Even  in  France,  although  France  had  preached 
for  fifty  years  previous  the  necessity  for  bringing  about  a  larger 
share  of  the  people  in  the  government  of  nations,  still  France 
did  not,  could  not  dare,  take  that  step  forward — and  America 
did,  because  America  possessed  that  intellectual  vision,  and 
realized  that  such  a  democracy  was  possible,  that  it  was  possible 
if  the  hearts  of  the  citizens  were  absolutely  consecrated  to  it. 
Not  only  did  they  possess  that  intellectual  vision,  but  other 
qualities  that  drew  forth  esteem  and  love.  That  will  become 
evident  when  I  recite  this  example :  that  when  the  young  La- 
fayette came  to  this  country  it  was  not  because  he  was  par- 
ticularly fond  of  the  American  people — no,  he  came  because 
he  was  in  love  with  that  young  idea  of  liberty;  yet  after  his 
second  visit  to  America  he  had  become  so  fond  of  this  people 
that  he  took  back  with  him  a  load  of  American  soil,  so  that 
when  he  died  in  Paris  he  could  be  said  to  sleep  under  the 
ground  he  loved  so  well.  There  was  a  Latin — a  Latin  who 
came  to  America,  to  Northern  America,  not  to  serve  the 
American  people  primarily,  but  to  serve  an  idea,  and  yet  he 
learned  to  love  them  so  well  that  he  wished  to  become  as 
closely  identified  with  them  as  it  was  possible  to  do,  even  in 
death. 

There  was  this  great  moral  fortitude  of  this  people,  but 
qualities  necessary  for  the  foundation  of  a  nation  are  not  per- 
haps as  great  as  those  that  are  necessary  for  the  maintenance 
of  a  democracy,  for  indeed  it  is  the  most  difficult  task  within 
the  reach  of  man  to  maintain,  and  maintain  for  a  long  period 
of  time,  a  successful  democracy.  And  what  wonderful  quali- 
ties we  see  evidenced,  then,  within  the  American  people.  We 
see,  first  of  all,  their  passion  for  liberty;  that  passion  for  liberty 
which  has  been  so  beautifully  expressed  by  the  great  Lincoln 
in  these  words  that  have  become  commonplace  to  you,  but  that 


PAN-AMERICAN   CONFERENCE  199 

thrill  wonderfully  the  soul  of  the  Latin  who  hears  them:  Gov- 
ernment of  the  people,  by  the  people,  and  for  the  people. 

Not  only  that  passion  for  liberty,  but  that  respect  for  law 
which  is  much  more  difficult  to  possess,  because  of  the  fact  that 
almost  anybody  can  become  passionate  for  liberty  (we  have 
seen  the  Russians  do  so,  and  we  have  seen  the  Russians  do  so 
to  their  own  destruction,  and  to  the  menace  of  the  world)  ;  but 
that  respect  for  law  which  must  go  hand  in  hand  with  the  de- 
sire for  liberty,  and  which  is  so  beautifully  evidenced  in  this 
nation  in  the  foundation  of  that  great  tribunal  for  which  we 
all  have  such  profound  honor  and  respect — the  Supreme  Court 
of  the  United  States,  because  it  does  stand,  always,  for  law  and 
order. 

Not  alone  that  passion  for  liberty,  not  alone  that  respect  for 
law,  but  that  spirit  of  self-reliance  which  is  the  best  definition, 
I  believe,  of  the  people  of  the  northern  American  continent; 
that  spirit  expressed  by  Emerson  when  he  said:  "We  are 
going  to  stand  on  our  own  feet;  we  are  going  to  work  with  our 
own  hands;  and  we  are  going  to  speak  our  own  minds." 

Not  only  that  spirit  of  self-reliance,  but  that  love  of  work, 
that  gospel  of  energy,  that  was  so  wonderfully  illustrated  by 
that  great,  strenuous  soul,  Theodore  Roosevelt;  that  has  made 
possible  the  quick  movement  of  this  people  from  the  Atlantic 
Coast  to  the  Pacific  Coast,  and  the  making  of  this  whole  coun- 
try, whether  it  was  plain,  or  desert,  or  mountain,  blossom  into 
one  of  the  most  fruitful  on  earth. 

These  are  the  qualities  that  to  me,  a  Latin,  as  I  open  and 
respectfully  turn  the  pages  of  these  annals  of  American  his- 
tory, reveal  to  me  that  there  is  here  a  genuine  national  spirit, 
a  great  national  soul.  I  know  that  people  have  said  to  me, 
"That  is  all  very  well,  but  you  are  too  enthusiastic.  You  are 
talking  as  a  man  who  has  just  fallen  in  love  with  an  idea,  or  a 
nation";  and  I  said,  "This  would  remain  true  even  after  the 
disappearance  of  the  pioneers  for  whom  we  have  such  rever- 
ence";  and  those  pioneers,  although  they  have  passed  away, 
have  so  implanted  these  ideals  in  this  continent  that  today  we 
can  feel  that  soul  well  alive.  There  is  one  test  that  is  the  most 
severe  to  which  a  nation  can  be  put,  and  that  is  war.  During 
this  last  war  we  have  seen  the  soul  of  the  American  nation  put 
to  the  test,  and  has  it  proven  true?  It  has;  and  if  we  had  the 
time  today  I  would  try  to  show  you  that  all  of  these  qualities 


200  INAUGURAL   CEREMONIES 

I  saw  revealed  in  the  early  annals  of  American  history  were 
just  as  well  manifested  during  this  war;  this  same  passion  for 
freedom,  respect  for  law,  the  same  love  of  energy,  the  same 
ambition  in  achievements  on  a  large  scale,  were  just  as  clarly 
evidenced.  But  the  Latin  may  say,  "Yes,  these  things  may 
be  so,  but  nevertheless  the  Anglo-Saxon  lacks  those  things 
which  we  Latins  have  developed  to  a  much  higher  degree.  You 
will  not  find  among  them  the  refinement,  you  will  not  find  the 
grace,  the  idealism;  you  will  not  find  the  spontaneous  gener- 
osity or  affection  that  is  found  among  the  Latin  nations." 
There  again  I  say  that  whenever  you  make  such  a  statement 
you  repeat  things  that  have  been  said  by  superficial  observers 
that  have  not  looked  deeply  into  the  hearts  of  the  masses  of  the 
people.  I  had  the  privilege  during  the  war  of  going  through 
the  highways  and  byways  of  this  great  nation.  I  did  nothing 
for  eight  months  but  travel  from  town  to  town,  speaking  to 
farmers  in  their  fields,  to  men  working  in  factories,  to  students 
and  professors  in  universities,  and  I  came  in  touch  with  the 
real  heart  of  the  nation — and  what  did  I  discover  there?  I  dis- 
covered there  those  qualities  of  which  the  Latin  might  claim 
a  monopoly,  just  as  the  Anglo-Saxon  might  claim  a  monopoly 
of  the  practical  virtues.  I  wish  I  had  time  to  give  you  some 
of  the  examples  of  the  idealism  found  in  the  American  soul. 
One  day,  in  the  little  town  of  Oswego,  in  the  State  of  New 
York,  I  happened  to  be  stopped  by  a  farmer,  and  he  asked  me 
to  enter  his  home.  I  went  in  to  pay  my  respects  to  his  wife, 
and  on  a  little  table  I  saw  a  photograph  of  two  boys  in  the 
uniform  of  the  American  army.  I  inquired  about  them,  and 
the  mother  said,  very  quietly,  "They  are  resting  in  France," 
and  as  I  left  they  said  these  words,  "You  know,  sir,  we  are  glad 
they  went,  because  their  country  needed  them."  Is  there  a 
more  beautiful  idealism  than  in  this  nation?    Where? 

What  about  refinement — evidenced  not  only  in  the  quality 
of  the  sentiment,  but  in  the  form  of  its  expression?  I  remem- 
ber being  in  Phoenix,  Arizona,  one  day,  giving  a  little  talk 
there,  and  I  had  spoken  rather  well  of  this  country.  A  very 
modest  lady  came  to  me  after  the  lecture  and  said  these  beau- 
tiful words,  "You  know,  sir,  we  love  our  France,  just  as  much 
as  you  love  your  America." 

I  could  go  on,  but  I  cannot  keep  you  today,  because  I  have 
already,  perhaps,  spoken  too  much ;  but  the  impression  I  want 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  201 

to  leave  with  you,  my  friends,  is  this:  you  must  realize,  if  you 
are  going  to  make  an  impression  on  the  Latin-American,  you 
must  become  conscious  yourself  of  the  riches,  of  the  spiritual 
riches,  of  the  artistic  and  intellectual  riches,  which  surely  live 
in  the  America  of  this  northern  hemisphere;  and  if  you  reveal 
yourself  as  such  to  your  Latin  brother,  then  will  your  Latin 
brother  see  that  there  is  no  essential  difference  between  the 
civilization  of  the  north  and  the  civilization  of  the  south;  that 
it  is  simply  a  question  of  emphasis ;  and  that  as  the  Latin-Ameri- 
can will  have  to  adjust  himself  to  increasingly  expanding 
economic  conditions,  and  will  see  the  necessity  for  the  de- 
velopment of  those  practical  traits  in  his  temperament,  so  the 
northern  American  will  see  the  necessity  of  not  being  ashamed 
of  expressing  in  his  daily  life,  in  his  daily  relations  with  his 
brethren,  in  the  nation  and  amongst  the  nations,  the  virtues  of 
refinement,  of  thoughtfulness,  and  that  respect  for  all  the  finer 
things  of  life,  that  I  know  are  there  in  the  heart  of  each  one 
of  them,  and  which  perhaps  are  too  often  held  in  subjection. 

This  is  my  plea  this  morning.  I  say  there  is  no  incompati- 
bility in  character,  no  essential  innate  difference  in  the  two 
civilizations,  and  that  the  two  civilizations  may  develop  along 
parallel  lines.  Neither  one  of  them  is  a  menace  to  the  world. 
There  are  civiliaztions  that  do  at  times  grow  to  be  a  menace 
to  the  world — we  had  an  example  of  that  a  few  years  ago — 
but  the  majority  of  civilized  mankind  quickly  realizes  their  im- 
port and  the  nature  of  the  menace,  and  combine  to  crush  them. 
But  there  is  no  question  of  either  the  Latin  or  the  Anglo-Saxon 
civilization  being  such  a  menace.  They  both  have  the  most 
beneficent  history;  they  have  contributed  much  to  the  joint 
welfare  and  knowledge;  they  hold  still  more  wonderful 
promises  of  attainment;  and,  therefore,  I  do  not  wish  one  to 
merge  into  the  other.  As  I  have  said,  I  would  much  prefer 
variety  in  harmony  than  to  have  the  monotonous  stamp  of 
either  one  placed  on  all  the  peoples  of  this  hemisphere.  The 
thing  we  must  do,  therefore,  is  to  try  to  bring  them  together 
in  harmonious  cooperation;  and  I  say  this  is  the  foundation  of 
the  structure  that  you  must  build  for  the  development  of  com- 
merce and  trade.  I  know  some  Americans  say  it  is  not  worth 
while  to  deal  with  Latin-Americans.  They  are  very  much  mis- 
taken. Perhaps  they  have  in  mind  Latin  America  before  the 
war.     The  war  has  done  something  for  Latin  America.     It 


202  INAUGURAL   CEREMONIES 

has  shown  the  productive  powers  of  these  peoples.  Today 
their  trade  is  the  envy  of  all  of  the  nations  of  Europe.  Any- 
one who  has  studied  economics  knows  that  we  need  foreign 
trade.  Of  course  the  home  market  will  always  remain  the 
chief  market  of  the  United  States,  but  anyone  who  has  studied 
the  functioning  of  economic  laws  knows  that  foreign  trade 
gives  us  that  margin  that  constitutes  the  difference  between 
prosperity  and  depression.  We  need  foreign  trade — and  are 
we  going  to  lose  the  foreign  trade  of  South  America?  We 
must  not.  There  has  been  substantial  progress  made  during 
the  war.  One  example  of  it  is  that  before  the  war  there  was 
not  one  American  bank  operating  in  Latin  America;  today  we 
find  fifty  branches  of  American  banks  operating  in  Latin 
America,  and  fifty  operating  in  the  Caribbean  sea  area.  Be- 
fore the  war  there  were  hardly  any  vessels  carrying  freight 
going  to  Argentina,  and  now,  if  my  figures  are  correct,  there 
were  in  1920  335  vessels  entered  the  harbors  of  Argentina. 
The  trade  with  Cuba  alone  amounts  to  larger  figures  than  all 
of  our  trade  with  China.  The  trade  with  Latin  America  be- 
fore the  war  was  not  more  than  $600,000,000,  and  today  is 
figured  to  be  practically  $3,000,000,000;  that  is,  at  the  con- 
clusion of  the  war.  But  we  are  losing  ground,  and  we  are 
losing  ground  because  we  do  not  wish  to  take  the  necessary 
trouble  and  interest.  We  fail  to  realize  the  importance  of 
bringing  about  a  closer  contact  and  unity  in  all  of  those  avenues 
of  human  endeavor  between  these  various  peoples  of  Latin  and 
North  America.  Now,  I  do  not  wish  simply  to  appeal  to  your 
commercial  sense,  or  stress  the  matter  of  financial  profits,  but 
the  reason  I  am  so  enthusiastic  about  the  possibilities  of  closer 
cooperation  and  of  fuller  understanding  between  these  nations 
is  because,  as  a  Latin,  I  know  that  it  is  feasible,  as  a  Latin  I 
know  that  it  is  possible,  for  the  south  to  love  the  north  and 
for  the  north  to  appreciate  the  south;  and  the  reason  why  I 
wish  to  have  them  brought  together  is  not  simply  even  for  Pan- 
Americanism,  although  Pan-Americanism  is  a  wonderful  idea, 
but,  my  friends,  already  the  world  is  moving  so  fast  that  Pan- 
Americanism  is  no  longer  the  highest  ideal  among  the  nations. 
Pan-Americanism  is  bound  to  be  simply  a  means  to  an  end, 
and  that  end  is  something  bigger  than  Pan-Americanism;  that 
end  is  the  international  brotherhood  of  nations.  Already 
Latin    America    realizes    through    their    sympathy    with    the 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  203 

League  of  Nations,  the  greater  goal  towards  which  the  world 
is  moving,  and  although  they  have  seen  the  Monroe  Doctrine 
functioning  in  that  direction,  enabling  all  nations  to  attain  to 
the  fullest  heights  of  which  they  are  capable,  still  they  are  also 
ready  to  answer  the  call  of  humanity,  and  there  is  one  thing 
we  hope  for,  my  friends :  that  America,  Latin  and  Anglo- 
Saxon,  is  going  to  be  the  greatest  intermediary  to  bring  about 
a  closer  understanding  among  the  European  nations.  After 
all,  all  of  us  in  this  America  here  are  nothing  but  the  grand- 
children of  those  old  nations,  and  we  ought  to  have  enough 
affection  for  them,  enough  interest  in  their  welfare,  to  attempt 
to  bring  them  closer  together.  I  know  we  are  going  to.  And 
at  this  time  permit  me  to  give  you,  simply  as  an  example  of 
something  that  sums  up  for  me  that  idea,  and  that  ideal  that 
I  believe  should  become  the  American  ideal,  this  little  incident 
of  the  war: 

You  know,  of  course,  all  of  you,  about  the  legend  or  the 
story  of  Joan  of  Arc,  from  Domremy,  in  the  little  village  of 
Lorraine.  A  story  is  told  of  two  American  officers  in  that 
village  of  Domremy.  One  of  them,  in  a  skeptical  manner, 
asked  whether  they  still  heard  those  voices  around  there,  and 
the  other,  answering,  said,  "I  guess  not" — with  some  light 
comment  about  it  being  only  a  legend,  an  old  story.  At  that 
time  a  French  officer  came  along,  and  one  of  them  said  to  him, 
"What  about  these  voices  of  Joan  of  Arc;  do  you  ever  hear 
them  around  here?"  The  officer  was  about  to  answer,  when 
the  clear  notes  of  an  American  bugle  were  heard  echoing 
through  the  valley;  and  the  French  officer  smiled  and  said, 
''The  voices  are  still  here.     Listen." 

Those  were  the  voices  of  the  new  Joan  of  Arc,  and  I  hope 
that  this  America,  north  and  south,  will  hear  those  voices,  and 
that  the  bugle  of  America  will  sound  until  that  great  ideal  of 
democracy,  the  brotherhood  of  nations,  has  been  realized,  not 
only  within  the  confines  of  this  hemisphere,  but  for  all  the 
nations  of  the  world. 

JUDGE  BOWEN 

I  am  not  a  very  old  man  yet — I  have  not  completed  my 
school  days — but  I  can  well  remember  that  when  it  could  be 
said  of  a  young  man  that  he  was  a  jack-of-all-trades  and  master 
of  none  it  was  a  very  high  compliment,  a  very  high  recom- 


204  INAUGURAL   CEREMONIES 

mendation;  in  fact  almost  as  high,  if  not  higher,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  rank  and  file  than  a  degree  from  a  university.  But, 
friends,  that  age  is  past.  This  is  a  day  of  specialization.  We 
have  come  to  realize  that  men  and  women  must  be  prepared 
for  the  great  opportunities  and  the  great  life  work  that  is  be- 
fore them,  so  that  the  University  of  Southern  California,  I 
am  happy  to  say,  under  the  wise  guidance  and  direction  and 
leadership  of  Doctor  George  Finley  Bovard,  has  always  had 
an  eye  upon  this  field  to  the  south  of  us,  and  has  been  looking 
to  the  day  when  we  might  spread  our  sails  and  take  advan- 
tage of  the  opportunity  of  preparing  more  men  for  this  won- 
derful field  to  the  south  of  our  boundaries,  and  I  know  that 
the  new  president  of  the  university  will  stand  for  the  same  sort 
of  a  program. 

Doctor  Barrett  has  another  engagement,  and  the  program 
will  be  changed  by  simply  exchanging  the  time  of  his  address 
with  the  next  speaker  who  is  on  the  program.  If  I  were  to 
undertake  to  say  anything  about  Doctor  Barrett,  or  even  intro- 
duce him  to  this  audience  after  his  stay  with  us  for  these  few 
days,  it  would  simply  detract.  I  am  just  simply  going  to  say: 
Doctor  Barrett,  the  audience  is  yours.  Tell  them  about  the  de- 
velopment of  commercial  relations. 

Commercial  Development 
DOCTOR  BARRETT 

I  feel  rather  impressed,  by  coming  on  this  program  just 
now,  by  a  terrible  sense  of  let-down ;  after  listening  to  that  not 
only  very  fine,  not  only  eloquent,  not  only  that  almost  poetic 
appeal  of  Captain  Perigord,  to  drop  down  now  to  my  prac- 
tical level  will  give  you  a  good  deal  the  same  kind  of  a  jolt 
that  you  get  in  riding  over  some  of  the  streets  around  here  in 
a  fast  authomobile,  but  just  as  you  look  ahead  and  see  a  fine 
stretch  of  road  there,  so  will  you  have  that  in  Mr.  Ayana 
when  he  speaks.  So  if  you  have  to  have  a  bump  now,  just 
think  of  what  you  have  enjoyed  and  what  you  are  going  to 
enjoy,  and  then  it  will  be  all  right. 

I  want  to  say  that  I  do  not  think  that  anyone  in  attendance 
at  this  conference,  from  my  old  friend  Senator  Cole  down  the 
line  to  some  of  the  youngest  boys  and  girls  who  have  come  to 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  205 

these  sessions,  has  enjoyed  them  more  than  I  have.  I  get  a 
sense  of  satisfaction  in  a  conference  of  this  kind  that  makes 
my  heart  well  up  with  joy.  I  feel  as  if  after  long  years  of 
effort  conferences  of  this  kind  confirm  the  hopefulness  that  I 
had  in  my  long,  weary  years  of  Pan-Americanism.  Let  me 
give  you  an  illustration  of  what  I  mean.  The  other  day  I  was 
lunching  with  Frank  Munsey,  one  of  the  most  powerful  editors 
and  publishers  of  this  country,  now  owner  of  the  New  York 
Herald,  the  Evening  Sun,  and  the  Evening  Telegram,  one  of 
the  richest  men  in  America,  and  he  was  asking  my  opinion 
of  the  Sun  and  the  Herald,  and  I  said,  "You  know,  Frank,  I 
can  go  back  and  show  you  on  the  editorial  page  of  the  old 
New  York  Sun  an  editorial,  written  about  17  years  ago,  headed 
'A  Hare-Brained  Enthusiast';"  then  there  was  this  double- 
headed  editorial  that  went  on  to  say  that  no  such  hare-brained 
enthusiast  as  the  head  of  the  Pan-American  Union  should  be 
allowed  to  come  over  to  New  York  City  and  tell  the  Chamber 
of  Commercce  that  the  trade  of  the  United  States  abroad,  in 
Latin  America,  then  approximately  amounting  to  $450,000,- 
000  per  annum,  would  inside  of  20  years  pass  the  billion-dollar 
mark;  that  nobody  who  was  an  authority  could  possibly  in- 
dulge in  such  a  prophecy  as  that,  and  that  I  was  misleading 
the  business  men,  bankers  and  manufacturers,  and  the  export- 
ers, of  the  United  States  in  making  such  a  prophecy.  And  yet, 
inside  of  that  twenty  years,  it  developed  even  to  the  extent  of 
four  billion  dollars — but  within  ten  years  it  had  easily  passed 
the  mark  of  a  billion  dollars.  And  then,  I  can  go  back  and 
show  you  columns  and  columns  of  editorials  and  newspaper 
comment  where  I  was  called  an  egotist  because  I  insisted  upon 
the  recognition  of  Latin  America.  I  can  remember  when  the 
Washington  Post  every  day  would  run  a  little  paragraph  in 
some  way  ridiculing  the  efforts  I  was  making  for  the  cause  of 
Pan-Americanism.  Now,  I  am  not  calling  attention  to  myself, 
but  I  want  you  to  realize  the  mighty  change.  I  remember  when 
a  period  of  six  months  would  pass,  and  you  would  not  have  a 
single  news  item  in  any  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Chicago  or 
San  Francisco  paper,  relating  to  Latin  America.  I  can  remem- 
ber when  I  could  not  get  a  magazine  in  the  United  States, 
hardly,  to  publish  anything  regarding  it.  Today  there  is  hardly 
a  New  York  or  Chicago,  or  Philadelphia  or  San  Francisco 
paper   that   does   not   carry  some   item   it  least   from   Latin 


206  INAUGURAL   CEREMONIES 

America,  and  oftentimes  two  or  three  columns,  and  the  maga- 
zines in  this  country  everywhere  are  calling  for  information. 
Then  again,  I  can  remember  so  well  when  only  two  or  three 
universities  in  this  country  paid  any  heed  to  my  request  that 
they  take  up  courses  in  Spanish  or  Portuguese,  and  that  they 
should  also  take  up  courses  of  commercial  study  that  would 
teach  the  potentialities  and  the  possibilities  of  Latin-American 
trade.  I  have  a  hundle  of  letters  that  I  received  from  presi- 
dents of  universities,  professors  of  economy,  and  department 
heads,  saying:  "This  is  very  interesting — your  recommenda- 
tion— Mr.  Director-General,  but  the  time  is  not  yet  ripe.  We 
are  not  prepared  to  go  ahead."  Today  there  is  hardly  a 
university  or  college  in  the  country  that  is  not  offering  courses 
of  this  character,  and  hardly  a  technical  or  high  school  that  is 
not  doing  something  along  that  line.  So  I  say  to  you,  let  us 
take  heed  and  consider  that  if  we  have  accomplished  these 
things  in  fiften  or  twenty  years,  then  think  of  what  is  coming 
the  next  twenty  years.  I  am  not  going  to  enlarge  very  much 
on  this  theme  today,  but  I  am  going  to  point  out  to  you  two  or 
three  fundamental  bases;  without  any  reference  to  sentiment — 
I  took  that  up  in  my  other  talk;  without  any  reference  to  the 
great,  commanding  question  of  Pan-Americanism,  or  without 
supplementing  the  splendid  summary  Captain  Perigord  gave; 
but  simply  getting  down,  you  might  say,  to  the  hard,  practical 
facts  of  the  situation. 

Now,  my  friends,  do  you  realize  these  facts:  that  twenty 
years  ago  Germany  and  Great  Britain  were  leading  the  United 
States  in  the  trade  of  fifteen  of  the  twenty  Latin-American 
countries?  In  the  last  fiscal  year  before  the  war  broke  out, 
1913-14,  the  United  States  was  leading  Great  Britain  and 
Germany  in  fifteen  of  the  Latin-American  countries.  Think 
of  that  reversal,  coming  in  a  period  of  less  than  ten  years, 
practically.  I  know  that  when  I  first  took  charge  and  went 
into  the  Pan-American  field  it  was  fifteen  to  five  against  us, 
yet  when  the  great  war  came  on  it  was  fifteen  to  five  in  our 
favor.  In  other  words,  the  American  manufacturer,  the  Ameri- 
can exporter  and  the  American  importer  had  gone  into  that 
field  with  tremendous  earnestness,  and  although  he  made  all 
kinds  of  mistakes  he  had  built  up  our  trade  until,  looking  back 
on  the  first  day  of  July,  1914,  over  the  trade  of  the  past  fiscal 
year  before  Germany  was  out  of  it,  before  most  of  the  other 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  207 

exports  and  imports  of  the  United  States  with  the  twenty  Latin- 
countries  of  Europe  were  out  of  it,  the  total  volume  of  the 
American  countries  approximated  $850,000,000,  or  $400,000,- 
000  greater  than  when  I  made  that  prophecy  only  seven  or 
eight  years  before,  before  the  New  York  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce, and  was  called  a  hare-brained  enthusiast.  The  total 
trade  of  the  British  Empire  with  the  Latin-American  countries 
was  $650,000,000,  and  of  Germany  $500,000,000.  In  other 
words,  we  were  nearly  $350,000,000  ahead  of  Germany. 
Those  are  the  absolute  figures  of  the  United  States  govern- 
ment, of  the  German  government,  of  the  British  government, 
and  there  is  no  appeal  from  them.  Now,  remember,  that  in- 
cludes both  exports  and  imports.  Why?  Because  no  trade 
is  worthy  of  anything  that  does  not  include  both  selling  and 
buying.  Where  would  Los  Angeles  be  if  it  did  not  buy  enor- 
mous quantities,  as  well  as  sell?  No  country  on  the  face  of 
the  earth  has  ever  become  a  great  commercial  factor  that  was 
not  a  great  buying  as  well  as  a  great  selling  nation.  Now, 
trade  with  Latin  America  has  been  too  much  regarded  as  a 
question  of  export — how  much  could  we  send  them  from  Cali- 
fornia, from  Los  Angeles,  from  New  York,  from  Chicago, 
down  there?  Persuade  them  down  there  to  buy.  There  has 
been  too  much  of  that.  It  is  just  as  much  a  vital  question  what 
can  Los  Angeles,  New  York,  Chicago,  and  so  on,  buy;  what 
can  they  import  of  the  great  raw  products  of  Mexico,  of  the 
West  Coast,  of  Central  or  South  America,  or  any  part  of  Latin 
America?  Bringing  them  here  would  have  the  effect  of  em- 
ploying your  labor,  employing  your  capital,  making  your  cities 
bigger  and  richer.  And  so,  by  buying  of  them  they  in  turn 
can  buy  from  you.  Do  you  know  that  for  a  long  time  men 
who  were  not  economists  criticized  our  trade  with  Latin 
America  because  there  was  a  great  balance  of  trade  in  favor  of 
Latin  America — three  or  four  hundred  millions.  They  said 
"this  is  all  wrong.  What  a  terrible  thing!  We  are  paying  so 
much  more  to  them  than  we  are  receiving  for  goods  sold  to 
them."  But  they  forgot;  they  did  not  follow  the  matter  to  a 
logical  conclusion,  from  the  economic  point  of  view.  Say  we 
brought  up  $100,000,000  worth  of  rubber,  to  put  it  on  that 
basis — or  say  $50,000,000  worth  of  rubber,  from  Brazil. 
What  do  we  do?  We  take  in  the  raw  rubber  bales  at  Para,  or 
on  the  Amazon,  costing  perhaps  only  a  very  small  sum;  we 


208  INAUGURAL   CEREMONIES 

will  say,  to  work  it  out,  15  or  20  cents  a  pound.  We  bring  that 
rubber  up  to  the  United  States;  we  take  it  to  Akron,  Ohio — 
where  we  employ  150,000  men  and  $500,000,000  or  $600,- 
000,000  of  capital — and  then  we  send  that  all  over  the  world; 
and  what  we  bought  for  $50,000,000  we  sell  for  $300,000,- 
000  or  $400,000,000.  And  there  again,  through  the  exchange 
back  of  these  countries,  the  problem  is  worked  out,  and  the 
real  balance  is  in  favor  of  the  United  States. 

These  are  things  the  average  man  does  not  think  of.  We 
have  got  to  buy  as  well  as  sell,  in  all  our  trade.  Don't  ever 
forget  that  for  a  moment. 

And  I  want  to  see  Los  Angeles,  and  California,  and  every 
industrial  center  of  this  Pacific  Coast,  take  advantage  of  the 
great  raw  resources  of  Latin  America,  the  great  field  of  supply; 
and  I  want  to  see  factories  in  this  city  and  other  cities  all  over 
the  country  take  advantage  of  the  produce  of  those  lands, 
putting  it  out  in  a  form  that  can  be  returned  down  there.  These 
are  the  simple,  primary  facts  that  are  not  always  thought  of, 
when  you  are  considering  this  field. 

Now,  that  $850,000,000,  under  the  influence  of  the  war, 
boomed  until  it  reached  nearly  $4,000,000,000;  with  Germany 
entirely  out  of  it,  and  Great  Britain  and  France  largely  out  of 
it,  because  of  the  home  demands  of  the  war.  All  kinds  of 
firms  in  this  country,  in  New  York,  New  Orleans,  San  Fran- 
cisco, Los  Angeles,  Philadelphia,  were  in  business,  working 
purely  on  air,  buying  goods  in  enormous  quantities.  This 
country  when  the  war  ended  was  just  like  a  man  who  had  been 
on  a  terrible  drunk — he  feels  perhaps  the  enthusiasm  of  it  for 
a  considerable  time,  and  then  suddenly  comes  the  awful  drop. 
The  United  States  was  on  a  terrible  spree,  economically,  in  its 
trade  with  Latin  America  during  the  war,  and  it  lasted  for 
nearly  a  year  after  the  war,  when  suddenly  the  cold,  gray  dawn 
came,  that  awful  taste  in  the  mouth,  and  trade  began  to  drop, 
drop,  drop;  but  it  is  not  so  bad,  after  all,  because  today  it  is 
much  larger  than  it  was  in  the  last  year  before  the  war  began, 
and  we  are  getting  back  now  to  pre-war  conditions.  We  have 
got  to  build  up,  and  we  are  going  to  build  up. 

Did  you  read  in  this  morning's  paper  the  statement  given  out 
by  the  Department  of  Commerce  last  night,  and  published  this 
morning?  The  statement  of  Doctor  Julius  Klein,  Bureau  of 
Foreign  Commerce,  Department  of  Commerce,  was  to  the  ef- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  209 

feet  that  the  trade  of  the  United  States  with  Latin  America  was 
developing,  that  it  had  turned  the  corner;  that  general  com- 
mercial conditions  throughout  Latin  America — Argentina, 
Chile  and  elsewhere — showed  an  increase  in  buying  and  an 
increase  in  selling;  that  the  tendency  was  favorable.  Now  that 
is  something  to  think  of,  because  it  means  a  great  deal  for  the 
future.  It  is  not  going  to  go  rapidly.  Why?  Because  of  the 
great  difficulty  of  stabilizing  exchange.  You  know,  my  friends, 
the  great  practical  need  of  the  hour,  the  biggest  thing  today, 
the  greatest  impediment  in  our  commercial  relationship  with 
Latin  America,  is  this  question  of  exchange;  the  tremendous 
premium  at  which  the  American  dollar  is  held  in  comparison 
with  the  money  of  Brazil,  Argentina,  Chile  and  other  coun- 
tries. 

About  a  year  ago  it  was  my  privilege  and  honor  to  be  selected 
by  a  group  of  manufacturers,  bankers  and  exporters  of  the 
United  States,  and  a  corresponding  group  of  merchants,  bank- 
ers and  importers  in  Latin  America,  to  endeavor  to  dispose 
of,  and  to  adjudicate  the  settlement  of,  goods  amounting  to 
$30,000,000,  upon  docks  and  in  warehouses,  in  twelve  of  the 
principal  ports  of  Latin  America.  These  goods,  we  will  say, 
had  been  bought  at  the  rate  of  $30,000,000  when  the  exchange 
of  Chile,  of  Argentina,  of  Brazil  and  other  countries  was  at 
par  with  the  dollar  of  the  United  States,  but  before  these  goods 
arrived  at  their  destination  the  importers  would  have  had  to 
pay  $45,000,000  for  them,  on  account  of  the  fall  in  their  ex- 
change and  the  appreciation  of  American  money.  Now,  there 
has  been  a  great  deal  of  unjust  criticism  of  the  South  American 
importer  and  banker  because  they  did  not  take  delivery  of  these 
goods.  They  did  not  because  they  could  not.  The  firms  im- 
porting them  could  not  possibly  afford  to  pay  nearly  a  half 
more  for  what  they  purchased,  and  the  banks  could  not  loan 
them  money  with  no  chance  of  having  it  returned;  so  the  ques- 
tion came  up  of  arbitrating  this  issue,  and  I  am  glad  to  say 
that  all  the  $30,000,000  worth  of  goods,  which  were,  in  a 
sense,  placed  absolutely  under  my  authority,  have  today  been 
reduced  to  $3,000,000,  and  I  will  have  this  other  $3,000,000 
worth  disposed  of  within  the  next  three  months — and  not  a 
single  one  of  the  400  firms  interested,  many  of  whom  have 
been  facing  insolvency,  partially  at  least,  have  gone  into  bank- 
ruptcy. 


210  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

This  has  taught  us  a  tremendous  lesson,  and  I  said  the  other 
day  to  Mr.  Hoover,  Secretary  Hughes,  Doctor  Rowe  and 
others  that  I  hope  the  next  Pan-American  financial  conference 
will  study  most  carefully  this  question,  so  that  we  shall  have  a 
stability  not  only  of  the  dollar,  but  in  all  moneys  from  Canada 
and  the  United  States  on  the  north  to  Argentina  and  Chile  on 
the  south.  If  that  can  ever  be  accomplished  you  have  no  con- 
ception of  the  mighty  impetus  it  will  give  to  buying  and  selling 
between  the  United  States  and  its  neighbors,  and  the  great 
economic  value  it  will  be  to  those  countries  as  well  as  to  the 
United  States.  I  shall  not  tarry  to  go  into  the  details  of  that 
problem;  it  is  extremely  intricate,  as  well  as  important. 

The  next  point — and  it  is  a  tremendous  consideration — is  the 
investment  of  the  capital  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  in 
Latin  America,  not  only  in  governmental  loans,  but  in  an  effort 
to  develop  the  resources  and  the  products  of  those  countries, 
on  that  basis  where  capital  is  working  just  as  much  for  the 
good  of  the  country  where  it  is  employed  as  for  the  good  of 
itself,  and  of  those  in  North  America  who  have  sent  it  down 
there.  The  most  conservative,  careful  estimate  indicates  that 
today  ten  billions  of  dollars  of  American  money  could  be  safely 
invested  throughout  the  Latin-American  countries,  in  bringing 
about  a  tremendous  economic,  physical,  agricultural  and  min- 
eral development.  As  was  pointed  out,  that  vast  area  is  today 
just  about  in  the  position  where  the  United  States  was  50  or 
60  years  ago  in  the  matter  of  the  development  of  its  vast 
variety  of  resources. 

Then  there  is  the  question  of  shipping.  We  have  made  tre- 
mendous advances.  You  can  go  to  the  east  coast  of  South 
America  today  in  just  as  fine,  fast  vessels,  practically,  as  those 
in  which  you  can  cross  the  Atlantic  Ocean  when  you  wish  to 
go  to  England  and  France.  They  are  getting  the  same  kind 
of  steamers  running  down  the  west  coast  of  South  America 
from  New  York,  and  I  want  to  see  the  same  kind  of  steamers 
going  out  of  San  Francisco,  as  well  as  Los  Angeles  and  San 
Diego,  down  to  the  west  coast  of  Mexico,  Central  and  South 
America,  in  order  that  their  people  may  come  here  and  ours 
may  go  there,  because  trade  is  vitally  dependent  upon  travel. 

Then  there  is  that  question  of  tariffs.  Do  you  know,  there 
are  just  two  reciprocal  things  that  have  to  be  done:  in  the  first 
place,  the  United  States  must  not  pass  a  tariff  that  discriminates 


PAN-AMERICAN   CONFERENCE  211 

against  the  exports  of  Latin  America  to  the  United  States,  and 
we  hope  that  the  time  will  soon  come  when  the  countries  of 
Latin  America  will  do  away  with  the  constant  resolutions  and 
decrees  that  are  continually  changing  the  tariff  laws  of  those 
lands.  This  is  a  matter  for  equitable  and  reciprocal  arrange- 
ment between  the  United  States  and  these  countries  to  the 
south. 

Then  this  question  of  commercial  arbitration,  which  I  have 
spoken  of  in  connection  with  an  experience  I  myself  had.  I 
would  like  to  see  the  time  when  there  will  be  a  system  by  which 
all  kinds  of  disputes  of  a  commercial  and  non-political  char- 
acter will  be  settled  by  a  court  of  arbitration,  which  will  have 
the  approval  of  all  of  the  governments  in  the  Pan-American 
conference. 

Finally,  I  bring  up  this  point — I  have  only  touched  a  few  of 
the  high  spots,  as  I  did  the  other  day,  and  there  are  lots  of 
other  important  ones  that  I  have  not  touched  upon — that  final 
recommendation  that  it  is  a  primary  and  fundamental  neces- 
sity that  in  every  university  in  America  today,  that  is  of  a  prac- 
tical nature,  there  shall  be  a  department  or  section  that  not 
only  teaches  Spanish,  and  if  possible  Portuguese,  but  also 
teaches  everything  about  buying  and  selling  with  these  countries 
— their  characteristics,  their  possibilities,  what  they  have  to  sell, 
and  what  they  will  buy,  their  resources,  climate,  geography. 
We  have  got  to  have  it  also  in  our  high  schools  throughout 
the  land,  and  then  we  must  follow  this  up  with  education  in  our 
Chambers  of  Commerce,  our  Boards  of  Trade,  our  women's 
clubs,  and  our  social  organizations  of  every  character,  so  that 
we  shall  give  and  have  underlying — as  Captain  Perigord  sug- 
gested— all  this  commerce  a  great  moral  impetus.  Yes,  you 
can  only  have  ideal  Pan-Americanism  when  you  have  com- 
merce and  ideality  and  nobility  of  purpose  working  hand  in 
hand,  working  for  the  square  deal,  working  along  lines  that 
represent  equal  benefit  to  every  Latin-American  country,  with 
no  preference  for  one,  from  Argentina  and  Chile  'way  on  the 
south  to  the  United  States  or  Mexico  on  the  north;  that  all  will 
get  an  equal  deal  in  the  exchange  of  these  products. 

So,  my  friends,  as  I  say  this  final  word  to  you,  I  congratulate 
you  here  in  Los  Angeles  on  the  bringing  about  of  this  confer- 
ence, I  congratulate  the  University,  I  congratulate  President 
von  KleinSmid,  I  congratulate  the  trustees,  and  I  congratulate 


212  INAUGURAL   CEREMONIES 

all  who  have  had  anything  to  do  with  it;  and  speaking,  as  I 
said  before,  from  the  standpoint  of  the  patriarch  of  Pan- 
Americanism,  I  not  only  congratulate  you  all,  but  I  wish  and 
hope  and  expect  for  you  all  greater  achievements  in  the  future 
than  you  have  ever  known  in  the  past. 

That  there  is  a  wonderful  harvest  waiting  at  our  door  there 
can  be  no  question,  after  these  messages.  Now,  how  are  wc 
going  to  reap  that  harvest?  Henry  V.  Anaya,  former  Consul 
of  Mexico,  is  going  to  tell  you  how  to  train  for  this  great  Pan- 
American  business. 

Business  Training  for  Pan-American  Countries 
HENRY  V.  ANAYA,  J.D. 

Former  Consul  of  Mexico 

I  believe  that  my  dear  friend  and  distinguished  colleague 
here,  Mr.  Barrett,  misled  you  a  few  minutes  ago  when  he 
stated  that  before  you  came  to  a  smooth  piece  of  road  you 
would  have  to  cover  a  rocky  stretch.  I  am  sure  that  bad  piece 
of  road  is  not  him,  but  myself.  You  have  come  now  to  the  point 
where,  after  being  lulled  to  security,  after  you  have  been  made 
to  believe  you  are  riding  in  ease  and  without  any  danger  what- 
soever, you  come  to  a  point  where  in  the  middle  of  the  road 
you  are  going  to  find  a  rock,  and  you  are  going  to  suffer  such 
a  jolt  that  you  will  certainly  be  overturned. 

For  the  last  few  days,  and  this  morning,  this  honorable  place 
has  been  occupied  by  such  distinguished  orators  that  I  do  not 
know  how  to  feel  when  I  am  occupying  it  myself.  But,  any- 
how, having  accepted  the  invitation  to  be  here  today,  with 
pleasure,  and  during  these  festivities,  I  believe  it  is  fitting  and 
proper  to  mention  that  it  is  my  second  occasion  for  being 
present  at  the  inauguration  of  our  distinguished  president, 
Doctor  von  KleinSmid.  It  was  my  great  fortune  in  1914  of 
having  been  a  delegate  to  his  inauguration  as  president  of  the 
University  of  Arizona.  At  that  time  I  was  highly  honored  in 
having  been  appointed  a  representative  of  the  Department  of 
Education  of  the  Republic  of  Mexico,  as  well  as  of  the  Na- 
tional University  of  Mexico,  of  which  I  have  the  honor  of 
being  an  alumnus,  and  let  me  tell  you  this  much,  you  must 
remember  and  know  that  the  National  University  of  Mexico 
was  the   second   university   founded   in   the   American    hemi- 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  213 

sphere,  and  it  was  in  1914  for  the  first  time  in  its  history  that 
that  university  was  ever  represented  at  the  inauguration  of  a 
president  of  an  American  university  or  institution  of  educa- 
tion, and  this  high  compliment,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  was 
paid  to  one  who  was  by  all  reasons  entitled  to  receive  it.  To 
that  momentous  occasion  is  due,  I  believe,  the  credit  for  the 
friendly  relations  existing  today  between  American  universities 
and  the  University  of  Mexico,  as  well  as  other  institutions  of 
learning  in  Central  or  South  America,  and  further  due  to  the 
efforts  of  Doctor  von  KleinSmid  to  bring  to  us  a  message  of 
friendship  from  the  American  institutions  of  learning.  I  be- 
lieve it  is  due  to  him  that  the  ambitions  of  the  Mexicans,  as 
well  as  other  Central  and  South  Americans,  was  born,  to  forfeit 
the  pleasure  of  taking  a  trip  to  Europe  and  attending  Euro- 
pean institutions  of  learning,  and  instead  of  desiring  to  come  to 
America,  which  is  our  neighbor,  and  to  come  into  real  contact 
with  the  people  to  the  north  of  our  boundaries;  because,  with 
the  visit  that  four  years  after  was  paid  by  Doctor  von  Klein- 
Smid to  the  National  University  of  Mexico,  it  was  plainly 
shown  to  our  educators,  as  well  as  to  our  students,  and  to  our 
government,  that  it  would  be  to  our  advantage,  and  for  our 
great  benefit,  to  know  the  neighbors  who  are  next  door  to  us, 
rather  than  neighbors  who  are  three  or  four  or  five  thousand 
miles  away.  And  from  this  moment  our  students  realized  that  it 
would  be  to  their  advantage  to  come  to  this  country  and  learn 
the  ways  of  the  American  students  and  know  the  American 
people,  rather  than  continue  the  ways  in  which  we  had  been 
taught  for  years.  We  realize  today  the  great  deficiencies  that 
exist  in  our  system  of  education,  and,  mind  you,  I  do  not  mean 
to  criticize  either  our  educators  or  our  system,  because  I  be- 
lieve I  am  not  capable  of  doing  it — I  do  not  possess  the  qualifi- 
cations, perhaps,  to  mention  many  of  these  defects — but  still 
by  experience  I  realize  and  well  know  that  this  is  a  fact,  and  in 
my  humble  way  I  have  seen  the  necessity  for  changing  our 
system,  of  adopting  new  ways  by  which  the  training  of  our 
young  men  would  be  a  training  which  will  be  broad  and  useful 
to  them,  that  will  enable  them  not  only  to  be  enlightened,  but 
also,  when  leaving  their  grammar  school  or  high  school  or 
college  they  would  be  able  to  rely  upon  themselves  and  be  pro- 
ductive. I  realize  that  the  old  system  needs  to  be  amended.  I 
know  very  well,  as  Doctor  Galvez  said  yesterday  or  the  day 


214  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

before,  that  our  system  of  education  today  is  enthroned  in  that 
medieval  castle,  in  which  we  consider  that  all  of  our  culture  is 
well-guarded,  but  that  culture  of  three  or  four  hundred  or  more 
years  ago  I  believe  to  a  certain  extent  is  antiquated,  and  we  need 
— yes,  I  believe  it  is  a  necessity — to  tear  down  that  castle  and 
upon  its  foundation  build  a  more  modern  building,  a  building 
that  will  have  the  foundation  of  our  old  culture  and  will  have 
more  modern  ways,  a  building  that  will  contain  the  facilities 
of  today,  electricity,  telephone,  radio,  and  any  other  kind  of 
service,  a  building  that  will  be  not  only  a  credit  to  our  fore- 
fathers but  to  ourselves,  because  it  will  contain,  as  I  have  said, 
all  of  the  culture  of  the  past,  but  with  the  reforms  of  the  pres- 
ent, and  bearing  within  it  the  possibilities  of  the  future. 

I  know  well  our  system  is  deficient,  because  I  went  through 
it  myself  some  years  ago.  I  remember  when  I  received  at  the 
hands  of  the  principal  of  my  school  a  diploma,  beautifully  en- 
graved, and  it  was  the  proudest  moment  of  my  life  when  I 
took  it  home  and  showed  it  to  my  father,  who,  by  the  way, 
was  an  early  pioneer  of  California,  and  he  said  to  me,  "Well, 
son,  you  think  now  you  are  able  to  handle  yourself  in  a  credit- 
able manner  in  this  world?  You  believe  you  are  able  to  either 
manage  our  business  or  go  out  into  the  world  to  manage  a 
business  for  somebody  else?"  I  said,  "Yes,  daddy,  I  am,  be- 
cause this  paper  says  so."  My  dear  daddy  simply  smiled,  and 
it  was  but  a  few  days  after  that  he  proved  to  me  how  green  I 
was;  and  that  is  the  realization  that  comes  to  a  great  many 
of  our  young  men  today,  and  that  is  the  reason  why  so  many 
become  failures,  why  they  are  disappointed,  and  that  is  why  we 
need  practical  training,  why  education  should  be  practical  and 
useful  at  the  same  time,  and  that  is  why  we  have  taken  to  the 
idea  of  Doctor  von  KleinSmid,  and  asked  these  great  institu- 
tions of  learning  in  this  country,  if  you  please,  for  that  inter- 
change of  students,  for  that  interchange  of  teachers,  because  in 
that  way  we  know  we  shall  receive  the  best  you  have  here,  and 
we  shall  profit  thereby.  Our  youngsters  who  may  come  from 
the  other  side  of  the  Rio  Grande  to  this  country  will  be  able 
to  be  with  you  and  learn  your  practical  ways,  learn  those  ways 
that  have  made  this  nation  today  the  greatest  nation  in  the 
world.  For  that  reason  we,  some  of  the  younger  generation, 
have  come  to  you  and  proposed,  temerariously,  that  we  want 
you  to  come  to  our  country,  you  people  of  the  institutions  of 


PAN-AMERICAN   CONFERENCE  215 

learning  of  this  great  republic,  you  must  come  down  and  be 
our  real  friends,  be  our  real  neighbors;  send  us  the  best  you 
have,  and  we  are  sure  you  will  find  your  efforts  rewarded,  for 
I  am  glad  and  proud  to  say  to  you  that  we  of  Latin  America, 
Spanish-Americans  or  whatever  we  might  be  called,  are  capable 
of  learning  a  good  lesson.  I  believe,  and  am  proud  to  say, 
that  we  have  not  only  the  mind,  but  we  have  the  will.  And  I 
may  say  that  in  me,  gentlemen,  is  a  practical  example.  It  is 
not  what  you  would  call  bragging;  it  is  not  because  I  wish  to 
place  myself  before  you  as  a  real  example,  but  what  I  have 
myself  experienced.  After  my  failure,  as  I  said  before,  I  was 
sent  to  this  country  to  continue  my  education.  I  was  but  a 
young  man  of  17  when  the  Spanish- American  war  was  de- 
clared, and  believing  it  a  duty,  or  believing  it  a  pleasure,  or 
whatever  you  may  wish,  if  you  please,  I  ran  away  from  school 
and  joined  the  Americans  and  went  to  the  Philippine  Islands — 
and  right  on  my  face  you  can  see  a  souvenir  that  I  am  keeping 
from  the  Philippine  Islands,  after  nearly  two  years'  service; 
and  after  that  I  can  tell  you  in  a  few  words  what  my  career 
has  been.  I  have  been  a  soldier,  a  teacher,  a  diplomat,  and 
Lord  knows  what  else.  It  was  on  my  38th  birthday  that  I 
came  to,  and  thought  seriously  for  a  minute.  I  decided  right 
then  and  there  that  I  was  not  too  old  to  quit  learning,  and  I 
went  and  placed  myself  under  the  guidance  and  able  leadership 
of  Doctor  von  KleinSmid,  and  about  my  41st  birthday,  if  you 
please,  I  had  the  greatest  honor  in  my  life  conferred  upon  me 
at  his  hands,  when  I  received  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Juris- 
prudence. 

That  is  the  proof,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  of  my  statement 
of  a  few  minutes  ago.  We  have  the  mind,  and  we  have  the 
will;  and  when  we  say  we  are  going  to  study,  we  are  going  to 
learn,  no  matter  how  young  or  how  old  we  may  be,  we  go 
right  to  the  point  and  obtain  the  results;  that  is  Latin  America. 

And  that  is  the  reason  I  say  again  that  we  need  the  benefit 
of  the  great  example,  and  the  great  beneficial  assistance  that 
can  be  given  to  ourselves,  not  only  through  the  friendly  inter- 
course of  your  people  with  our  people,  but  our  teachers  with 
your  teachers,  and  with  our  students  as  well.  And  that  is  the 
reason  why  we  are  advocating  today,  and  we  are  praying  that 
the  day  will  come  when  this  beautiful  dream  which  has  so  many 
claimers  today,  but  which  I  myself  pride  myself  in  giving  the 


216  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

credit  of  to  our  beloved  president  right  here,  will  come  true; 
that  the  American  institutions  of  learning  will  have  a  real  inter- 
change with  the  institutions  of  learning  in  Mexico,  as  well  as 
Central  and  South  America,  and  in  that  way  we  shall  be  able 
to  carry  on  the  amendments  necessary  to  our  educational  sys- 
tem, and  our  young  men  and  young  women  of  today  will  benefit 
thereby,  by  obtaining  a  real,  practical  education  that  will  place 
them  on  the  same  plane  as  any  other  nation  on  this  American 
continent.  We  need  today  that  our  young  men  shall  be  prac- 
tical; that  when  they  go  to  school  they  shall  not  only  be  taught 
their  regular  grammar,  or  arithmetic,  or  geography,  or  history, 
but  there  should  be  as  well  more  practical  teachings.  There 
should  be  stenographic  and  commercial  courses,  especially,  and 
many  other  things  so  essentially  necessary  to  be  able  to  com- 
pete not  only  at  home  but  at  any  other  place  with  any  other 
nation. 

I  said  before  that  you  have  been  listening  here  the  last  two 
days  and  this  morning  to  masterly  orators,  and  I  know  well 
that  it  would  be  practically  impossible  for  mc  to  say  something 
that  will  be  of  real  interest  to  you;  so  I  will  only  say  that  it  is 
our  sincere  wish  that  a  closer  friendship  shall  exist  between  this 
country  and  her  sister  republic  on  the  other  side  of  the  Rio 
Grande.  I  can  not  speak,  as  someone  has  said  he  spoke  for 
himself  and  Latin  America ;  I  can  only  speak  for  myself  and  for 
my  own  republic;  we  realize  the  necessity  that  we  must  be  closer 
and  closer  friends;  very  much  we  realize  the  necessity  that  you 
American  people  must  know  the  Mexican  people  better,  so  that 
you  can  properly  appreciate  them;  many  of  you,  unfortunately, 
have  the  wrong  idea,  because  you  have  been  guided,  as  our 
friend  Captain  Perigord  said  a  few  minutes  ago,  by  what  some- 
body else  has  either  published  in  the  newspapers  or  in  the  form 
of  a  book,  but  when  you  may  have  an  opportunity  go  down 
into  our  country  and  see  our  people.  Of  course,  you  will  find 
them  different  to  a  certain  extent,  yes.  We  have,  of  course, 
unfortunately,  practically  only  two  kinds  of  people — the  very 
higher  class  and  the  very  lowest  class,  and  what  we  are  in  need 
of  today,  and  what  we  are  trying  to  bring  about,  is  the  forma- 
tion of  a  middle  class.  We  need  the  link,  the  connecting  link, 
between  the  higher-ups,  the  descendants  of  the  old  Don,  the 
party  that  could  show  you  a  beautiful  shield  with  sixteen  quar- 
terings  or  more,  and  the  man  that  is  used  to  work  16  hours 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  217 

during  the  day  for  a  miserable  wage;  and  that  is  one  of  the 
reasons  why  today  we  are  going  to  get  this  poorer  class  edu- 
cated in  such  a  manner  that  it  will  not  only  be  useful  to  itself, 
but  to  the  country.  That  is  why  it  is  necessary  today  to  have 
this  manual  training,  this  vocational  education,  this  practical 
education,  this  business  training,  that  will  place  our  young  men 
and  women  of  today  in  a  position  where,  as  I  said  before,  they 
will  not  alone  be  self-supporting,  but  productive,  and  to  attain 
this  end,  regardless  of  any  political  matters,  regardless  of  any- 
thing that  may  be  in  our  way,  we  are  bending  our  energies  and 
our  will.  We  have  the  sincere  hope  that  in  the  very  near  future 
we  shall  be  able  to  see  the  dawn  of  the  new  day,  the  herald 
of  the  new  era,  in  which  the  real  brotherhood  of  man  and  the 
real  brotherly  love  between  these  two  near  and  neighborly  na- 
tions shall  be  fully  realized;  and  we  pray  and  hope  that  these 
great  institutions  of  learning  shall  be  the  means  to  the  end,  to 
the  carrying  out  of  this  dream  to  a  reality. 

It  is  certainly  but  fitting  for  me  at  this  time  to  praise  the 
great  and  wonderful  idea  of  President  von  KleinSmid  to  have 
this  great  gathering  of  delegates  from  Pan-America  at  his 
inauguration.  I  know  his  brilliant  mind  is  capable  of  carrying 
that  farther  yet,  not  only  technically  or  theoretically,  but  to  a 
reality  of  greater  usefulness,  and  the  real  end  for  what  it  per- 
haps has  been  called  for;  and  I  know  that  this  great  institution 
which  has  been  placed  today  under  his  care  and  guidance,  being 
under  the  guidance  of  one  of  the  greatest  divisions  of  the  church 
of  Our  Lord,  I  am  sure  that  the  great  wisdom  of  Our  Father 
Who  is  in  Heaven  shall  descend  upon  him  to  carry  out  this 
wonderful,  this  great,  and  this  useful  work.  And  the  day  shall 
come  when  this  great  institution  and  this  great  man  shall  be  in 
a  position  to  claim  the  credit  for  the  great  results  that  shall  be 
achieved. 

Here  and  now — I  may  be  wrong  in  bringing  up  the  incident 
of  yesterday — I  wish  to  say  for  myself,  and  in  particular  for 
my  country,  that  regardless  of  what  was  said  here  to  the  effect 
that  Protestantism  has  not  made  any  inroads  in  Latin  America, 
it  may  not  have  done  so  in  a  particular  place  or  a  particular 
republic,  but  in  our  country,  I  am  proud  and  glad  to  say,  this 
can  not  be  said  of  Protestantism,  and  we  are  glad  of  it,  because 
these  great  missionaries  are  going  down  there  to  the  masses 
of  our  people  and  teaching  them,  and  reading  to  them  the  truth 


218  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

which  was  indeed  given  to  them  by  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and 
I  fully  believe  the  time  will  come  when  all  of  our  people  who 
are  broad  and  liberal-minded  will  fully  take  into  consideration 
and  voice  appreciation  of  the  work  of  these  people,  and  of 
those  great  institutions  that  have  been  sending  these  people 
down  to  our  country. 

Now,  time  being  short,  I  wish  to  say  that  it  is  my  sincere 
wish  that  the  administration  of  Doctor  von  KleinSmid  shall 
be  wonderfully  successful,  as  I  know  it  will  be,  and  that  with 
the  assistance  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  the  president 
emeritus  of  this  institution  his  work  will  be  not  only  well  done, 
but  it  will  be  useful,  and  will  be  for  the  benefit  not  only  of  this 
great  institution  and  students  that  may  be  placed  under  his 
guidance,  but  it  will  be  useful  to  our  people  beyond  the  Rio 
Grande  as  well.  Therefore,  in  my  humble  way,  I  wish  to  ex- 
press my  sincere  thanks  for  this  opportunity  to  wish  not  only 
to  him,  my  dear  friend,  but  to  all  others  connected  with  him 
and  this  great  institution,  the  greatest  prosperity  that  the  Lord 
may  see  fit  to  grant  unto  them. 

DOCTOR  BOGARDUS 

The  Committee  on  Resolutions,  the  foreign  representatives 
of  which  are: 

Doctor  Julio  Z.  Uriburu,  representative  of  Peru; 
Senor  Gumaro  Villalobos,  Consul  General,  representa- 
tive of  Mexico; 
Doctor  Jose  Galvez,  University  of  Chile; 
Doctor  Manuel  Federico  Rodriguez,  representative  of 
Honduras; 
have  presented  these  resolutions : 

The  following  resolutions  are  submitted  for  consideration 
and  action  on  the  part  of  this  Conference: 

"RESOLVED,  that  this  Conference  authorize  an  Executive 
Committee  with  power,  consisting  of  President  von  KleinSmid, 
Chairman,  Doctor  Uriburu,  delegate  to  the  Conference  from 
Peru,  and  another  to  be  named  by  those  two,  which  shall 
undertake  to  determine  the  further  activities  of  this  Confer- 
ence, its  name,  its  organization,  and  any  other  matters  that 
may  appear  before  it  for  consideration. 

"RESOLVED,  that  this  Conference,  with  expression  of 
deepest  appreciation,  accept  the  very  gracious  invitation  of  Con- 
sul Villalobos,  delegate  from  the  Republic  of  Mexico,  to  hold 
its  next  meeting  at  the  National  University  in  Mexico  City,  at 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE  219 

such  time  as  is  agreeable  to  our  host,  and  shall  be  determined 
upon  by  the  Executive  Committee. 

"RESOLVED,  that  the  forty-two  recommendations  submit- 
ted by  Doctor  Jose  Galvez,  delegate  of  the  University  of 
Chile,  be  accepted  by  the  Conference  as  a  basis  for  the  program 
for  the  next  Conference,  and  referred  to  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee, already  named,  for  study,  and  with  authority  to  elimi- 
nate or  add  to  as  may  seem  wise. 

"RESOLVED,  that  the  interests  of  Pan-Americanism 
would  be  furthered  by  petitioning  the  governments  of  Spanish- 
America  through  the  Pan-American  Union  to  make  possible 
a  tour  of  the  United  States  by  leading  educational  authorities 
of  their  respective  countries,  and  that  the  suggestion  of  Doctor 
John  Barrett  be  forwarded  at  once  to  the  Pan-American 
Union,  to  the  effect  that  it  may  be  recommended  to  the  Chilean 
Government  that  they  make  possible  the  tour  of  the  United 
States  by  Doctor  Carlos  Fernandez  Pena,  founder  of  the  Na- 
tional Educational  Association  of  Chile,  the  organizer  of  the 
Chilean  League  of  Social  Hygiene,  and  the  pioneer  of  prohibi- 
tion in  Chile." 

(It  was  then  moved  and  seconded  that  the  foregoing  resolu- 
tions be  adopted  by  the  Conference,  which  was  done  by  unani- 
mous vote.) 

DOCTOR  BOGARDUS 

Before  adjourning  the  conference,  I  wish  to  express  to  all 
of  the  delegates  and  all  of  our  guests  the  great  pleasure  and 
honor  which  you  have  conferred  upon  us  by  coming  here  and 
participating  with  us.  I  am  sure  that  I  breathe  the  spirit  of 
our  distinguished  president,  and  of  this  institution,  when  I  ex- 
tend to  you  a  most  cordial  invitation  to  come  again  and  come 
again,  to  come  any  time  you  wish  to  come,  and  when  you  do 
come  you  are  not  only  welcome,  but  thrice-welcome,  and  that 
because  of  your  coming  our  appreciation  of  you  and  our  inter- 
est in  your  welfare  has  multiplied  many-fold. 


220  INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 

PRESIDENT  von  KLEINSMID 

There  is  in  the  Pan-American  Union  Building  in  Washing- 
ton this  motto: 

"God  has  made  us  neighbors. 
Let  justice  make  us  friends." 

If  you  have  received  something  from  this  conference,  be 
assured,  our  delegates  from  Spanish-American  countries,  we 
have  received  as  much  or  more.  Will  you  not,  then,  take  back 
to  your  countries  our  heartfelt  appreciation  of  their  acceptance 
of  our  invitation,  and  of  the  contribution  which  they  have  made 
to  our  deliberations  in  sending  you  as  their  representatives? 

The  conference  is  adjourned. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE 


221 


LIST  OF  DELEGATES 
DELEGATES  FROM  FOREIGN  COUNTRIES 


Representative  of  Bolivia 
Senor  Luis  Laredo,  Consul 

Representative  of  Chile 
Dr.  Marcus  Huidobro,  Consul 
General,  San  Francisco 

Representative  of   Colombia 
Senor  D.  Fortunato  Pereira 
Gamba,  Consul 

Representative  of  Cuba 

Senor  Jose  S.  Saenz,  Consul 

Representative  of  Costa  Rica  and 
Guatemala 
Senor  Carlos  E.  Bobertz,  Consul 

Representative  of  Great  Britain 
Major  J.  A.  Osborne,  Vice-Consul 

Representative  of  Honduras 
Dr.  Manuel  Federico  Rodriguez, 
Consul 


Representative  of  Italy 

Victorio  Rolandi-Ricci,  Royal 
Ambassador 

Representative  of  Japan 
Ujiro  Oyama,  Consul 

Representative  of  Mexico 
Senor  Gumaro  Villalobos,  Consul 
General  (New  York) 

Representatives  of  Nicaragua 
Senor  Fernando  Chamorro  Ch, 
Consul  General,  San  Francisco 
Dr.  Arthur  Pallais,  Consul 

Representative  of  Panama 
Senor  J.  E.  Lefevre,  Charge 
d'Affaires 

Representatives   of   Peru 
Dr.  Augustin  T.  Whilar 
Dr.  Julio  Z.  Uriburu 
Senor  Albert  Leon  Porta,  Consul 


Representative  of  Salvador 

Senor  Robert  E.  Tracey,  Consul 


DELEGATES    FROM   INSTITUTIONS   IN   FOREIGN   COUNTRIES 
(Institutions  are  named  in  the  order  of  their  founding.) 


University  of  Oxford 
William  C.  Crittenden,  A.B. 

Universidad  Mayor  de  San  Marcos  de 
Lima 
Principal  Augustin  T.  Whilar, 
Ph.D. 

University  of  Dublin 

Professor  Albert  J.  W.  Cerf,  A.M., 
LL.D. 

Universidad  Nacional  de  Chile 
Director  Jose  M.  Galvez,  A.M., 
Ph.D. 

St.  Patrick's  College 

The  Right  Reverend  John  J. 
Cantvvell 

Dalhousie  University 
Charles  Willoughby  Anderson, 
A.B.,  M.D.,  CM. 

University  of  Genoa 

Royal  Ambassador  Victorio 
Rolandi-Ricci,  LL.D. 


McGill  University 
James  Ewan  Macdonald,  B.S. 

University  of  Toronto 

Reverend  Dean  William  MacCor- 
mack,  A.M. 

Royal  University  of  Ireland 
Reverend  John  J.  Clifford,  S.T.L., 
J.C.L. 

National  University  of  Salvador 
Robert  E.  Tracey 

National   University  of  Honduras 
Manuel  Federico  Rodriguez,  LL.D. 

University  of  South  Wales  and 
Monmouthshire 
Professor  J.  W.  Scott,  A.M.,  D.Phil. 

S.  Paulo  College  (Brazil) 
W.  A.  Waddell,  Ph.D.,  D.D. 

University  of  Hawaii 
President  Arthur  Lyman   Dean, 
Ph.D. 


222 


INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 


DELEGATES   FROM  INSTITUTIONS  IN  THE   UNITED  STATES 
(Institutions  are  named  in  the  order  of  their  founding.) 


Harvard  University 
Professor  William  B.  Munro, 
LL.B.,  Ph.D. 

College  of  William  and  Mary 
William  Haney  Neblett,  A.B. 

Yale   University 
Principal  Sherman  Day  Thacher 
A.B.,  LL.B. 

University   of   Pennsylvania 
Professor  Allison  Gaw, 
B.S.,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Union  College 
Thomas  H.  Foote,  C.E. 

Princeton  University 

Trustee  John  McWilliams, 
Jr.,  A.B. 

Columbia   University 
Walter  Jarvis  Barlow,  A.M.,  M.D. 

Teachers  College,  Columbia  University 
Professor  Clarence  H.  Robinson, 
A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Brown  University 

Professor  Bernard  C.  Ewer, 
A.M.  Ph.D. 

Rutgers  College 
Daniel  B.  Miner,  A.B. 

Dartmouth  College 
Professor  Walter  Sidney  Adams, 
A.B.,  Sc.D. 

University  of  Pittsburg 
Earl  W.  Paul,  E.E. 

University  of  North  Carolina 
William   Gibbs  McAdoo, 
A.M.,  L.L.D. 

Georgetown    University 
Calvert  Wilson,  A.M. 

University  of  Vermont 
Professor  Fredrick  Tupper,  A.B. 

Williams   College 
Right  Reverend  Joseph  H.  Johnson, 
D.D. 


Bowdoin  College 

Professor  Howard  Leslie  Lunt, 

A.M. 

University  of  Tennessee 
President  Thomas  A.  Davis,  A.M. 

(Captain  U.S.A.) 

Washington  and  Jefferson  College 
John  D.  Fredericks,  A.B. 

Ohio  State  University 
Howard  J.  Lucas,  A.M. 

University   of   Maryland 
C.  G.  Church,  M.S. 

Allegheny  College 

Reverend  Robert  G.  Freeman, 
A.M.,  D.D. 

Andover  Theological   Seminary 
Reverend  Carl  Safford  Patton, 
D.D.,  Ph.D. 

Auburn  Theological  Seminary 

Reverend    Clarence    A.    Spaulding, 
D.D. 

Colgate  University 
Professor  David  Foster  Estes, 

A.M.,  D.D. 
Reverend  C.  C.  Pierce,  A.M.,  D.D. 

Norwich   University 
Lieutenant   Colonel    Henry   B. 
Hersey,  M.S. 

Indiana   University 
Lambert  Barker,   A.B. 

Amherst  College 
Reverend    George  F.  Kenngott, 
Ph.D. 

George  Washington   University 
W.  F.  Adams,  LL.B. 

Yale   Divinity  School 
Professor  Raymond  C.  Brooks, 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Trinity  College 

President  Emeritus  Flavel  Sweete.j 
Luther,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

Rensselaer  Polytchnic  Institute 
William  F.  Bixby,  C.E. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE 


223 


College  of  the  Pacific 

President  Tully  C.  Knoles, 
A.M.,  D.D. 

Tufts   College 
Irving  R.  Bancroft,  Ph.B.  M.D. 

Cornell   College 
Reverend  Merle  N.  Smith, 
A.B,  D.D. 

Washington  University    (St.  Louis) 
Reverend  Herbert  Booth  Smith, 
A.M.,  D.D. 

Hamline  University 
Vernon  Monroe   McCoombs, 
A.M.,  D.D. 

Berea  College 
Treasurer  Thomas  Joseph  Osborne. 

Butler  College 

Reverend  E.  F.  Daugherty,  A.M. 

Chicago  Theological   Seminary 
Reverend  Henry  Kendell  Booth, 
A.M.,   D.D. 

Elmira  College 
Dean  Emily  Biles,  A.M. 

Garrett  Biblical  Institute 
Professor  Clarence  V.  Gilliland, 
A.M.,   S.T.B.,  D.D. 

Pennsylvania   State   College 
Professor    Charles    Walter    Law- 
rence, B.S.,  C.E. 

St.  Lawrence  University 

Reverend  W.  C.  Selleck,  D.D. 

Lake   Forest  College 
Anna  Rhea  Wilson,  A.M. 

Upper  Iowa  University 
Ex-President  Chauncey  P.  Colgrove 
A.M.,  Sc.D.,  LL.D. 

Baker   University 

Reverend   Charles  Benjamin  Dal- 
ton,  B.D.,  A.M. 

Adrian   College 
E.  C.  Chandler,  B.S.,  D.D.S. 

Earlham  College 

President  Emeritus   A.  Rosenberger, 
AB.,  LL.B. 

Whitman  College 
Professor  Raymond  C.  Brooks, 
A.B.,  D.D. 


Augustana  College 

Principal  Albert  E.  Wilson, 
A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Louisiana  State  University 
Francis  Ross  Blouin,  B.S. 

Wheaton  College 
John  H.  Breyer,  A.M.,  M.D. 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 
Myron  Hunt 

North-Western  College 

Reverend  F.  A.  Zeller,  Ph.B. 

Vassar  College 

Superintendent    Susan    M.    Dorsey, 
A.B.,  LL.D. 

University  of  Washington 
Aimar  Auzias  de  Truenne,  A.B. 

Kansas  State  Agricultural  College 
Wayne  B.  Cave,  B.S. 

Bates  College 

Right  Reverend  William  Bertrand 
Stevens,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

Central  Wesleyan   College 
Olin  J.  Hessell,  A.B. 

University  of  Denver 

Professor    DeWitt   Shelton    Swan, 
A.M. 

University  of  Kansas 
Professor  Emeritus  Ephraim  Miller, 
A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Swarthmore  College 
Clarence  B.  Hoadley,  B.S. 

Cornell   University 
Professor  Carl  Clapp  Thomas, 
M.E. 

Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 
Walter  M.  Wheelock,  B.S. 

Carleton   College 
Trustee  Frederick  R.  Barrows,  B.S. 

Drew  Theological  Seminary 
Robert  E.  Harned,  A.M.,  B.D. 

University  of  Kentucky 
Hugh  Kelley,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Lehigh  University 
R.  S.  Masson,  E.E. 

Pacific  School  of  Religion 

President    Emeritus    Charles    Sum- 
ner Nash,  A.M.,  D.D. 


224 


INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 


Western   Reserve   University 

Professor  Henry  Raymond  Brush, 
AB.   Ph.D. 

Illinois  College 

Professor  Mendal  G.  Frampton, 
A.M. 

McCormick    Theological    Seminary 
Reverend   Guy  W.  Wadsworth, 
D.D. 

New   York   University 
Lewis  B.  Reed,  A.B.  (Class  of  1843) 

Washington  and  Lee  University 
George  Jules  Dennis,  A.B. 

Wesleyan   University 
Cornelius  Cole,  A.M. 
(Class  of  1847) 

Lafayette   College 
President   Remsen   DuBois   Bird, 
D.D. 

Wabash   College 

Professor  Louis  Wann,  Ph.D. 

Haverford  College 
Ralph  Waldo  Trueblood,  A.M. 

Kalamazoo  College 
Trustee  C.  M.  Harmon 

Oberlin    College 
Director  Robert  Andrews  Millikan, 
A.M.,  ScD.,  Ph.D. 

Oberlin  Graduate  School  of  Theology 
Reverend  Kiyozumi  Ogawa, 
A.B.,   B.D. 

Hartford  Theological   Seminary 

Reverend  Professor  William  Carle- 
ton  Wood,  A.M.,  B.D.,  Ph.D. 

Marietta    College 

Reverend  Horace  Porter, 
A.M.    D.D. 

Lnion  Theological  Seminary 
Reverend  Arthur  O.  Pritchard, 
Ph.B.,  A.   M. 

DePauw  University 
Judge  Nathaniel  P.  Conrey, 
A.M.,  LL.D. 

Knox  College 
Arthur  W.  Hurd,  A.M.,  M.D. 

University  of  Michigan 
Arthur  G.  Browne,  A.B. 


Mount  Holyoke   College 
Julia   Prindle   Nelson,  A.B. 

Ohio  Wesleyan 
Professor  Anthony  Faulkner 
Blanks,  A.M. 

Meadville  Theological  School 

Reverend  Edwin   Burdette  Backus, 
A.B.,  B.D. 

New  York   State  College  for  Teachers 
Reverend  Charles  Pierce, 
A.M.,  D.D. 

Willamette  University 
Paul  Smith,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Baylor  University 
Minor  L.  Moore,  B.L. 

Beloit  College 

Edward  H.  Light,  A.B. 


Bucknell   University 
Allan  Ritter,  A.B. 


LL.B. 


Illinois  Woman's  College 
Professor  Gertrude  Irene  York, 
A.M. 

Grinnell   College 
Trustee    Stephen    Henderson    Her- 
rick,  A.  M. 

Rockford  College 
Lillian   B.   M.  Coffin,   A.B. 

State  University  of  Iowa 

Assistant     Superintendent    John    B. 
Monlux,  A.M. 

University  of  Wisconsin 

Henry  W.  Hoyt,  Ph.B.,  M.L. 

Illinois  Wesleyan   University 
Professor  Robert  A.  Cummins, 
A.M.,   Ph.D. 

University  of  Utah 
Dale   H.  Parke,  A.B. 

Northwestern  University 
Milbank  Johnson, 

B.Sc,   M.D.,  LL.D. 
Professor  Emory  S.  Bogardus, 
A.M.,  Ph.D. 

University  of   Santa  Clara 

Reverend  A.  J.  Garcia  De  Quevedo, 
A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Ripon   College 
Professor  Oliver  Jones  Marston, 
A.M. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE 


225 


New  Hampshire  College 
J.  E.  Wilson,  B.S. 

The  College  of  Wooster 
Ex-Secretarv  Robert  N.  Donaldson, 
A.M.,  D.D., 

Episcopal  Theological  School 

Right  Reverend  William  Bertrand 
Stevens,  A.M.,  Ph.D.  LL.D. 

Massachusetts  Agricultural  College 
Clayton  F.  Palmer,  B.S. 

Simpson  College 
Harry  Senseny,  A.B.,  D.D.S. 

West  Virginia  University 
J.  Frank  Nelson,  B.S. 

University  of  California 
President  David  P.  Barrows, 

Ph.D.,  LL.D. 
Dean   Henry  R.  Hatfield, 

A.B.   Ph.D. 

University     of     California     (Southern 
Branch) 

Director  Ernest  C.  Moore, 
Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

University  of  Illinois 
President   Emeritus    Edmund    Janes 

James,  Ph.D.  LL.D. 
Professor  Isabel  Bevier. 

University  of  Maine 
L.  A.  Boadway,  B.S. 

University  of  Minnesota 
Director  William  S.  Kienholz,  A.B. 

Wells   College 
Professor  Anna  L.  Van  Benschoten, 
Ph.D. 

Boston  University 

Trustee  Reverend   Dillon   Bronson, 
A.M.,  S.T.B.,  D.D. 

Boston   University  School  of  Theology 
Professor    Tohn   G.   Hill, 
A.M.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D. 

University  of  Nebraska 
Professor  George  Elliott  Howard, 
Ph.D. 

Purdue    University 
Dean  Laird  J.  Stabler,  M.S.,  LL.D. 

Colorado   School   of  Mines 
Colonel  Louis  R.  Ball,  E.  M. 

Stevens  Institute  of  Technology 
Alexander  B.  Macbeth,  M.E. 


Syracuse   University 
Jane  Bancroft  Robinson, 
Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

Crane  Theological   Seminary 
Ex-President  C.  Elwood  Nash, 
A.M.,  D.D. 

San  Francisco  Theological  Seminary 
Reverend  Leslie  Logue  Boyd, 
A.B.,  B.D. 

Smith   College 
Josephine  A.  Clark,  A.B. 

University  of  Oregon 
Professor  Arthur  P.  McKinley, 
A.M.,   Ph.D. 

University  of  Arkansas 
W.  Rhodes  Hervey,  B.S. 

University  of  Nevada 
Professor  David  D.  Abel,  B.S. 

Vanderbilt  University 

Professor  Edwin  M.  Rankin, 
A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Colorado   College 
Principal  Ernest  Lee  Holden,  A.B. 

Wellesley  College 

Professor   Emeritus   Eva    Chandler, 

A.B. 
Ex-President   Caroline   Hazard, 

A.M.,  Litt.D.,  LL.D. 

Johns  Hopkins  University 
J.  Morris  Slemons,  A.B.,  M.D. 

Iowa  State  Teachers  College 
Judge  Frank  R.  Willis,  LL.B.,  B.Di. 

University  of  Colorado 
Harrison  E.  Stroud,  M.D. 

Creighton   University 
Professor  Henry  L.  Walsh,  A.M. 

Mississippi  Agricultural  and  Mechani- 
cal  College 
William  A.  Knost,  B.S. 

Radcliffe  College 
Dorothy  Jones  Cooke,  A.B. 

Case  School  of  Applied  Science 
Henry  Lansing  Payne,  M.S. 

Drake  University 

President   Emeritus    Hill    McClel- 
land Bell,  A.M.,  LL.D. 

University  of  New  Mexico 
President  David  Spence  Hill, 
A.B.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 


226 


INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 


Colorado   State  Teachers'  College 
Professor  Charles  W.  Waddle, 
A.M.,  Ph.D. 

University  of  South  Dakota 
Elmer  W.  Stillwell,  A.  B. 

University  of  North  Dakota 
Don  S.  Ford,  A.B. 

University  of  Texas 
Chester  S.  Lyday,  A.B. 

Grove   City  College 
Professor  Morgan  Barnes,  A.M. 

Young     Men's     Christian     Association 
College 
Charles  Herbert  Price,  A.M.,  D.D. 

University  of  Arizona 
Chancellor  John  H.  Campbell, 

LL.M. 
Dean  Frank  C.  Lockwood,  Ph.D. 

Goucher  College 
Dorothy  Davis  Conant,  A.B. 

Michigan  College  of  Mines 
Alvin  Bacon   Carpenter, 
Ph.B.,  B.S.,  E.M. 

Mills  College 
President  Aurelia  Henry  Rein- 
hardt,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

Alma  College 

Professor  Ralph  T.  Flewelling, 
A.M.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D. 

Catholic  University  of  America 
Reverend  John  J.  Clifford, 
S.T.L.,  J.C.L. 

Northern  Arizona  Normal  School 
President   L.   B.   McMullen, 
B.S.,  A.M. 

Missouri  Wesleyan  College 
Reverend  Byron  E.  Horn, 
A.B.,  S.T.B.,  A.M. 

Nebraska  Wesleyan  University 
Reverend  Oliver  H.  Langdon,  D.D. 

Occidental  College 

President   Remsen   Du   Bois   Bird, 

D.D. 
Dean  Thomas  G.  Burt,  Ph.D. 
Dean  Irene  T.  Myers,  Ph.D. 

Pomona   College 
President  James  A.  Blaisdell, 
A.B.,  A.M.,  D.D. 


Utah  Agricultural  College 
President  Elmer  George   Peterson, 

B.S.,  A.M. 
Dean  William  L.  Wanlass, 

A.B.,  Ph.D. 

University  of  Idaho 
Professor  J.  M.  Raeder,   B.S.,   M.S. 

Westminster  Theological   Seminary 
President  Hugh  Latimer  Elderdice, 
A.M.,   D.D.,  LL.D. 

University  of  Oklahoma 
Dean  Roy  Gittinger,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

California  Institute  of  Technology 
Professor  Franklin  Thomas,  C.E. 

University  of  Chicago 
Frederick  A.  Speik,  S.B.,  M.D. 

Rush  Medical  College 

Professor  Emeritus  Norman  Bridge, 
A.M.,  M.D.,  LL.D. 

American  University 
Trustee  George  H.  Maxwell, 
A.M.,  LL.M. 

Stanford   University 
President  Ray  Lyman  Wilbur, 

A.M.,   M.D.,   LL.D. 
Dean  Elwood  Patterson   Cubberly, 

A.M.,  Ph.D. 

State  College  of  Washington 
H.  Kenyon  Burch,  B.S.,  M.E. 

New    Mexico    College    of    Agriculture 
and  Mechanic  Arts 
Professor  Rupert  L.  Stewart, 
B.S.A.,  M.S.A. 

Armour   Institute   of   Technology 
Edwin  Fraser  Gillette,  B.S. 

Divinity  School  of  the  Pacific 
Reverend  Thomas  C.  Marshall, 
D.D. 

Morningside    College 
Mitchell  Briggs,  B.S. 

University  of  Montana 
Ralph  Benton,  B.S. 

Adelphi  College 
Adele  B.  Talbert,  A.B. 

Barnard  College 
Walter  Jarvis  Barlow,  A.M.,  M.D. 

State  Teachers'  College  of  San  Diego 
President  Edward  L.  Hardy,  B.L. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE 


227 


San  Francisco  State  Teachers'  College 
President  Frederic  Burk,  Ph.D. 

Simmons    College    (Boston) 
May  Charlena  Martin,  S.B. 

Montana  State  School  of  Mines 
Archie  B.  Meiklejohn,  M.E. 

Whittier   College 
President  H.  N.  Wright,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Clark   University 
Miriam  Van  Waters,  Ph.D 
Sarah  C.  Fisher,  Ph.D. 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 
Charles  M.  Crawford,  B.S.  in  M.E. 

College  of  Puget  Sound 
Reverend   George  Arney,   A.  B. 


Pacific  Unitarian  School  for  the  Min- 
istry 

President  Earl  Morse  Wilbur, 
A.M.,  D.D. 

University  of   Dallas 
Leo  M.  Rosecrans,  A.M. 

College  of  Medical  Evangelists 

President  Newton  Evans,  B.S.,  M.D. 

University  of  Redlands 
President  Victor  Le  Roy  Duke, 
A.M.,  LL.D 

Reed  College 
Richard  Milton  Bozorth,  A.B. 

Rice  Institute 
President  Edgar  Odell  Lovett, 
Ph.D.  LL.D. 


Cumnock   School   of  Expression 
Helen  A.  Brooks,  A.B.,  B.L. 


DELEGATES  FROM   HIGH  SCHOOLS  AND  BOARDS  OF  EDUCATION 


Franklin  High  School 

Principal   Charles  B.  Moore 

Gardena   High  School 
Principal  J.  H.  Whitely 

Hollywood  High  School 

Principal  William  H.  Snyder 

Jefferson  High  School 

Principal  Theodore  Fulton 

Lincoln  High  School 

Principal  Ethel  P.  Andrus 

Los  Angeles  High  School 
Principal  W.  H.  Housh 

Manual  Arts  High  School 
Principal  Albert  E.  Wilson 

Pasadena  High  School 
Mr.  Emery  Foster 

Polytechnic  High  School 
Principal  Willis  A.  Dunn 

South  Pasadena  High  School 
Principal  John  E.  Allman 

San  Pedro  High  School 

Principal  Thomas  H.  Elson 

State  Board  of  Education 
President  E.  P.  Clarke 


Board  of  Education  of   Santa   Monica 
Superintendent  H.  M.   Clark 

City  Board  of  Education  of  Pomona 
Superintendent  G.  V.  Whaley 

City  Board  of  Education  of  Riverside 
Superintendent  A.  N.  Wheelock 

San  Diego   City  Schools 

Superintendent  Henry  C.  Johnson 

Board   of   Education    (Methodist)    for 
Mexico 

Director     Orwyn     Wesley     Edgar 
Cook,  A.M.  Ph.D. 

Girls'   Collegiate   School 
Frances  A.   Barr 
Edith  L.  Hynes 

Marlborough   School   for  Girls 
Mrs.  Luther  Drake,  Principal 

Orton   School 
Principal  Anna  B.  Orton 

Westlake  School  for  Girls 
Principal  Jessica  Vance 

Francis  De  Pauw  Industrial  School  for 
Mexican  Girls 
Superintendent  Jennie  L.  Mathias 


228 


INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 


DELEGATES  FROM  LEARNED  SOCIETIES  AND  EDUCATIONAL 
ASSOCIATIONS 


American    Academy   of    Political    and 
Social   Science 
Norman  Bridge,  A.M.,  M.D.,  LL.D. 

American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science 

Professor  Ernest  Charles  Watson, 
Ph.B. 

American   Chemical   Society 
Professor  Stewart  J.   Bates, 
A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Association    of    American    Universities 
George   Elliott  Howard,  Ph.D. 

American  Council  on  Education 
President  Ernest  Carroll  Moore, 
Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

Carnegie    Institution    of    Washington, 
Department  of  Botanical  Research 
William  Austin  Cannon, 
A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Mount  Wilson  Observatory 
Assistant   Director  Walter   Sydney 
Adams,  A.M.,  D.Sc. 

American  Institute  of  Architects 
Director  Edwin  Bergstrom, 

President  Sumner  Hunt 
Phi  Beta  Kappa 
Henry  W.  Holt,  Ph.B.,  M.L. 

American    Institute    of   Banking    (Los 
Angeles  Chapter) 
President  Ernest  Garrett 

American  Classical  League 
Assistant  Professor  Arthur  P.  Mc- 
Kinley 

American  Association   of  Teachers  of 
Spanish  (Los  Angeles  Chapter) 
President  C.  Scott  Williams, 
A.B.,  A.M. 

Association  of  American  Colleges 
President  James  A.  Blaisdell,  D.D. 


American     Association     of    University 
Professors 
Professor  William  B.  Munro, 
LL.B.,  Ph.D. 

American    Historical   Association 
Professor  Herbert  E.  Bolton,  Ph.D. 

American  Political  Science  Association 
Professor  J.  Eugene  Harley, 
A.B.,  A.M. 

Modern      Language      Association      of 
Southern   California 
President  Estelle  Tennis,  A.M. 
Carlton  A.  Wheeler,  A.M. 

American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 
Ralph  J.  Reed 

American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
ners 
Honorary    Vice-President    Carl     C. 
Thomas,  M.E. 

American      Philosophical      Association 
(Eastern  Division) 
Professor  Bernard  C.  Ewer, 
A.M.  Ph.D. 

American  Library  Association 
Director  Alice  S.  Tyler 

National  Academy  of  Sciences 
Assistant  Director  Walter  S.  Adams 
A.M.,  D.Sc. 

Rhodes  Trustees 
E.  P.  Hubble,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Mexican-American    Scholarship    Foun- 
dation 
Reverend     Orwyn     Wesley     Edgar 
Cook,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Religious    Education   Association 
Professor  George  A.  Betts,  Ph.D. 


DELEGATES  FROM  PROFESSIONAL,  RELIGIOUS,  SOCIAL  AND 
CIVIC  ORGANIZATIONS 


Board  of  Foreign  Missions  (Methodist 
Episcopal) 
Frank  Mason  North, 
A.M.,  D.D.,  LL.D. 


Board  of  Education  of  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church 
President  Tully   C.   Knoles, 
A.M.,  D.D. 


PAN-AMERICAN  CONFERENCE 


229 


World's  Sunday  School   Association 
George  F.  Guy 

Federal    Council    of   the    Churches    of 
Christ  in  America 
Reverend  Worth  M.  Tippy, 
Ph.B.,   D.D. 

DePauw  Alumni  Association  of  South- 
ern California 
Jeff  R.  Heeb,  A.  B. 

Northwestern    Alumni    Association    of 
Southern  California 
Milbank  Johnson,  B.Sc,  M.D.  LL.D. 

Alianza  Hispano  Americana 

Enriquez  V.  Anaya,  LL.B.,  J.D. 

Latin  American  Mission 
Superintendent  Vernon  Monroe  Mc- 
McCombs,  A.M.,  D.D. 

Latin  American  Social  Union 

Reverend  Eucario  M.  Sein,  A.B. 

Latin  American   Institute 
Professor  Charles  A.   Robinson 

American  Latin  League 

President  J.  Z.  Uriburu,  J.D. 

General  Assembly  of  the  Presbyterian 
Church 
President  Remsen  DuBois  Bird,  D.D. 

Church  Federation  of  Los  Angeles 
Dr.  Hugh  K.  Walker,  President. 
Dr.  W.  E.  McCulloch 
Dr.  S.  J.  Skevington 

The  Ebell  of  Los  Angeles 

Mrs.  Charles  Hulbert  Toll,  Presi- 
dent 

The  Friday  Morning  Club 
Mrs.    Andrew    Stewart    Lobingier, 
President 

Young     Men's     Christian     Association 
(Los  Angeles) 
General    Secretary   Harry   F.   Hen- 
derson, A.M. 
Young  Women's  Christian  Association 
(Los  Angeles) 
Josephine  Halderman 

American  Civic  Association 
William  M.  Garland 

American  Red  Cross  (Los  Angeles) 
Chairman  D.  C.  MacWatters 

Los  Angeles  Public  Library 
Librarian  Everett  R.  Perry, 
A.B.,  B.L.S. 


Los    Angeles   Bar   Association 
Kemper  Campbell,  LL.M. 

Los  Angeles  Credit  Men's  Association 
J.  A.  Cattell 

Morals  Efficiency   Association 
Captain  John  H.  Pelletier 

Los  Angeles  City  Club 
D.  A.  Dykstra 

Municipal  League  of  Los  Angeles 
President  Harry  H.  Baskerville 
George  H.  Dunlop 

Advertising  Club  of  Los  Angeles 
Vice-President  Arthur  H.  Loomis 

Los  Angeles  Center  Drama  League 
Mrs.  W.  W.  Burton,  President 

Gamut  Club 
President  L.  E.  Behymer 

Kiwanis   Club  of  Los   Angeles 
O.  L.  Ferris 

Lions  Club 
Dale  H.  Parke 

Rotary  Club  of  Los   Angeles 
Director    Maynard    McFie 

Saturday    Morning    Musical    Club    of 
Tucson,  Arizona 
Mrs.  John  S.  Whitely 

The  Electric  Club 

President  K.  E.  Van  Kuran 

Woman's  City  Club 

President  Dora  A.  Stearns 

Community  Development  Association 
President  W.  M.  Garland 

Commercial  Board  of  Los  Angeles 
President  John  E.   Reid 

Goodwill   Industries  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia 
Supervisor  H.  A.  R.  Carleton 

Los    Angeles    Wholesalers     Board     of 
Trade 
Vice-President  F.  M.  Couch 

Los  Angeles  Chapter,  No.  33,  R.  A.  M. 
R.  G.  Van  Cleve 
Angus  L.  Cavanagh 

Parent-Teachers'  Federation — Tenth 
District 
Mrs.  Julia  D.  Nobles 


230 


INAUGURAL  CEREMONIES 


Plaza  Community  Center 

Superintendent  W.   T.  Gilliland, 
AB.,  B.D. 

Los  Angeles  Chamber  of  Commerce 
President  John  D.  Fredericks 

Phoenix    (Arizona)   Chamber  of  Com- 
merce 
R.  P.  Davie 
H.  B.  Atha 
Edward  F.  Parker 


Monrovia   Chamber  of  Commerce 
Charles  J.  O'Connor 

Long  Beach  Chamber  of  Commerce 
President  Charles  S.  Henderson 

Pasadena   Chamber  of  Commerce 
Captain  Paul  Perigord 

Montebello  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Dr.  M.  R.  Parmelee 
A.  T.  Cachrum 


This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below 

J  8  1944 


Form  L-9-15m-7,'31 


ID 
5101  University  of  IllliX^^ 

S  548  S  outhe  rn  IIIIIII    III 

1922  California,  AA  Q  ^"j™ 

cop.2  Los  Angeles.  DU0  2 

Inaugurat  ion 
ceremonies  of  Rufus 
Bernhard  von  Klein- 
Smid. 


U) 

5\0I 

<x>yz 


TJNTVERSITY  of  CAUFORNT  > 

LOS  ANGEJ 
LIBRARY 


H- 


